Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Plans (2)
BUP2015 - 00139 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 IV GENERAL NOTES CLIENT PROJECT CONTACTS ARCHITECTURAL NOTES. PROJECT LOCATION: LANDLORD: ARCHITECT: FRCH Washington Square Mall Macerich FRCH/Architecture, Inc.,P.C. DESIGN WORLDWIDE L 1. ALL REQUIRED PERMITS MUST BE OBTAINED FROM THE REQUIRED GOVERNING AGENCIES 29. THE G.C.SHALL SUPPLY ALL MATERIALS,LABOR AND COORDINATION REQUIRED FOR THE 9585 SQ Washington Square Rd. 11411 N.Tatum Blvd. 311 Elm St.,Suite 600 BEFORE BUILDINGS ARE OCCUPIED. INSTALLATION OF ALL OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS AS DESCRIBED IN THE DOCUMENTS. Portland,OR 97223 Phoenix,AZ 85028 Cincinnati,OH 45202 311 Elm Street Suite 600Sp ace#A06A Contact:Aaron Pratt Contact:Bryan Goodwin 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AND OBTAIN ALL INSPECTIONS AND 30. THE G.C.IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL FLOOR AND WALL PENETRATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL AND Phone:602.953.6750 Phone:513.362.3000 Cincinnati OH 45202 LICENSES AND PAY REQUIRED FEES. MECHANICAL WORK. ALL SUCH OPENINGS SHALL BE FRAMED AND REINFORCED. Fax:513.241.5152 513 2413000 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL INVESTIGATE LOCAL CODES AND PROCEDURES AND SHALL COMPLY 31. THE G.C.SHALL CLEAN THE SITE OF ALL UNNECESSARY DEBRIS PRIOR TO STARTING E-Mail:bgoodwin@frch.com frCh.COm WITH ALL REQUIREMENTS, CONSTRUCTION,AND SHALL KEEP THE SITE NEAT AND CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. THE G.C. (,�:�i `k�"�`j' 4. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALED SHALL CLEAN ALL DOORS,WINDOW GLASS,INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALLS,CEILING AND U7 *� STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: TENANT COORDINATOR: OWNER-STORE DESIGN DRAWINGS. FLOORS,AS WELL AS ALL INSTALLED ITEMS(FIXTURES&FURNITURE)BEFORE VACATING Paul J Ford and Company Macerich MANAGER: 5. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT THE PREMISES AND OWNER MOVE-IN. 250 East Broad Street Suite 600 Karen Maynard Build-A-Bear 6 2015 TO THE PROJECT MANAGER'S ATTENTION IMMEDIATELY. 32. ALL EXISTING FIREPROOFING TO BE MAINTAINED. DAMAGE OR REMOVAL OF FIREPROOFING Columbus,Ohio 43215 Phone 602.953.6526 Contact Beth Ellis J U L 0 SVF 6. G.C.SHALL INSPECT SITE&VERIFY FIELD DIMENSIONS BEFORE COMMENCING MUST BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED AT NO COST TO OWNER. Contact:Gregory D.Klapheke karen.maynard@macerich.com Phone:314.423.8000 ext.5249 � A CONSTRUCTION. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF THERE ARE ANY Phone:614.221.6679 x1180 E-Mail:bethe@buildabearcom ITS'®FTIGARD 56 K SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES. E-Mail:gregk@pjf .00m is ILDING DIVISI®N1 7. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON PLANS ARE TO FACE OF EXTERIOR MASONRY,CONCRETE COLUMN OWNER-CONSTRUCTION M.E.P.ENGINEER: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: _ OR GRID LINES AND FACE OF GYP.BD.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DETAILED. PROJECT MANAGER: Schnackel Engineers,Inc. City of Tigard 8. GRILLS,DIFFUSERS,METAL TRIM AND OTHER ACCESSORIES SHALL COME FACTORY Build-A-Bear Contact:Alex Metschke 13125 SW Hall Blvd. FINISHED.IF THEY COME OTHERWISE,G.C.TO VERIFY FINISH WITH PROJECT MANAGER. ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL BUILD WASHINGTON SQUAIRE,'PORTLANAD OR 97223 Contact Mark Bartlett Phone:402.391.7680 Tigard,OR 97223 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL,IN THE WORK OF ALL TRADES,PERFORM ANY AND ALL CUTTING, FROM SETS NOTED AS r Phone:314.423.8000 ext 5380 E-Mail:ametschke@schnackel.com PATCHING,REPAIRING,RESTORING AND THE LIKE NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK ( ) Phone:503.718.2439 AND TO RESTORE ANY DAMAGED OR AFFECTED SURFACES RESULTING FROM THE WORK OF "CONSTRUCTION SET" ONLY ( CORP# 046 1 E-Mail:markba@buildabear.com www.tigard-or.gov THIS CONTRACT TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER. ALL � VENDORS ROOF PATCHING AND REPAIRS SHALL RETURN AREA TO"LIKE NEW"CONDITION&SHALL BE SPACt"06V LIGHTING: SIGN: STOREFRONT: WATER TIGHT. ALL ROOF WORK MUST BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD REQUIRED ALL DIMENSIONS CALLED OUT ARE TO BE Villa Lighting Supply Walton Signage Metal Design Systems CONTRACTOR AT TENANT EXPENSE. Contact:Jason McGaughey Contact:Tom Lewis Contact:Kreg Tjelmeland 10. DISCREPANGENERAL CIES,ESFAN CONTRACTOR SHALL BESHALL OBROUGHT ORDINATE T/0 THE AORK TTEONTMON OF TED BY OHE ARCHTHER ITECT FOR CONSIDERED 'HOLD' DlMENSIONS; UNLESS Phone: 314.633.0438 Phone:210.886.0644 Phone:319.352.754 ext 6510 J OTHERWISE CALLED OUT AS +/- . G.C. IS TO SCOPE O F WORK Email: jason.mcgaughey@villalighting.com Email:tiewis@waltonsignage.com Email:kreg@crmdis,com * RESOLUTION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK. 11. ALL SUBSTITUTIONS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE BID ADMINISTRATOR FOR APPROVAL NOTIFY TENANTS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT NEW TENANT IMPROVEMENT OF AN EXISTING TENANT SPACE. WORK TO INCLUDE,BUT NOT LIMITED TO,THE PARTIAL BUILD-OUT OF THE SPACE,INTERIOR WALLS,STOREFRONT,FINISHED FLOORING, SHOPPER TRAK: STOCKROOM SHELVING: SECURITY: DURING THE BIDDING PROCESS. a MANAGER OF ANY DIMENSIONAL ERROR. CEILING,LIGHTING,SPEAKER,AND FIXTURE INSTALLATION.SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR SCOPE OF ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL WORK. 12. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ARRIVAL AND STORAGE OF ANY AND ALL SPECIFIED FINISH MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT,LIGHT FIXTURES AND ANY OTHER SUCH MATERIAL(S)THAT THEY ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TO BE w 10 UTILIZED ON THIS PROJECT. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER&THE ARCHITECT IN WRITING WITHIN 10 DAYS OF DATE OF CONTRACT OF THOSE SPECIFIED ITEMS MILLWORK: PHONE/DATA: TILE&GROUT: THAT MAY NOT BE READILY AVAILABLE. IF NOTIFICATION IS NOT RECEIVED BY THE ARCHITECT&OWNER,THE CONTRACTOR ACCEPTS RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE PROPER ORDERING AND FOLLOW-UP OF SPECIFIED ITEMS AND WILL PURSUE WHATEVER MEANS D E F F E R E D SUBMITTALS NECESSARY AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER,TO ASSURE AVAILABILITY OF ALL H SPECIFIED ITEMS SO AS NOT TO CREATE A HARDSHIP ON THE OWNER&NOT DELAY LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTORS PROGRESS OF THE WORK. NO EXTENSION OF TIME TO THE CONTRACT WILL BE ALLOWED. 1.EXTERIOR SIGNAGE 13. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT DIMENSIONS WITH EQUIPMENT 2.FIRE SPRINKLER SPRINKLERS: BARRICADE CONTRACTOR TRASH FIRE/LIFE SAFETY MANUFACTURERS. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL SIZES AND LOCATIONS OF DUCT OPENINGS BEFORE INSTALLATION AND VERIFY DISCREPANCIES WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER,IF ANY. 14. FOR SIZE AND LOCATIONS OF ALL OPENINGS FOR MECHANICAL DUCT WORK,REFER TO 10 MECHANICAL DRAWINGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT NOTES: 15. ALL EXTERIOR WALL OPENINGS,FLASHINGS,COUNTER FLASHINGS,COPING AND EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL BE WATERPROOF. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM-REFER TO MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS. DRAWING INDEX 16. CAULKING AND SEALANTS: ALL OPEN JOINTS,PENETRATIONS AND OTHER OPENINGS IN THE 1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR ALL AREAS 3 BUILDING ENVELOPE SHALL BE SEALED,CAULKED,GASKETED,OR WEATHERSTRIPPED TO OF THE SPACE. DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED BY THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL ISSUE INFORMATION LIMIT AIR LEAKAGE AND MEET CODE REQUIREMENT. BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE LOCAL AND STATE LAWS GOVERNING FIRE RATING G 17. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE THE SITE IN A NEAT,CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION AND/OR INSPECTION BUREAU,N.F.P.A.AND INSURANCE ASSOCIATIONS,PREPARE SHOP o o N N o 05/08/15 UPON THE CONCLUSION OF HIS WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. ALL WASTE,RUBBISH AND EXCESS DRAWINGS AND OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM ALL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. L LO � � MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PROMPTLY. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE TO ASCERTAIN THE EXTENT AND LOCATION OF ALL o 0 0 0 C) REVISIONS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVAL AND DISPOSAL OF ALL TRASH,INCLUDING OWNER EXISTING SPRINKLER DROP LOCATIONS(IF ANY).RELOCATE AND/OR ADD SPRINKLER HEADS AS o o FURNISHED ITEMS AND TRASH GENERATED BY OWNER'S CONTRACTORS FOR THE W � �* z 1 LANDLORD/OWNER CHANGES 05129/15 REQUIRED TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE APPROVED SYSTEM. USE L.L.APPROVED SPRINKLER o o � o F- w DURATION OF THE PROJECT. CONTRACTOR. DWG z > w z > m 2 BID SET 06112115 18. SAFETY; ALL CONDUCT,WORK,EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS SHALL BE IN FULL ABBREVIATIONS PROJECT DATA No. 1 DRAWING DESCRIPTION a g ° 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07101/15 ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST SAFETY RULES AND REGULATIONS OF ALL AUTHORITIES 2. ALL SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND ALL FEEDER PIPE LOCATIONS MUST BE COORDINATED AND AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. WITH THE MEP ENGINEER,PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK.PROVIDE OWNER WITH SHOP DRAWINGS. APPLICABLE CODES: ARCHITECTURAL 19. ANY MATERIALS FOUND TO BE DEFECTIVE SHALL BE REMOVED AND REPLACED AT NO A D A A G. AMERICANS w/DISABILITIES MFG. MANUFACTURER 3. - SPRINKLER HEAD FINISH SHALL BE SCREW-IN TYPE,CUSTOM COLOR AS SPECIFIED. ACCESSIBILITIES GUIDELINES MIN. MINIMUM BUILDING 2014 OREGON BUILDING SPECIALTY CODE G-001 COVER SHEET • • • • • ) ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER. ACT ACOUS11CALTILE MTL. METAL _ 20. WORK COMPLETED BY OTHERS SHALL BE PROTECTED.IF OTHER TRADES CAUSE ANY 3. PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SIGNS CONFORMING TO APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR MWC MILLWORK CONTR. MECHANICAL 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE G-002 LANDLORD COMMENTS • • • • DAMAGE IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND THE SAID TRADE CL. CENTERLINE N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT - a F TO COORDINATE REPAIRS WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST OR SCHEDULE CHANGES TO THE 4, PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND EXIT SIGNS IN TYPE,NUMBER AND LOCATION AS SHOWN. CLG. CEILING O.C. ON CENTER PLUMBING 2011 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE • • • • OWNER. CT. CERAMIC11LE OPP. OPPOSITE D-101 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN - 21. FOR THE PURPOSE OF BIDDING,PROPRIETARY NAMES IDENTIFYING ITEMS OF WORK ARE ELECTRICAL 2011 OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE • • • • COL. COLUMN 01 OVER 5. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY,COORDINATE AND/OR PROVIDE ANY SMOKE DETECTION CONC. CONCRETE REQ. REQUIRED A-101 CONSTRUCTION PLAN - USED SOLELY TO DESCRIBE THE STANDARD OF THE PROJECT OR THE COLOR OF THE AND/OR FIRE ALARM CONNECTORS AS SHOWN. CONT. CONTINUOUS R RADIUS FIRE PROTECTION 2014 OREGON FIRE CODE • • • • • ) FINISH,UNLESS THE ITEMS OF WORK ARE EXPLICITLY NOTED AS NOT HAVING AN EQUAL. DIA DIAMETER SCH. SCHEDULED ACCESSIBILITY 2014 OREGON BUILDING CODE A-111 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN • • • • • - 22. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMEDY,WITHOUT COST TO THE OWNER,ANY DEFECTS DUE TO 6. DURING CONSTRUCTION THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE A PORTABLE FIRE DIM. DIMENSION SIM. SIMILAR _ FAULTY WORKMANSHIP. EXTINGUISHER WITH A RATING OF NOT LESS THAN 2-A WITHIN(75 FT.)FOOT TRAVEL DISTANCE TO DTL. DETAIL TYP. TYPICAL ENERGY 2014 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE A-121 FINISH PLAN,ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE,&DETAILS • • ® ® - 23. THE G.C.IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL TEMPORARY POWER AS NECESSARY. ALL PORTIONS OF THE PROJECT ON EACH FLOOR. DWGS. DRAWINGS U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED - `o 24. THE G.C.SHALL PROVIDE AN ON-SITE SUPERINTENDENT FOR THE DURATION OF THE E.C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR OTHERWISE A-131 GROUND FLOOR FIXTURE AND EGRESS PLAN, _ 3 CONSTRUCTION PROJECT. 7. ALL WOOD CONSTRUCTION IN CAVATIES SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. EX.OR(E) EXISTING V.A.V. VARIABLE AIR VOLUME BUILDING INFO: FIXTURE SCHEDULE,&DETAILS • • • • ) z 25, THE G.C.SHALL LEAVE NO GAPS AND FILL SOLID TO PIPING AND DUCTWORK TO MAINTAIN EXP. EXPOSED V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF DEMISING WALLS AND MAINTAIN THE MINIMUM FIRE 8. COORDINATE SPRINKLER DRAIN DOWN WITH LANDLORD. EQ. EQUAL VERT. VERTICAL CONSTRUCTION TYPE: TYPE II B A-201 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS • • • • ) RATING. F.C. FIXTURE CONTRACTOR WC. WATER CLOSET _ o E F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET WD. WOOD OCCUPANCY GROUP: M-MERCANTILE A-301 STOREFRONT PLAN,ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS • • • ® _ 26. ALL PAINT SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED,FURNISHED,AND INSTALLED BY G.C.EXCEPT WHERE 9. ANY DECORATIONS USED SHALL BE NON-COMBUSTIBLE OR BE FLAME PROOFED IN AN FIN, FINISH W.I.C. WOOD INSTITUTE OF GROSS LEASE AREA: 2,790 SF A-302 STOREFRONT SECTIONS • • • • 0 OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TO BE BY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR OR OWNER. APPROVED MANNER. FLR. FLOOR CALIFORNIALL 27. ALL WORK,MATERIALS,AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE GUARANTEED FOR A MINIMUM PERIOD F.R. FIRE RATED W.R. WATER RESISTANT TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 57 A-401 ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN • • • • ) s= OF ONE YEAR FROM DATE OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. THE G.C.SHALL PROVIDE THE OWNER 10. ALL REQUIRED EMERGENCY EXITS SHALL HAVE EXIT SIGNS WITH LETTERS SIX(6)INCHES HIGH F.R.T FIRE RETARDENT TREATED N WITH ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS,WARRANTIES AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS UPON FINAL AND 3/4"WIDE IN CONTRASTING COLORS.SEE PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. GA. GAUGE EXIT REQUIREMENTS 2 TOTAL EXITS REQUIRED 12 TOTAL EXITS PROVIDED(2 ADA ACCESSIBLE) A-501 DETAILS • • • • FRCH /ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. E ACCEPTANCE. G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR ID 28. THE G.C.SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING WITH OWNER ON ALL WORK TO BE GYP.BD. GYPSUM BOARD ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC RR A-502 WALL PARTITIONS • • • • • HR. HOUR 111'-0"WALKING (1)UNISEX REQUIRED;(1)UNISEX PROVIDED .1ZE D PERFORMED BY THE OWNER. ANY POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OR DELAYS CAUSED BY THE A-601 DOOR SCHEDULE&DETAILS OWNER'S SUBCONTRACTORS MUST BE DOCUMENTED IN WRITING TO THE PROJECT HT. HEIGHT DISTANCE • • • • ) �� 3 INSUL. INSULATION MANAGER BEFORE THE DELAY IS ACTUALLY INCURRED FOR IT TO BE CONSIDERED. JST. JOIST AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER �j`j'y OF 1"IGAtA FULLY SPRINKLED A-801 SPECIFICATIONS • • • • ) OTHERWISE THE G.C.WILL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE SCHEDULE AS OUTLINED IN LAV. LAVATORY SYSTEM: REVIEWED�OR CODE COMPU ANC8 A-802 SPECIFICATIONS • • • • WV IAM ° THE CONTRACT. MAX. MAXIMUM G; (� D Approved ; ( � A-803 SPECIFICATIONS • • • • • '� UTC: j A-804 SPECIFICATIONS • • • • CINCINNA77�0N0 Pcrinit�$. C�P21.3 - I'��7 A-805 SPECIFICATIONS • • • ® ) �� SYMBOL LEGEND LOCATION MAP VICINITY MAP Address: R� � STRUCTURAL OF o�ti uitc ; 66 PROJECT SITE B p S-101 STOREFRONT FRAMING PLANS,SECTIONS,AND WASHINGTON SQ.MALL }" Date. E� NOTES • • • SECTION O KEY NOTE 3 SECTION NUMBER F , -ey S-102 STOREFRONT FRAMING PLANS SECTIONS AND r ,N3 Approved plans NOTES ® • ® ® ® ) SHEET NUMBER , �` shall be on PROJECT INFORMATION 3 hJ' DenAyR tob site. ELECTRICAL I MECHANICAL 1 PLUMBINGTOILET FIXTURE5 o C OR ACCESSORY x„ �' ®, `� /Z_� E1 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES ® ® • • B LD-A-BEAR UI 7 �J OFFICE CUPS' E2 LIGHTING PLAN • • • • WASHINGTON SQ ELEVATION ' y y W/ U ry - - + E3 POWER PLAN • • • • ) rn A ELEVATION Garden 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Q N ION NUMBER F] EQPT. NOTATION " _ SHEET NUMBER21 .R Horne-Whitford E4 DATA COMMUNICATION PLAN • • • • ) PORTLAND, OR 97223 1 � � I D B E5 ELECTRICAL DETAILS • • • • ) _ got ` �` Redia it G Olt Center E6 RISER DIAGRAM&PANEL SCHEDULES PROJECT#: c FINISH NOTATION rt "� �`� '.. • • • • 29349.000 s t E7 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • • • ) ..e 8 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • • • t t DETAIL .' E o B `' - « K t E9 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • • • SHEET INFORMATION DETAIL NUMBER PARTITION TYPE .- t , AREA CALCULATIONS M1 HVAC PLAN • • • • N SHEET NUMBER f , 210 �y M2 HVAC SCHEDULE&DETAILS • • • • ) COVER SHEET x0 _ S.F.BREAKDOWNS: TOTAL S.F. OCCUPANT LOAD FACTOR OCCUPANT LOAD o Metzger- MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS FLOOR COVERING DETAIL SW Baa I: --- - r REVISION NUMBER ` 2,790 M4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS • • • • DETAIL NUMBER i, . s z PERIMETER LEASE LINE - DRAWN BYCL GROSS • • • • T SHEET NUMBER SALES AREA: 1649 30 55 P1 PLUMBING PLAN • • • • B.Goodwin/A.Davis t I �,N t�lt�rti Dakota St ? ' -PL' MfflNU'PtX`Tl7RE-sC t BACK-OF-HOUSE: 551 300 2 �•` REVIEWED BY: d N ROOM ROOM IDENTIFICATION HEIGHT CEILING HEIGHT/ _ a Ma P3� PLUMBING DETAILS J.Rolke y P 69 FINISH TAG z ' �� � _ - RESTRooMcs): • • • • FINISH P4 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS o k L A ROOM NUMBER LINEAR FRONTAGE: • • • • As Noted ° a CLG.TYPE STORE FRONTAGE FROM LEASE 27'-5" --- --- P5 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS ® • ® • AUTHORIZED FOR: CL 0 DOOR NUMBER LINE TO LEASE LINE P6 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS LL/Permit WINDOW TYPE r O 0 0 co NORTH NORTH G=001 o W I& O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 . RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE LL G.C. OWNER LL G.C. OWNER FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE L Z J LU W S LU . 2 LU J Q z = J =LU J Ln 311 I Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q Q a Q S2 D Z x a Z x = z 311 Elm Street Suite 600 w � Z W Z z REMARKS W z LL REMARKS Cincinnati OH 45202 513 2413000 1 GENERAL 15 MECHANICAL-FIRE SPRINKLER www.frch.com PERMITS PICK-UP AND INSPECTIONS ! ! FIRE SPRINKLER MAIN ! TEMPORARY UTILITIES ! ! AS REQUIRED MODIFY EXISTING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED ! ! CONNECT TO EXISTING SPRINKLER MAIN LINES TEMPORARY LIGHTING ! ! AS REQUIRED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM ! CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE ! ! CONTACT MALL MANAGEMENT FOR BARRICADE CONSTRUCTION SMOKE DETECTORS ! ! REQUIREMENTS. SMOKE EVACUATION SYSTEM ! ~ � BARRICADE GRAPHICS/iMNDOWPRPER ! ! CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY ! ! 15 MECHANICAL-PLUMBING SYSTEMS WATER AND SANITARY STUB-INS FINAL CLEANUPITURNOVER TO OPERATIONS ! ! WATER METER ! 2 SITE WORK WATER CLOSETS&LAVATORIES ! ! 0 DEMOLITION ! MOP SINK ! ! CONCRETE,GORING ! WATER HEATER ! ! 3 CONCRETE 15 MECHANICAL-HVAC CONCRETE SLAB ! ! ! PATCH J IN-FILL AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACE HVAC DUCTWORK&DIFFUSERS ! ! i a J CONCRETE INFILL-PLUMBING LEAVE-OUT = • T HVAC UNITS ! ! 1 TRENCHING J CORE DRILLING ! ! - RESTROOM EXHAUST FANS AND DUCTWORK ! ! FLOOR PREPARATION FOR FLOORING INSTALLATION ! ! GAS LINE TO HVAC UNIT,GAS METER ! 4 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION FIRE DAMPERS ! ROOFING WORK * ! IF REQUIRED,CONTRACT W/ll REQUIRED VENDOR � HVAC CURBS ! HVAC CERTIFIED AIR TEST AND BALANCE � ! INSULATION ! ! INCLUDES SOUND BATT INSULATION AT INTERIOR PARTITIONS 16 ELECTRICAL ELECTRIC GENERATOR ! EXPANSION JOINTS ! H 5 METALS ELECTRICAL STEP-DOWN TRANSFORMER ! STOREFRONT DISPLAY GRID ! ! ELECTRICAL PANEL AND BREAKERS ! ! ! EXISTING PANELS;PROVIDE NEW BREAKERS AS REQUIRED DEMISING WALL CONSTRUCTION ! PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED ELECTRICAL CONDUIT AND WIRING ! 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS ELECTRICAL STUB-IN TO SPACE ! ROUGH CARPENTRY DISCONNECT,METER AND METER BOXES ! ! � STOREFRONT FRAMING AND FASCIA ! ! LIGHTING PACKAGE ! ! BLOCKING/NAILERSJUNISTRUT SUPPORTS ! ! FREIGHT DOOR BUZZER ! ! WOOD BASE ! ! REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH INFORMATION MUSIC SYSTEM ! ! INSTALL BY TENANT VENDOR G.C.TO COORDINATE ISSUE INFORMATION G WOOD CASED OPENINGS ! ! REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FINISH INFORMATION EAS/SECURITY SYSTEM ! 05/08/15 7 THERMAL J MOISTURE PROTECTION TELEPHONE CONDUIT STUB-IN TO SPACE ! ! ! EXTEND TO NEW TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATION FIRESTOPPING ! ! INTERIOR TELEPHONE WIRING ! ! ! INSTALL BY TENANT VENDOR;G.C.TO COORDINATE REVISIONS JOINT SEALANTS ! ! DATA EQUIPMENT NETWORK WIRING ! ! FLASHING&SHEET METAL ! POS EQUIPMENT ! ! CAULKING&BACKER RODS ! CONDUIT&WIRING FOR POS EQUIPMENT ! ! — EXTERIOR SHEATHING ! SHOPPER TRACK SYSTEMM ! ! — BUILDING WRAP ! NOTES: — SPRAY FIRE PROOFING ON(E)STRUCTURE ! 1. THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT IS NOT DEFINED EXCLUSIVELY BY THE RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE — a F 2. TO DETERMINE THE WORK OF THE CONTRACT,REVIEW ALL DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATIONS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. — 6 DOORS AND WINDOWS FREIGHT/REAR DOOR ! — INTERIOR METAL DOORS ! — ALUMINUM STOREFRONT SYSTEM STOREFRONT GLASS DOOR HARDWARE E WOOD WINDOWS AND GLASS ! ! — x SECURITY GRILLE/GATE ! ! LL 0 GLASSIWOOD ENTRY DOORS ! 9 FINISHES FRCH I ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. DEMISING WALL ! G.C.TO PATCH&REPAIR AS REQUIRED AT EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS ! D CORNER GUARD--CLEAR ACRYLIC ! ! � 8 DRYWALL CEILING D WOOD FLOORING ! ! f ()A D. C} � VCT ! ! CINCINN , TILE ! ! O� TILE GROUT ! ! GENERAL NOTE � o o�ti�' 16 F ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE AND GRID ! ! M PAINT ! ! G.C.TO CONFIRM WITH ALL OWNER VENDORS AND LOCAL JURISDICTION WITH ANY REQUIREMENTS FOR WALL PAPER INSTALL OF CONDUIT,ADDITIONAL POWER,AND JUNCTION BOXES RELATED TO LOW VOLTAGE INSTALLATIONS. $ WALK-OFF ENTRY MAT ! PROJECT INFORMATION o C STONE BASE ! BUILD-A-BEAR g CONCRETE SEALER ! ! WASHINGTON SQ. 10 SPECIALTIES STOREFRONT SIGNAGE ! ! INSTALLED BY SIGN VENDOR UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT/CONTRACT PORA WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. PORTLLAND,OR 97223 v SERVICE DOOR SIGNAGE ! INTERIOR DOOR AND STOREFRONT CODE SIGNAGE ! ! PROJECT#: V 29349.000 PHOTOCELL(EXTERIOR LOCATIONS ONLY-AS NEEDED) ! AWNING ! it PERMANENT EXTERIOR WINDOW GRAPHICS/VINYL ! SHEET INFORMATION r B SALES FIXTURES&CASH WRAP ! ! CONFIRM RESPONSIBILITIES WJ OWNERS CONST.PROJECT MANAGER RESPONSIBILITY o FURNITURE AND ACCESSORIES ! ! CONFIRM RESPONSIBILITIES WJ OWNERS CONST.PROJECT MANAGER SCHEDULE S MANAGER DESK&SUPPORT BRACKETS ! ! a FIRE EXTINGUISHERS ! ! a G.C.TO PROVIDE BACKER BOARD OR CHICKEN WIRE BETWEEN BACK TO DRAWN BY: STOCKROOM SHELVING(FIXED&MOBILE) ! g BACK UNITS-REFER TO FIXTURE PLAN B.Goodwin/A Davis LOCKERS ! ! REVIEWED BY: J.Rolke MICROWAVESCALE; 0 ! ! WA MINIFRIDGE 40 ! As Noted b K a SAFE ! ! AUTHORIZED FOR: g LLlPermit RESTROOM ACCESSORIES AND SHELVING ! ! C O II ELEVATORIPRODUCT LIFTJCONVEYOR ! ' 002 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 PUBLIC RESTROOM FRCH L APPROX. WALKING DESIGN WORLDVADE 11 311 Elm Street Suite 600 DISTANCE 111 '0 Cincinnati OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com LEVEL 1 OF 2 PROPOSED SITE: BUILD-A-BEAR . K SPACE #F06B JCPenney - to FCWt, - .004 CHILDREN'S � PLAY AREA .. -- W. FC1'€ �;, Y03 wt rpt Akr?vL'r�}'f Yos 4ixLr�3&E P :Ywa ° ° YIe AVAILA&: Kt NaNY" tcIANAGEMENT FCz7 H 141-Af'Tic, AMA p ai#, N4E TI!R. }= OFFICES K04 9y FCC11 FG""tk r k<ratu'rE, NFE,ENCE Itt ° LEVEL 2 OF 2 hL, 4!vss 4tvc F E 41r h? ELEC. LU ^,manau F€3TT4�P — _ — — ;irata K0 rkk°AII.tt?t e mol PD P TftRY • FA %h 10.86I5F [R SF MIX • DICKS SrJz- ' H A� 1 c TUY . rte SPORTING kI!SlcM'" JUICE GOODS s� r e 9a AVAfta6LE �bkET I K2$ __ L ISSUE INFORMATION CENTE 3, LL~ rT LOMfl L G Wr GANI TI AVAIL 05/08/15 A► �A Me TFiMSREMEWERED REVISIONS .,.. ATB Q Ie 1 VANS' e o _ . Lf STRICE.RTE x 01, ?(Y PY?Ffi 41 Tt ;`J'A PORTLAND M&FOODCONIPAW Ek?r Sx It l'2 Y1*it"t3a1 ti'F %ATVRE DAY Sark. — G4ir+3AREE — U F rr�.ta Tru 4: ICU* "WK TRACK-NI 1-4 M FRES AtE 1?R TI"RAIL ¢ ® w '� 4t1 eST, ,h. -' K° y -IX .,,, haft - t3 V rs sr,rTa R a4 w Lk w r m 3 MACY S E � r ravr,:=I a f' Y asees AkAILAt �� o F016o f �" E ,� CY e, NI �..+ i2 '�" Ky •ti.._ N 2 �„ ti LL Ll A 4n tPA alAr�aaN�= � � 55 � �' © s: �� �r �� a FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C.ZE y U ►,. ht ETf F74 EKEId E 1I IEDDIE SAUER Eft" CL .✓ Fx w Gds CLAIRE; 3 w sk4 T,A kE ACCESSOHtt s. CL Li KI g MFS &JA D �, ET 2 0 YAt+litt:EM • n u NORDSTKU CAN SERVICE CORRIDOR COMPANY $FHVECF COItKIQ0I d1 CIN OZ ~Y Wit .; MCII:bALO?�I F 0 #'i07 4 ."#� LSC a iU i4 .i,WIN a YDY IktilT CHICOS s I G4tF'K ? `- n S s E a u .r +ul Oa 3Ltk€;K��14iS i' W a 4 r E PROJECT INFORMATION wwo o C r BUILD-A-BEAR gI � � �gIY ZF S IYt'f - WASHINGTON SQ. F- wILLIM*wSONONIAHYea WS BE fi� ; 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Cl) PORTLAND, OR 97223 CD 3n'; E 'HE FAOTORY �? PROJECT#: U m � 29349,000 0 B SHEET INFORMATION MALL PLAN CN0 a o n. N O N L a z DRAWN BY: 3 B.Goodwin/A.Davis y M y REVIEWED BY: 9 N J.Rolke O L NORTH SCALE: A As Noted a AUTHORIZED FOR: LL/Permit z 3 A O y G-003 ZE W N A, A, I& A& A O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 GENERAL NOTES J9 MALL SOFFIT %"GYP.BD.TAPED& D-101 BEDDED JOINST TO PREVENT 1. IT IS THE INTENT OF THESE DRAWINGS THAT THE ENTIRE SPACE IS TO BE CLEARED OF ALL FRCH T.O.BARRICADE T.O.BARRICADE LEASE LINE DUST PASS-THRU wl TWO PARTITIONS,FIXTURES,FINISHES,STOREFRONT AND SIGNAGE(U.O.N.)THE REMAINING SPACE 14'-8"A.F.F. 14'-8"A.F.F. -- ------------- COATS PAINT(COLOR AS SHOULD CONSIST OF EXISTING PERIMETER WALLS,STRIPPED COLUMNS,CONCRETE FLOOR,AND }-• -', - , ,.i'; DIRECTED BY LL) EXPOSED UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE(U.N.O.). COORDINATE WITH M.E.P.DRAWINGS IF EXISTING DESIGN WORLDWIDE B.O.MALL BULKHEAD I / �` e. i` ` / B.O.MALL BULKHEAD EQUIPMENT IS TO REMAIN. L 14'-7"A.F.F. V.I.F, i I / /� ys = � 5 ' F 14'-7"A.F.F.(V.I.F.) ' ,P' ,',` 2. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ALL ( ) f DETAIL INTENDED FOR DESIGN INTENT ONLY; , 311 Elm Street Suite 600 r ' �� ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS MAY VARY;TENANT ` DISCREPANCIES BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH WORK. Cincinnati OH 45202 BARR;CtAtlER�P C � r r BARRICADE GRAPHIC 3. PREVENT MOVEMENT OR SETTLEMENT OF EXISTING STRUCTURE(S). PROVIDE AND PLACE BRACING BY�OWNE G.C.SHALL VERIFY RESPONSIBILITIES AND ALL 513 2413000 f / BY OWNER ' OR SHORING AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY AND SUPPORT OF STRUCTURE. ASSUME LIABILITY REQUIREMENTS WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO BID ' FOR SUCH MOVEMENT SETTLEMENT DAMAGE OR INJURY. www.frch.com / o' 4. HVAC SUBCONTRACTOR TO INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DETERMINE WHETHER ANY SUPPORT KICKERS �r COMPRESSOR REFRIGERANT LINES ARE PRESENT THAT MUST BE PROPERLY DRAINED(TO E.P.A. ` AS REQ. 5 " STANDARDS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. / GYP.BD.TAPED& ) BEDDED JOINST TO PREVENT 5. BURNING OF MATERIALS ON SITE IS NOT PERMITTED. 3%"METAL STUDS @ i w 24"OC I 1 0-1DUSTPASS-THRU wl TWO 6. NO WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED OUTSIDE THE LEASE LINE AS DEFINED BY THE LANDLORD. ' ' > COATS PAINT(COLOR AS 7. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED AT NO COST TO THE OWNER56 . ``, ° �✓ DIRECTED BY LL) 8. TENANT TO COORDINATE BARRICADE AND BARRICADE GRAPHICS WITH OPERATIONS MANAGER. K TENANT'S G.C.TO COORDINATE BARRICADE LOCATION WITH FACILITY OPERATION MANAGER. 1-7/ F j 1 MALL TENANT'S LEASED MALL COMMON AREA 9. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATIONS OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES SPACE AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. r L- 10. CEASE OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY THE OWNER IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO / ~ 1 LEASE LINE 2x4 PLATE.SECURE TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE ALL NECESSARY PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT THE STRUCTURE. ' PLYWOOD FROM UNDERSIDE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. ti 11. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE EXTENT OF DEMOLITION WITH THE NAIL OR SCREWS TO BE {� FLUSH SET OWNER AND THE LANDLORD AND BRING ANY DISCREPANCIES TO BOTH PARTIES ATTENTION PRIOR �� �./ ,� �'` �/ �� .,� FINISH FLOOR s „ ; TO FINALIZING THE BID AND COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. PLYWOOD w/ r , MALL TILE INV 0'-0" Y MALL FINISH FLOOR /NON-ABRASIVE Ya"+ 12. A FIRE EXTINGUISHER MUST BE KEPT ON THE PREMISES AT ALL TIMES. IV 0-0 3-0 13. EXCEPT WHERE NOTED OTHERWISE,MAINTAIN POSSESSION OF MATERIALS BEING DEMOLISHED. ALIGN CIL OF CUSHION BACKING IMMEDIATELY REMOVE FROM SITE T-0" BARRICADE DOOR 2x4 STOP;SECURE TO 3'-0"MAX ENSURE 10'-0"MIN.CLEARANCE 14. PROVIDE TEMPORARY SERVICES AS NECESSARY FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION FOR ALL WITH C/L OF NEW CONC.SLAB TO MALL OBSTRUCTIONS LIFE/SAFETY DEVICES. ENTRANCE. 15. WHERE THE EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB IS TO BE PATCHED AND REPAIRED,THE GENERAL J 1 Barricade Elevation J6 B a rri ca d e Elevation ('jq-'� Section at Construction Barricade CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN THE EXISTING FIRE RATING OF THE EXISTING SLAB,PATCH WORK TO D-101 SCALE:1/4"=V-0' D-101 SCALE:1/4'=1'-0" D-101 SCALE:N.T.S. BE STRUCTURALLY SOUND AND CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING LIVE LOADS FOR MERCANTILE OCCUPANCIES AS PER LOCAL CODES AND JURISDICTION. 16. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE ALL WORK BELOW SLAB WITH LANDLORD AND SHALL O KEY NOTES PATCH&REPAIR ANY/ALL DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR DURING DEMOLITION WORK. 17. ARRANGE&PAY FOR DISCONNECTING,REMOVING&CAPPING UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF 1. LEASE LINE. DEMOLITION,DISCONNECT&STUB-OFF. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY&BUILDING 2. (E)STOREFRONT ROLLING GRILL&ALL ITS COMPONENTS TO BE REMOVED. MANAGER IN ADVANCE&OBTAIN APPROVAL BEFORE STARTING THIS WORK. 3. ALL(E)INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION,FIXTURES,FLOORING,ETC.TO BE REMOVED IN ITS 18. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, ENTIRETY(U.N.O.).PREP AS REQ.TO ACCEPT NEW WALL CONSTRUCTIONNINISHES. INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING 4. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE AND DOOR;G.C.TO COORDINATE WITH MALL REQUIRED BARRICADE FOUNDATIONS AND SUPPORTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE H WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. CONTRACTOR. 5. (E)STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM&CONSTRUCTION TO BE REMOVED IN ITS ENTIRETY. 19. G.C.TO COORDINATE ALL WORK BELOW SLAB WI LL&SHALL PATCH&REPAIR ANYIALL DAMAGE THAT MAY OCCUR DURING DEMO WORK 6. (E)NEUTRAL PIER CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN,NEUTRAL PIERS ARE TO BE BUILT OUT FOR NEW 20. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL OUTLETS THAT WILL BEHIDDEN/COVERED BY EXISTING WALL 7. (E)DOOR AND FRAME TO BE REMOVEDD.. LOCATION OF LEASE LINE.REFER TO CONSTRUCTION,NEW FIXTURES,ETC SHALL BE REMOVED IN THEIR ENTIRETY 8. (E)ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN.SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 9. (E)COLUMN TO REMAIN.REMOVED EXISTING FINISHES AND PREP TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS DEMOLITION LEGEND REQ. 10. (E)DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN.PREP TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES AS REQ.PATCH&REPAIR AS REQ. TO MAINTAIN(E)FIRE RATING. INDICATES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN 11. CENTER OF FIXTURE THAT WILL NEED TRENCHING/CORE DRILLING FOR POWER AND DATA ISSUE INFORMATION 12. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED.REMOVE AND OR CAP EXISTING PLUMBING LINES G AS REQUIRED. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - INDICATES EXISTING CONSTRUCTION TO BE DEMOLISHED 05/08/15 REVISIONS A B B D E F SIM.IMIRR. J6 - 1 10 111-6" 10 D-101 - LL TO LL 1 - U F 10'-2" 98'-10" 2'-6" 6 d 1 1 iii Jii ii 1 1 pii � g �: 1 J , 1 1 I ♦ �� a a` 10 i i i i m 1 � ` 7 ii a � - I 12 ao --------- - J 5 E tV J 3 1 1 3 M LL 2'-9Ya" 3 I ' I I I "'�n"�" FRCH/ARCHITECTURE IN . P.C. I 71-1Y20 1'-4y" `J D-101 10 I 1 A o 11 C.,, 1 1 N -� o ACL 0L? 0 )AME .STAP 1 ( o J1 r- F- til .-� a D 1 i 9 g 4 N D-101 N J `N CINC --- , -- -, �-j--, 9 ' �� �GO 1 1 I 1 1 I I 1 ro --- - --- - - - - - - - - - - 1-1-- - - - - - I - - - - - - - ---------- f-Ep 1 -------- - - - - - - - - 1 1 - - - - - ---------- -- Ai7AI►I� - - - - OC �� a 1 1 I 1 1 1 1 � //� °c 8 16 3 ���`� E 3 I I 3 M `�y 10 5'-9/a 1 1 9 1 i r PROJECT INFORMATION 0 7 i i 1 1 o c _�; O- BUILD-A-BEAR s 10 1 7 '��; WASHINGTON SQ. i 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. PORTLAND, OR 97223 C) � I 1 1 I I I I y40 M C PROJECT#: C 29349.000 0 10'-7" 15'-3" : 83'-2" 2'-6" U &/ N B 1 10 1 6 Js SHEET INFORMATION CD D-1o1 DEMOLITION o CN PLAN CL clio r T a DRAWN BY: 3 NMI B.Goodwin I A.Davis M N REVIEWED BY: y N J.Rolke r SCALE: C, W A As Noted a AUTHORIZED FOR: Z LL/Permit Al demolition Floor Plan NORTH 3 O D-101 SCALE:1/4"=V-0" Dm101 co W N O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 GENERAL NOTES WALL CONSTRUCTION LEGEND - REFER TO SHEET A-501 FOR SECTIONS O KEY NOTES WALL TYPE'N:(E)DEMISING/CORRIDOR WALUEXTERIOR 1. LEASE LINE.VERIFY IN FIELD PRIOR TO START. FRICH 1. THE G.C.SHALL VERIFY DIMENSIONS OF THE EXISTING SPACE&OF ANY EXISTING TREATED(F.R.T.) NO WOOD IN CEILING PLENUM ABOVE SPRINKLER COVERAGE WALL TYPE'B'3: NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 518"TYPE'X' DESIGN WORLDWIDE WALL TO REMAIN.G.C.TO APPLY NEW FINISHES.G.C.TO 2. RELOCATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. E51 Rl DWl CONSTRUCTION TO REMAIN BY ACTUAL MEASUREMENT BEFORE ANY WORK IS PERFORMED. 10. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYPSUM WALL BOARD OR CENTERLINE OF COLUMN. ALL GYP.BD.(USE WATER RESISTANT GYP.BD.@ALL WET INSTALL BLOCKING,PLUMBING AND/OR ELECTRICAL 3. NEW STOREFRONT SYSTEM.REFER TO STOREFRONT SHEETS. L IF MEASUREMENTS DIFFER FROM DIMENSIONS INDICATED ON THESE PLANS,THE G.C.IS TO ELEVATIONS ARE FROM FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION A gg LOCATIONS)ON BOTH SIDE OF 6"METAL STUD @ 16"O.C. 311 Elm Street Suite 600 SERVICE AS REQ.G.C.TO MAINTAIN/FINISH ONE HOUR 4. DASHED LINE INDICATES SOFFIT ABOVE.REFER TO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN NOTIFY THE TENANT IMMEDIATELY.THE G.C.IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CORRECTING ANY& ALL 11. ALL INTERIOR FINISH&TRIM MATERIALS SHALL MEET APPLICABLE CODES FOR FLAME FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY,FIRE TAPE,CAULK,SEAL,ETC. BRACE STUD TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE.EXTEND GYP. 5GCTO PROVIDE PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS OF TYPE 2A106CCOORDINATE EXACT DISCREPANCIES AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO TENANT SPREAD RATINGS BD.6"ABOVE ACT CEILING. . G.C. . Cincinnati OH 45202 2. THE G.C.SHALL PATCH&REPAIR ALL EXISTING SURFACES AS NECESSARY BEFORE 12. MINIMUM DIMENSION FROM ANY CORNER OR WALL TO FRAMING STUD AT DOOR JAMB AS REQUIRED LOCATION WITH OWNERS CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER AND LOCAL AUTHORITY HAVING 513 2413000 APPLYING NEW FINISHES.ALL SOFT,POROUS,FLAKING OR OTHERWISE DEFECTIVE OPENING SHALL BE 4"(U.N.O.) JURISDICTION. FINISHES SHALL BE REMOVED BEFORE APPLICATION OF NEW MATERIALS.OPENINGS, 13. THE G.C.SHALL PROVIDE CAULK JOINTS WHERE GYP.BDWALL TYPE'A1': NEW DEMISING WALL. %"TYPE'X'GYP.BD. .MEETS THE FLOOR OR ROOF WALL TYPE'62':NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 518"TYPE'X' 6. NOT USED. www.frch.com VOIDS,OR UNFINISHED SURFACES CREATED BY REMOVAL OR MODIFICATION OF EXISTING DECK-PACK FLUTES AT DECK AS REQUIRED ON TENANT SIDE ONLY OF 6"METAL STUD FRAMING(METAL 7. EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD TO REMAIN.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. WORK SHALL BE FILLED OR PATCH&FINISHED AS NECESSARY TO MATCH EXISTING 14. PROVIDE DRYWALL TRIM AT ALL EXPOSED EDGES AND CORNERS STUD FRAMING BY LANDLORD).GYPSUM BOARD TO ' GYP.BD.(USE WATER RESISTANT GYP.BD.@ ALL WET 8. TILE UP TO 42"ON COLUMN.TYP.ALL COLUMNS CONDITIONS FOR NEW FINISHES REQ.SPECIFICALLY,FLOOR SURFACES AT ENTRY SHALL BE 15. TENANTS CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL WITHIN THE Al EXTEND TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. PROVIDE ROCKWOOL C LOCATIONS)ON 6"METAL STUD @ 16"O.C.EXTEND STUD 9. MONITOR REFER TO SECTION A6/A-302 LEVELED TO ASSURE SMOOTH SURFACE TRANSITION BETWEEN EXISTING&NEW FLOOR LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL INCLUDING ITS RULES AND REGULATION. SOUND INSULATION FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF DECK. TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE.EXTEND GYP.BD.6" 10. RETURN TOP OF WALL TO ADJ.WALL.CAP WITH 5/8"GYP.BOARD FINISH MATERIALS.VERIFY ANY PATCHING OF EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB WITH PROJECT 16. ALL SUPPORTS TO BE FROM STRUCTURAL JOISTS AND BEAMS AND NOT FROM THE DECK 1HR.FIRE RATED WALL PER GA FILE NO.WP 1072 ABOVE ACT CEILING OR TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE AT 11. PROVIDE STANCHION AT END WALL.REFER TO E/A-501 MANAGER PRIOR TO DOING WORK. ABOVE. OPEN CEILING.PROVIDE SOUND BATT INSULATION. �. 3. G.C.SHALL VERIFY THAT DEMISING WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE AND ALL K PENETRATIONS ARE SEALED TIGHT,AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SHALL PROVIDE ALL WALL TYPE'S':NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 518"TYPE'X'GYP. vVA .L T Y P E`- N�".,`,'€N T ERROR, 1I I€ION, WORK REQUIRED TO CORRECT DEFICIENT CONDITIONS BD.(USE WATER RESISTANT GYP.BD.@ ALL WET ,• AC'1,A PANELS ON V2` R,T,ISL= R 00D SUBSTRATE 0116' 4. THE G.C.IS RESPONSIBLE TO MAINTAIN THE ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL AND FIRE g LOCATIONS)ON BOTH SIDE OF 3-5/8"METAL STUD @ 16"O.C. ___ _ ""' '«« vIETAL STUD 6"O.C,EXTEND S':'UD f'C UNDERSIDE OF RATING INTEGRITY OF THE LANDLORD'S DEMISING WALLS,FLOOR SLAB,BEAMS,COLUMNS, EXTEND STUD TO 15-0"A.F.F.BRACE STUD TO UNDERSIDE OF NIIIALL S(,)t.KHEA�. ~r I END GYP,93D,I~;`ABOVE FSC, C EILIN ROOF DECK,ETC. STRUCTURE.EXTEND GYP.BD.6"ABOVE ACT CEILING. 5. ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO BE 20 GA.TYPICAL NON-LOAD BEARING PARTITIONS. SEE USG WALL TYPE'B1': NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 518"TYPE'X' j� STEEL-FRAMED DRYWALL SYSTEMS"LIMITING HEIGHT-STEEL STUD ASSEMBLIES"CHART. GYP.BD.(USE WATER RESISTANT GYP.BD.@ ALL WET USE THEALLOWABLE DEFLECTION FIGURES ONLY LOCATIONS)ON BOTH SIDE OF 3-5/8"METAL STUD @ 16" WALL TYPE'D1': NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 7. THE G.C.SHALL COORDINATE WOORKRK OF VARIOUS TRADES IN INSTALLATION OF 6. ALL GYPSUMUM BOARD TO BE 518" 'UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 61 O.C.BRACE STUD TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE.EXTEND ACM PANELS ON 1/2"F.R.T.PLYWOOD SUBSTRATE ON 3-5/8" O INTERRELATED WORK.BEFORE INSTALLATION OR WORK BY ANY TRADE BEGINS,MAKE GYP.BD.6"ABOVE ACT CEILING,EXTEND STUD T015'-0" ----- ----- METAL STUD @ 16"O.C.EXTEND STUD TO UNDERSIDE OF „- PROPER PROVISIONS TO AVOID INTERFERENCES.THIS SHALL INCLUDE WORK BY ANY OF A.F.F. PROVIDE SOUND BATT INSULATION. 3 D1 MALL BULKHEAD.EXTEND GYP.BD.6"ABOVE ACT CEILING THE TENANTS SUBCONTRACTORS AS WELL AS THOSE UNDER CONTRACT Wl THE G.C. "' 8. PROVIDE METAL OR F.R.T.WOOD BLOCKING FOR ALL SIGNS,HOOKS,TOILET ROOM WALL TYPE'B2%NEW INTERIOR PARTITION. 5/8"TYPE W ACCESSORIES&ANY OTHER WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT.COORDINATE ALL BLOCKING GYP.BD.ONE SIDE ONLY(USE WATER RESISTANT GYP.BD. WALL TYPE'E': NEW INTERIOR PARTIAL HEIGHT PARTITION. REQUIREMENTS NECESSARY FOR MILLWORK WI MILLWORK. B2 @ ALL WET LOCATIONS)ON 3-518"METAL STUD @ 16"O.C. 5/8"TYPE'X'GYP.BD.ON BOTH SIDE OF 3-518"METAL STUD 9. ALL FRAMING LUMBER,PLYWOOD AND CONCEALED WOOD SHALL BE FIRE RETARDANT EXTEND GYP.BD.6"ABOVE ACT CEILING OR TO UNDERSIDE E @ 16"O.C. be OF STRUCTURE AT OPEN CEILING. G.C.SHOULD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF ALL NEW DEMISING WALLS AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES BACK TO BUILD-A-BEAR AND ARCHITECT. • H lot No. ISSUE INFORMATION G -- 05/08/15 3 NOTE:THE ROOF STRUCTURE REVISIONS MAY BE APPROXIMATELY 30'-0"ABOVE THE 1 LANDLORD/OWNER CHANGES 05/29/15 FINISHED FLOOR 2 BID SET 06/12/15 Al 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07/01/15 A B B D E F A-301 — Al2 5 F A-401 A13 I I I I I I l A-502 / TYP.AT ALL FIXTURES - -P w I I m M w - A B3 B2 oo B2 B3 k 16'-10" \ \ o m 3 3 T.O.W. 10 D1 — o B1 A.F.F. I 2 — F RESTROOM � I - E � U 19'-13/a" Y 3'-2" 6"[y4 10'-2%° 6" 3'-2" Y 2'-0" 5'-0" /a 2'- 1%" 18'-0"+/- I 1._ 34,. 6,. 2'$Ya" 9 r-5Y" B1 B1CL 1 FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, I P.C. 103 A-502 E1 I I I `� �D AT ALL FIXTURES � - a ' " 3 ,. C 0 9'-9" 8'3/4 19-5/4 SALES AREA I ? N 3 JAM �`� B 101 i o- D BACK-OF I o • ,� o I HOUSE CL .__. �_ . . . I I Al A6 ; I I € 3 A��4NI0 ALL " 4'-1%" 9�" 5'-8'/a 14i 8Y" 3'-6" T-103/x° 5 _-_ m«.w« A._ ,. 1 A-201 A-201 y' e FOUR D1 ' I GO a E SID ; �'OR 0 -- - - - - --- - -- - - ca ---—- - - - - - - - - - - - --- - — - - - ----- ----- -- —- - - - - -—-—-—- - - -—-—-—-— --- - - - - - - ---- - - --- -�- ES £ € F, __, Hl Al 3 8 ..✓ m,-. 4 SIM. ti 7 E 11 11 A-201 t E13 L _-.._ 1 M �... �' I - I PROJECT INFORMATION d _ y I A-502 � EXISTING f rrrr��y�rirri�:ri� c a INFILL -•«� '' P. - C � £- ���� BUILD A BEAR DOOR / " ' WASHINGTON SQ OPENING 19'-43/4" 7 4 3-2' 6'7�" 10'-2 7Y 6' 3-2" 7 4 28'-11"+l- 4'-8" ■ m � x t 1 B I I 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Q 102b o PORTLAND,Dl R 97223 M - N O t t € S U a F € $ £ t } r 6 y, s PROJECT#: p I 7�JJ . �lm/_<w�l.0 «S +-a- £«.4^«,....,..«...««..«« ««.««.,.«,..�........�. . , .......g...5.u....-.w..m .».«L`e- _..,._.«.«..«...2....«....... ..._ .. .. , _ I g ( N E N 3 � � I 3 . i B3 B2 B2 B3 M ; 29349 000 £ £ D1 - z 4� L Ti � A13 1 SHEET INFORMATION ° B 1 A-502 MALL A13 ` —^ —" a TYP.AT ALL FIXTURES CORRIDIOR A 502 Construction Plan o N TYP.AT ALL FIXTURES 0 CL CN o CL rn I BY: 3 B.Goodwin I A.Davis REVIEWED BY: N N J.Rolke a Uj SCALE: A As Noted a AUTHORIZED FOR: Al Construction Plan NORTH LUPermit A-101 SCALE:1/4"=1'-0" m Awl 01 y U) W N O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SYMBOLS LEGEND - REFER TO ELEC. DWG. FOR LIGHTING SPEC GENERAL NOTES O KEY NOTES SYMBOL MARK DESCRIPTION 1. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH CEILING OR 1. ALL LIGHTS IN STOCK ROOM SHALL BE CHAIN HUNG 12'0"A.F.F.TO BOTTOM. FRCH A CR1440L-30K-S 1'X4'ARCHITECTURAL LED TROFFER LIGHT FIXTURE-TYP.U.N.O. 2. GRAPHIC HANGING BANNER,BOTTOM HELD @ 8'-9"A.F.F. DESIGN WORLDWIDE L 2. THE G.C.SHALL SET ALL CEILING AND SOFFITS USING A LASER LEVEL TO ACHIEVE A CEILING 3. NOT USED ®e B T257 LED-3K-WH TRAC-MASTER WALL WASH FLOOD 0 70W LED THAT IS PLUMB,LEVEL AND SQUARE TO ALL WALLS AND SOFFITS 4. GRAPHIC HANGING GRID REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE 311 Elm Street Suite 600 WALL WASH/FLOOD 3. LATERAL BRACING FOR SUSPENDED CEILING MUST BE PROVIDED BY CEILING CONTRACTOR. 5. CENTER POINT Cincinnati OH 45202 211D C T263LG2-3-N-WH TRAC-MASTER-27W CONIX II LED ADDITIONAL HANGER AND SAFETY WIRES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES,DUCTWORK,SPEAKERS,ETC. 6. ACT GRID START POINT 513 2413000 TO BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CEILING CONTRACTOR 7. STEP SIGNAGE LOCATIONS,REFER TO STEP SIGNAGE INFORMATION,A-111. 4. THE G.C.TO VERIFY W/LL,METHOD OF ATTACHMENT FOR ALL ITEMS ANCHORED TO,OR 8. CEILING SPEAKERS CENTERED IN CEILING TILE,REFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR WIRING. www.frCh.COm D D HORNET-15-LED E-WT-TN1-120-NF-3000-AH-WT-HEX-DIM-TRIAL SUSPENDED FROM EXISTING STRUCTURE 9. SHOPPING TRACKER,REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR DATA INFORMATION. 5. ARCH.DRAWINGS DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF LUMINAIRES&SUPERSEDE ALL OTHERS,TYP. I® (E)X EXISTING EXIT SIGN U.N.O.-REFER TO ELECT.DRAWINGS FOR EXACT FIXTURE TYPE&QUANTITIES PROVIDED 11. MEZZANINE IN THIS AREA,BOTTOM OF(E)2X10 JOISTS AT 11'-0" EXIT SIGN,PUBLIC AREA-USE INVERTER FOR EMERGENCY 6. REFER TO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR EXPOSED SUSPENDED MECHANICAL DUCTWORK 3 MEI OUNTED ® MOULNITED X1 LIGHTING DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 7. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR FIXTURES,DUCTS,CEILINGS AND RELATED PERTINENT wnuCEILING K MOUNTED X2 LIGHTING EXIT SIGN,NON-PUBLIC AREA--USE INVERTER FOR EMERGENCY ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN SPECIFIC HEIGHTS ABOVE FINISH FLOOR H�MOUNTED ® 8. THE G.C.TO PROVIDE NECESSARY BLOCKING AND BRACING FOR FIXTURE INSTALLATION AND of F 2A-830-N-U-WH 2"LED ROUND ADJUSTABLE 600 LUMEN ALL ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS TO COMPLETE THE FINAL INSTALLATION OF ALL FIXTURE- COORDINATE WITH FIXTURE SUPPLIER. Or, G HLD-HP-R-A14-18-LED-120 HORNET HP DOWNLIGHT 3-1/2"ROUND 9• COORDINATE ANY NEW ROOF PENETRATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND LANDLORD'S ROOF CEILING FINISH KEY CONTRACTOR. ® H 2'X2'LED LIGHT-INDY 2X2 X-SERIES LED LOW PROFILE- 10. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF GYP.BD.TYP,U.N.O. TYPE MATERIAL 120-277V AC AT 50/60 Hz 11. COORDINATE ADDITIONAL CEILING ACCESS PANELS W/PROJECT MANAGER AND AS REQUESTED BY LANDLORD TO MAINTAIN ACCESS TO LANDLORD EQUIPMENT. Cl GYPSUM BOARD 'MST SHOPPING TRACKER C2 OPEN TO STRUCTURE 41r, ® HVAC(SUPPLY) ACT-2 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE(2'X2') HVAC(RETURN) REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION r HVAC(EXHAUST) ST SHOPPERTRAK STEP SIGNAGE INFORMATION - OS SPEAKER REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR SIZE AND MATERIAL. GRAPHIC HANGING BANNER UU NUMBER REFLECTS ORDER GRAPHIC HANGING GRID(24"X72"GRIDWALL PANEL WHITE) XX�CXXX REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR DETAILS NAME REFLECTS LOCATION H rr. ISSUE INFORMATION G 05/08/15 3 REVISIONS FFFNOTE: E ROOF STRUCTUREBE APPROXIMATELY 1 LANDLORD/OWNER CHANGES 05/29/15 30'-0"ABOVE THE 2 BID SET 06/12/15 FINISHED FLOOR 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07/01/15 A B B D E F I I I I I I F 3 I I I I I I 14 . . .......... .. Q EQ. i 4'-0" EQ. AFFI - . ._ 8'-6'AFF0 ACT 2 I I Cl P-1 I C 3 t B 1B rn E , - #. T2 ... ....... .. ........... l._ _,,,,_ I co / Ir I s 2 // i i \ o REST00 I .. a ��.. _ ..w.. �_ _ w. _. . _ _ v _ _ _____ _.w__ _n.,._._.._ ___.. 30'-0"AFF A___ —" N I // \ A .. 103__ // i I X1 9'-6"AFF BACK OF HOUO C2 - 17-4" I // 1-\ i SO G C1 P-7 FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P C € � 2 � 1ZE Rs �„ Al " MALL t _ _.._.. A 302 ,._.__ 11-0 AFF i _....����_._��.� ., 1 c2 - 9 i I SALE. AREA 11 ® I o ° 11 \ G 0 C JAti( ,�OA a D 5 1 u/ ° I I � 101 I I € I F � I I -� � a D 4.6.. 5,-0„ 4.0.. I 1 \ 7 __ /� — . m [F - - 10 , 11'0"AFF I 11 TYP. \� 2 7 I ACT 2 I I I 5 I I ��n.0 CL 0 18- / I 4 O Y o I �� F R (� I N / 7 // S __, O C - ---------- -- -- - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE RM.# ROOM NAME FLOOR BASE WALLS CEILING CEILING HEIGHT REMARKS MARK DESCRIPTION PL-4 FIXTURES PLASTIC LAMINATE- PION ITE.COLOR:PRIMARY YELLOW SY914 FINISH SUEDE FRICH REFER TO A-1 ACRYLIC INTERIOR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS-COLOR:DRY ICE,LIGHTBLOCKS INC. PL-5 FIXTURE PLASTIC LAMINATE-WILSONART LAMINATE.COLOR ORANGE GROVE D501-60 FINISH MATTE DESIGN WORLDWIDE 101 SALES AREA V-1,V-2,V-3,V-4 B-1 SEE INTERIOR ACT-2 11'-O" SPECIFICATIONS FOR A-2 ACRYLIC INTERIOR FIXTURES-COLOR:OM001 DC COLORLESS,ACRYLITE PL-6 FIXTURE PLASTIC LAMINATE-WILSONART LAMINATE.COLOR HOLLYBERRY D307-60 FINISH MATTE ELEVATIONS FLOOR PREPARATION311 Elm Street Suite 600 ACT-2 INTERIOR CEILING-24"X24"WHITE TILE,ARMSTRONG ULTIMA FINE TEXTURE,BEVELED TEGULAR EDGE.GRID:INTERLUDE XL HRC 9116" PL-7 PLASTIC LAMINATE-WILSONART LAMINATE.COLOR FROSTY WHITE 1573-60 FINISH MATTE 4 OH SF-1 I Cincinnati 5202 102 BACK-OF-HOUSE SC-1 B-3 P-6A No Ceiling OPEN B-1 INTERIOR WALL BASE-4-112"TALL,MILLWORK WALLBASE MANDALAY MW-69-H,COLOR:69 STERLING SILVER,JOHNSONITE NOT USED 513 ti OH 40 SF-2 B-2 FIXTURE BASE-3"TOELESS,MILLWORK WALLBASE MANDALAY MW-69-H,COLOR:69 STERLING SILVER,JOHNSONITE SF-3 INTERIOR FIXTURE SPECIAL ACRYLIC FINISH-COLOR MP18102 POLYURETHANE FINISH GLOSS TOPCOAT,MATTHEWS PAINT www.frch.com 103 RESTROOM VCT-1 B-3 P-6A ACT-2 9'-0" BACK OF HOUSE WALL BASE-4"TALL,TRADITIONAL WALL BASE COLOR:71 STORM CLOUD,JOHNSONITE.PROVIDED BY OWNER. B-3 INTERIOR FIXTURE SPECIAL ACRYLIC FINISH-CUSTOM TO MATCH BENJAMIN MOORE PM-1 SUPER WHITE POLYURETHANE FINISH _ MALL ADHESIVE AND INSTALLATION BY G.C. SF-4 GLOSS TOPCOAT,MATTHEWS PAINT CORRIDOR E MATCH EXISTING MATCH EXISTING E OPEN B-4 MALL STOREFRONT BASE-6"x 16 GA.BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL COVE BASE.PROVIDE PREFORMED CORNERS WHERE APPLICABLE INTERIOR FIXTURE SPECIAL ACRYLIC FINISH-CUSTOM TO MATCH PMS 192C POLYURETHANE FINISH GLOSS TOPCOAT,MATTHEWS F-1 STOOLS-COLOR:CLN34 LIME,STINSON SF-5 PAINT FNA STOOLS-SERIES:BUBBLE 1381-18,SIX INCH SF-6 INTERIOR FIXTURE SPECIAL ACRYLIC FINISH-CUSTOM TO MATCH PMS 144C POLYURETHANE FINISH GLOSS TOPCOAT,MATTHEWS . FRP-1 RESTROOM FRP-MARLITE STANDARD FRP PEBBLE SURFACE,COLOR:P118 NATURAL ALMOND PAINT K M-1 INTERIOR METAL FIXTURES-COLOR#15,OCTOPUS PRODUCTS LTD. SS-1 SOLID SURFACE-COLOR WHITE JASMINE MATTE FINISH,CORIAN NOTES: P-1 CEILING PAINT-BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT.COLOR:SUPER WHITE PM-1,CEILING FLAT P-1A BACK OF HOUSE PERIMETER WALL PAINT-BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT.COLOR:SUPER WHITE PM-1,SEMI-GLOSS T-1 NOT USED VCT-1 AND B-3 VINYL COVE BASE-SUPPLIED BY OWNER,ADHESIVE SUPPLIED BY G.C. P-2 NOT USED T-2 INTERIOR FLOORING TILE-SILESTONE STONE SERIES.COLOR MONT BLANC,GROUT COLOR:118"WIDE ARDEX POLAR WHITE#01. a` VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITION-G.C.TO CLEAN AND APPLY FOUR COATS OF WAX PRIOR TO TURN OVER P-3 INTERIOR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS PAINT-BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT.COLOR:ORANGE SKY 2018-10,EGGSHELL (24"x24" VCT AND BASE P-4 INTERIOR GRAPHIC ELEMENT PAINT- BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT. COLOR:NEON LIME 2031-10,EGGSHELL T-3/T-4 NOT USED P-5 INTERIOR GRAPHIC ELEMENTS PAINT- BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT. BRIGHT YELLOW 2022-30,EGGSHELL INTERIOR WALL TILE-AMERICA ORLEAN UNGLAZED COLORBODY PORCELAIN 1"x 1"MOSAICS.COLOR BISCUIT A13,GROUT COLOR: GENERAL NOTES FLOOR FINISH PATTERN LEGEND P-6 INTERIOR PERIMETER WALL PAINT-BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT.COLOR:EVENING WHITE 907,SATIN T_5 3/16"WIDE,LATICRETE ANTIQUE WHITE#23. P-7 INTERIOR PERIMETER WALL PAINT-BENJAMIN MOORE AURA INTERIOR PAINT.COLOR:EVENING BLUE 2066-20,SATIN 1. XX INDICATES TYPICAL FINISHES WITHIN ROOM U.O.N. _ ________________ V-1 INTERIOR VINYL FLOORING-MATSINC.PURLINE,COLOR NAVY 3 2. ALL FLOOR COVERING MATERIALS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD =__=___=_=_ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 GENERAL NOTES FIXTURE SCHEDULE Shopper Trak Data 1. ALL MERCHANDISE FIXTURES,SEATING AND CASHWRAP TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER AND MARK QTY. DESCRIPTION FRCH INSTALLED BY G.C. - ITEM Dimension 2. G.C.TO VERIFY IN-WALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS FOR WALL FIXTURE INSTALLATION w/ RETAIL FIXTURES DESIGN WORU MDE L FIXTURE VENDOR. Ceiling Type 2'x'2 A.C.T. 3. G.C.TO UNCRATE,ASSEMBLE AND PLACE ALL FLOOR FIXTURES. CW-1 1 CASH WRAP 311 Elm Street Suite 600 4. G.C.TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEAR 36"AISLEWAY BETWEEN ALL FIXTURES AND/OR OTHER Cincinnati OH 45202 NOTE: OBSTRUCTIONS. CW-2 1 BACK WRAP 513 241 3000 FURNISHED BY OWNER, ,- „ 5. ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY w/CLASS'C'FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS PER IFC SECTION LF-1 0 PARTY TABLE www.frch.com Ceiling Height 11 0 803,TABLE 803.5 EMPLOYEE SIDE INSTALLED BY G.C. 6. MAINTAIN 44"MIN.EGRESS PATH LF-2A 0 WORKHORSE FIXTURE 12'-0" 7. QUANTITIES SHOWN IN THE FIXTURE PLAN ARE PROVIDED FOR OWNER'S USE.FIXTURE VENDOR LF-213 2 WORKHORSE WITH NAME ME TABLE On remodels has the entry changed TO VERIFY QUANTITIES PRIOR TO SHIPPING. 1'-3y" 2'8%° 4'-0" 2'-83/x° 1'-3 4° or cashwrap been relocated? LF-3 2 FEATURED BEAR MERCHANDISE N/A O KEY NOTES LF-4 0 NOT USED �. SHOPPER TRAK INFORMATION LF-5 2 IMPULSE K - 1. ACCESSIBLE CASHWRAP PROVIDED BY OWNER-REFER TO DETAIL Al2 ON SHEET A-131.REFER fl LF-6 1 FEATURED BEAR AND LOVE ME BINS • ENTRY OPENING IS 9'-10"IN WIDTH TO FIXTURE VENDOR PACKAGE. o • DISTANCE FROM ENTRANCE TO SHOPPER TRAK BOX AT 2. SHELVING UNITS-G.C.TO INSTALL PER MFG.RECOMMENDATIONS. LF-7 1 WINDOW PLATFORM MANAGERS DESK IS 47'-0" 3. MANAGER'S DESK. LF-8 1 STUFF ME LF-9 1 HEAR ME STATION PW-1.0 1 INSPIRE ME WALL 30"X 48" 1 ELEV. 1 30"X 48" PW-2.0 1 CHOOSE ME WALL CLEAR FLOOR CLEAR FLOOR PW-2.1 12 CHOOSE ME PULL OUT BIN SPACE CUSTOMER SIDE SPACE 1 J REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR INSTALLATION LOCATIONS FOR ALL PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES PW-3.0 3 BACKPACK STORAGE L - - - - - - - - - - L _ _ - - - - - - PW-4.0 0 DRESS ME PUCK WALL PLAN PW-5.0 1 BONDING MOMENT PW-6.0 0 NOT USED 9 PW-7.0 16 DRESS ME 4FT MODULE PW-7.1 2 DRESS ME 2FT MODULE PW-7.2 3 DRESS ME FRAME HEADER PW-7.3 6 DRESS ME FRAME SIDE PANEL !� C14 PW-7.4 0 DRESS ME 2FT GIFTING AND POS.MODULE H N 0 N Vol ELEVATION O FRONT ELEVATION ISSUE INFORMATION G 05/08/15 rG, Accessible Transaction Counter Detail REVISIONS A-131 SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" A B B D E F - U F d ti - c I I I I I I m ADJACENT - TENANT - a TV MN TOR \ \ \ \ \ PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-3.0 p CW 1 BONDING PW-7.0 �W-7.0 - o I ST08 \ \ \ \ \ MOMENT PW-1.0 - 3 m E \\ \\ \\ \\ \\ DRESS ME BACK WRAP TBD INSPIRE ME - o �. .* 1 x f � ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 PW-7.0 I - 4'-9" 1 LL LL RESTROOM 1 1 1 c,asH wRA I 0 FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., y 103 4-33/4 I P.C. a ST04 i ST04 \\ \\ \ \ \\ I T-8 - i ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 PW-7.0 I _ _ o I W I ROLE PLAY r -.- MALL 3 1 1 l i NAME ME µrya \ \ \ \ \ I I I I VIGNETTE \ O LF 3 TOTAL DISTANCE:968"Lu �`.. D "� - _$ \ \ \ \ \ -J v 1� LOVE ME 3 \ \ \ \ \ L' ' ' 1 - --- - rz�lLF8 - LFA I + /�N M� .� 8 D \ \ \ \ \ 1 1 O O I - -_- V )A (� v o I ST04 I ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 PW-7.0 Q I . . IMPULSE STUFF ME 1 F 1 o I L . . r - - I . . 1 i. . .1 I I i I I I • ��� � N 1 LF 9 O 1 C1NC (- �- - - - - - - - - - - �- - BACK-OF 1. . 1 I LF-28 + -1 0 HEAR ME o I ) ) . HOUSE - - -- - o . I I . . - LF-5 LF-5 i� L . I '�Ci c ST03ST05- �T02- .- - ._ -- _ - � - � � I 102 I I i I W I RVOjGNETTE O 3'-11Y" �p I 1 I I �OF 0� E HAL WALL::::: PW-7.0 I. -J FI I . 1 I NAME ME I. I 1 I' � 1 I - I- -I - - ----- - - - - ------ - - - - -t - - - - - --- -- ---- ----- ------- - - - - - - - -�- -- --------- -- -�F-3 - 1 -- -- - - - - m r -- - - Io 1 1 PROJECT INFORMATION - TEL.PNL. 1 - --- - ---I - - I D - - - 1 _.a__ 1 I 1 a. SALES AREA V 71I J BUILD-A-BEAR } ST01 I. . 11 ��� TOTALD16NCE:32'-10". 1 . . . I. . i 101 -.-.- .-. .-� -. . - - I . ) WASHINGTON SQ. S ST13 z J , ';; 1.I i - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -_ - - - - - - - LFA .� 1. _. 1 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. I�.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _ . . . . . . . . . . . - - -- - r - - - - - - - - - - -. . . . . . PORTLAND, OR 97223 �, L _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - . . - - - - ... .-. -. - - - - - - - - - - - '_ P 5 ' . . . .. . . . . . . . . .i. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CHOOSE ME PROJECT#: m . . . ., f L. - - - - _ DRESS ME GIFTING. . . . - � _ _ � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - = - - 29349.000 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 T PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-3.0 PW- .0 PW-7.1 PW-7.0 PWS O PW-2.0 3 y SHEET INFORMATION o B Fixture & Egress Plan CN MALL Fixture Schedule & a CORRIDIOR Details a DRAWN BY: 3 C3 B.Goodwin/A.DavisID M !� C REVIEWED BY: N N J.Rolke SCALE: A As Noted a AUTHORIZED FOR: Al Fixture/Egress ress Plan NORTH LL/Permit A-131 SCALE:1/4'=1'-0" A-131 W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE L 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.com K } „� ACT 2 . P 7 OIL BO SALE CEILING 1W dW P 6 P 6 P 7 OIL FINISHED GYP.BD.CEILING y s PC 1 PL 2 9'-6" E PL 2 ' PC 1 GRAPHIC HANGING GRID £ (60"X24"GRIDWALL PANEL PROVIDE " WHITE)REFER TO GRAPHICS � BLOCKIN` PACKAGE FOR DETAILS,G.C. TO INSTALL. PL 1 G T 1 W P 6 ACM PC 2 • H FINISHED FLOOR 0,-0" LF-7 PW-2.0 PW-3.0 PW-7.0 PW 71 PW-7. PW-3.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.1 B 1 V 4 CHOOSE ME A13 GIFNG 1"AIRGAP,IEITHER DRESS ME Ewa H 1 L eft Interior E I evati o n BASE,TYP THROUGHOUT BASE A-502 SIDE OF FIXTURE A-201 SCALE:1/4"=1'-0" ISSUE INFORMATION G _..__ 05/08/15 ACT 2 REVISIONS BO SALE CEILING — 0 1© �1 ¢ PL 7 FINISHED GYP.BD.CEILING r�n PC 1 e e e e e e e e e e e e e e o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o U FP 7 e e e e e e e e e 0 e o 0 e e e e a v e e e e e e ee e e e e e e e e e e e e ACM — e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e e PC 2 m 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0e 0 L 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Q o e e e e o e o e o e o e o o e e e o o e o e o e e e e o o e o e o o e o o e LL 0 o e e e o 0 0 0 0 o e o e e e o 0 0 0 0 — o a o e e o o e e e e e o 0 0 o e e o 0 0 o e v 0 0 0 o e o e o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 O FINISHED PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 CW-2.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 E O QED ME O O QED BACK OWRAP BONDING MOMENT DRESS ME O INSPIRE MEB 1 BASE,TYP THROUGHOUT U E1 Right Interior Elevation y 0 A-201 SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. € y 0 o 2 JAMES ST 'C� O D f s • n tJ�CINCIN TI G ° a OF T q3 E 0) c 3 c� v m N PROJECT INFORMATION .Q a o c BUILD-A-BEAR s ACT 2 WASHINGTON SQ. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. ACM PORTLAND, OR 97223 U NOL BO SALE CEILING _ BO SALE CEILING ----- 11'-0" PROJECT#: PL 2 P 6 29349.000 FINISHED GYP.BD.CEILING 0 qV PC 1 9-6" ♦ i _�� -' , ACM ♦♦ ♦♦ i --' PC 2 ♦ , B — ♦♦♦♦ , SHEET INFORMATION ACM ♦♦♦ : ��, �; Interior & Exterior o ♦ , PC 2 ; ; Elevations ♦ , __�' a i x♦♦ �rr� v a ` i ♦♦ / i ♦♦ DRAWN BY: $ / i ♦♦ – B.Goodwin I A.Davis ♦♦ �� 1 REVIEWED BY: OIL FINISHED FLOOR // FINISHED FLOOR i ♦♦♦♦ J.Rolke t Uj A 0''0" B 1 B.O.H.DOOR PW_7.0 PW 7.0 PW-7.0 PW-7.0 IV 0" LF-7 As Noted o BASE,TYP THROUGHOUTDRESS ME B 1 a P 6A BASE,TYP THROUGHOUT UPe mit FOR: Al Back Interior Elevation A6 Front Interior Elevation o /x_201 SCALE:1/4"=1'-0" A_201 SCALE:1/4"=1'-0" im Aw201 W N O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ■ H DESIGN WORLDWIDE L Y All Al A-302 A-302 311 Elm Street Suite 600 314"BLACK METAL NEUTRAL Cincinnati OH 45202 CHANNEL EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD NEW SIGNAGE UNDER SEPARATE REVIEW AND PERMIT 513 2413000 ob B/MALL BULKHEAD www.frch.com i t - K A 1 PC 2 1 1 'X T-03/4" ~'"� 3'-4%4" ACM I PC 2 /A6 - ! A-302 TIG ING t 1 •sy+sem " '► rr 'rr / i `` `` ,% t,0 'j, . } i J des 1 t ♦ _ z 1f f•3 _ _ ! 11 %% 'jI ♦ _ i ' f 1 1 �`� i 1 APPLIED REMOVABLE FRAME t 1f•• `"`"`"'/ %% i `~-- BY STOREFRONT VENDOR ACM PANELS BYIf "`- I GLAZING f . . UU VENDOR �' PANEL SEAM `v� f0 a L REFER TO `% 1f to i J11A-342 %% sIf� w # i 1 ; �% f i ACM PANEL TO MATCH 1 % % G 1 i'� m o t • H PL 1 ! ,`� ����___ j� ,�� 1 ...►� �� 104 �% > . k i.. LO If %% t r i %% %% %`.% ISSUE INFORMATION LEASE LINE 1 fi %%% 05/08/15 G 'tiFINISHED FLOOR B 4 141 B 4 0�" REVISIONS = — CJ F a — c F1 Storefront Elevation - -301 SCALE:1/7 1'-4" — u _ 3 t fl E — 0 LL 0 a FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. E O V A6 Al2 V 'NA-2017 [} • Q BRAKE METAL PC 2 PC 2 PC 6 • CA P 6 ALL 4 SIDES B 4 B 4 B 1 1'-6%" B 1 9'-_1Ya" 1'-054" 4-734" of 0 g - --------------------------------------------------t- --- --- ----..............._--------------- ---------�------ --------_ ------ E PC 2 --- ------------ -- B 4 -- ---- -------- --------—--------- , W _ _ " PROJECT INFORMATION N Q c � � � ; _ � � , , BUILD-A-BEAR LEASE LINE----'-""' INE I - - W -- A WAS H I N GTO N SQ. � - 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. PORTLAND,OR 97223 A6 -e PROJECT#: m A-342 29349.040 o0 3/4"BLACK METAL NEUTRAL N 3 _ CHANNEL 314"BLACK METAL NEUTRAL SHEET INFORMATION B ------ ----------- - . : _ -.F- . ----—- -_-_- f-f • '!a_ar s- r�- tY----- ------ _'--- -- - - CHANNEL -- -- ---------- ---- --- - -------- ------ �, Storefront Plan, Elevations LLL PC 2PC 2 and Details A11 STOREFRONT SIGNAGE Al a B 4 A.3p2 Fl ABOVE.REFER TO A-302 B 4 1A-341 STOREFRONT ELEVATIONDRAWN BY. T a 1'-4- 6y8' 14'-74" 14'-0" 1055 1`-314" V_V/8` l'-0' B.Goodwin!A.Davis v m REVIEWED BY: J.Roike 26'-10Y" SCALE: A As Noted c CL AUTHORIZED FOR: a Al E LARG E D STOREFRONT PLAN NORTH LL/Permit A-301 SCALE:112*=1'-T yy5 Am301 W N - Ak A A, � O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH 2"BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL DESIGN WORLDWIDE L 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 ---- --------------------- ------- 513 2413000 -= Www.frch.com i APPLICATION THICKNESS TYPE STRENGTH GLAZING � G1 INTERIOR STOREFRONT 518" LOW IRON TEMPERED PANEL • K SEAM 5q.33/8' L 3'-3%" 10'-6%' A B 6"BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL GLAZING RAIL GLAZING ELEVATIONS MALL SIDE A 302 SCALE:1/4'=V-0" H (,.! I ROLLING GRILLE SUPPORT LEASE LINE `• PROVIDED COLUMN BEYOND; ISSUE INFORMATION BY ROLLING GRILLE VENDOR � ., G EXISTING LANDLORD EXISTING LANDLORD a 05/08/15 ` CONSTRUCTION SHOWN HATCHED :t CONSTRUCTION SHOWN HATCHED 3/4"X 3/4"ARCH ALUMINUM + + + + + + 3/4"X 3/4"ARCH ALUMINUM '' 1 REVISIONS + + + + + CHANNEL,BLACK ,� ; CHANNEL,BLACK - k T/STOREFRONT PROJECTION (4)#10-16 TEK SCREWS; _OL T/STOREFRONT PROJECTION - �'14'-7"A.F.F. + + 14'-7"A.F.F. + + TYP.U.N.O. + + 1 3%"X 18GA MTL STUD --_ FRAMING @ 16"O.C.(U.N.O.) 1 - a - --- - + + - [ [ 5/8"TYPE W GYP.BOARD - ' 6'BUILT UP BOXED BEAM- -- - - ° [ [ REFER TO DETAIL M91 A-302 1/2 F.R.T.PLYWOOD WITH i SCHEDULED CEILING. - • ' 111/2'F.R.T.PLYWOOD WITH i REFER TO RCP APPLIED ACM PANELS i APPLIED ACM PANELS + + + + + + + + _ PC 2 IIm i SALES CEILING -- _ —oL SALES CEILING 11'-0'A.F.F. 11'-0"A.F.F. - , m - E 518"TYPE'X'GYP.BOARD9- + - i P 6A o . + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + _ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + o OL TI GLAZING FINISHED GYP.BD CEILING FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC. P.C. FIN ISHED GYP.BD CEILING FD GYP.BD.CEILING - co 9'-6"A.F.F. 9'-6"A F.F. 9'-6"A.F.F. 9'-6"A.F.F. � m 6"Hold P 7 6"AND 3-518"METAL FRAMING ' i i o ' �} A 1" 1'-3 8" 2"BRUSHED STAINLESS STEEL 1-1/4'HAT CHANNELS AT 16' �' f m O.C. HAT CHANNELS. 16" HEAD RECESSED CHANNEL r Q.C.WITH 5/8'GYP.BD. ji Q.C.WITH 518"GYP.BD. E 8 FOR 5/8"TEMPERED GLASS . `o (CRL-BLUMCRAFT OR EQUAL) ; GRAPHIC HANGING GRID JAMES D i FACE OF SHEATHING SET , i a 112"F.R.T.PLYWOOD WITH i BACK 1'FROM LEASELINE (60724-GRIDWALL PANELa. APPLIED ACM PANELS ++ ++ APPLIED ACM"BEAR"PROFILE BY WHITE)REFER TO PACKAGE FOR DETAILS SNC A.ny (�� 112 F.R.T.PLYWOOD WITH VENDOR,G.C.TO COORDINATE , (S� r IN? APPLIED ACM PANELS PC 2 - GLAZING FOR ATTACHMENT ' OF c ENTRY �; HANGING GRAPHICS, " o PC 2 V-0y,• REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR DETAILS E MONITOR AND BRACKET BY VENDOR, s ' G.G.PROVIDE POWER DATA,AND MALL SALES � ' 'BLOCKING. MALL L SALES NOTE:FABRICATOR TO COORDINATE REQ. PROJECT INFORMATION C ACCESS FOR WIRE MGMT;TECHNOLOGY; I �BEA c/� SECURITY DEVICES;POWERIDATA FEEDS AS , I , BUILDB E~R 5 REQUIRED.CONFIRM ALL EQUIPMENT ANDA H uI TECHNOLOGY SPECIFICATIONS WITH OWNER. �~ =' � ; 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. ' PORTLAND,OR 97223 v N 6" EQ. EQ. o PROJECT#: 112"F.R.T.PLYWOOD,PAINTED ' 29349.000 II o P T ji PC 2 c a REMOVABLE FRAME SHEET INFORMATION 8B i ,3 ' Storefront Sectionsco LL cN F / O IIII O - S 6"BRUSHED STAINLESS I M 6"BRUSHED STAINLESS i B 4 a s STEEL GLAZING RAIL FOR IIII 112"F.R.T.PLYWOOD WITH + + STEEL GLAZING RAIL FOR 5/8"TEMPERED GLASS( APPLIED ACM PANELS 5/8"TEMPERED GLASS(CRL ( o IIII ROLLING GRILLE KEY LOCK. c i OR EQUAL} `i DRAWN BY: $ OR EQUAL} _;, (I I( GC TO COORDINATE W1 MFG. PC 2 X14 , , FOR EXACT LOCATION IB.Goodwin!A.Davis I)I) REVIEWED BY: J.Rolke mJill i r W A As Noted 3 K m C7 AUTHORIZED FOR: Al Storefront Section A6 Storefront Section A-6°' A11 Storefront Section LL/Permit 0 0 A_302 SCALE:314"=1`-0" A_3Q2 SCALE:3/4"=1'-0" �02SCALE:3/4'=r-0" Am302 ul ca - - - - o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 WALL SIGNAGE:ADA TOILET ROOM PERMANENT SIGNS SHALL # BE INSTALLED ON WALL ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR ON EXTERIOR " @+60"TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. SIGN SHALL CONTAIN °O FRCH 5/8"UPPERCASE 1/32"RAISED SANS-SERIF CHARACTERS W/ DESIGN VYORlL NAA CORRESPONDING GRADE 2 BRAILLE.6"MIN.HIGH PICTOGRAM L SHALL BE PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW. SIGNAGE SHALL BE � _UNISEX LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE DOOR ON THE LATCH SIDE TO 8" 311 Elm Street Suite 600 ALLOW APPROACH WITHIN 3"OF SIGNAGE W/O PROTRUDING REFER TO GRAPHICS PACKAGE FOR Cincinnati OH 45202 -- OBJECTS. INSTALL THESE SIGNS IN ALL LOCATIONS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 513 2413000 www.frch.com WALL FINISH PER FINISH PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS. Y 'J'MOULDING. MANUFACTURER'S \\ 3" GR.23 STANDARD TRIM TO MATCH FRP PANEL " K \ \ I -- FRP PANEL PER FINISH SCHEDULE. z FRP PANEL PER FINISH w SCHEDULE. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD TRIM TO // w _ MATCH PANEL / o 0 / 0 .3� / o BASE PER FINISH SCHEDULE. ITrrrM J MEN'S 1 Restroom ADA Door Signage FLOOR FINISH PER FINISH �f SCHEDULE. f« . A-402 SCALE:1'=I'-O' TOILET ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE • H MARK QTY. DESCRIPTION SUPPLIED INSTALLED NOTE BY. BY: Val TA-1 1 COAT HOOK G.C. G.C. C �.• H1 Detail H5 Detail TA-2 1 LIQUID SOAP DISPENSER G.C. G.C. C SCALE: SCALE: _ 3'=1'-0' 3'=1'-0" TA-3 1 18"N.C.GRAB BAR, 11/2'DIA. G.C. G.C. A,C TA-4 1 36"H.C.GRAB BAR,1 1/2"DIA. G.C. G.C. A,C TA-5 1 42"H.C.GRAB BAR, 1 1/2"DIA. G.C. G.C. A,C FLUSH HANDLE OF WATER INSTALL TA•3 PER TA-0 1 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER G.C. G.C. C ISSUE INFORMATION G CLOSET SHALL BE LOCATED MANUFACTURER'S FEMALE TX7 1 34"TALL X 18"WIDE MIRROR G.C. G.C. C 05/08/15 ON OPEN SIDE RECOMMENDED HEIGHTS CED TA-8 1 WATER CLOSET-REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS G.C. G.C. C REVISIONS 39'MIN. _ 41"MAX. TA-9 1 WALL MOUNTED LAVATORY-REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS G.C. G.C. B,C TA-11 1 KOALABEAR HORIZONTAL WALL MOUNTED BABY G.C. G.C. TA-2 E CHANGING STATION-#KB200 - TA-14 , TA-11 GENERAL CLEARANCE NOTES: { 54"MIN. z • TOE CLEARANCE TA-12 1 12"BRUSHED ALUMINUM KICKPLATE G.C. G.C. - GENERAL:SPACE BENEATH AN ELEMENT BETWEEN 9 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE _ -�w 12'MAX, 42'MIN. TA-3 CONSIDERED TOE CLEARANCE MAX.DEPTH:TOE CLEARANCE SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND 25 - TA-13 1 ADA COMPLIANT UNDER SINK PROTECTOR G.C. G.C. C F -� INCHES MAX.UNDER AN ELEMENT MIN.DEPTH.WHERE TOE CLEARANCE IS REQ.BENEATH AN - a TA-9 u`S ELEMENT AS PART OF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE,THE TOE CLEARANCE SHALL EXTEND 17 INCHES 12 AMP,59 CFM, w w DYSON HAND DRYER,WHITE 12 SEC v a ,� ------------- m MIN. BENEATH THE ELEMENT TA-14 1 G.C. G.C. A,C o z TA-4 TFrS ( MODEL#25878-01 - 1= ,,, � t • KNEE CLEARANCE GENERAL:IS SPACE BENEATH AN ELEMENT BETWEEN 9 INCHES&27 INCHES CORLOW 6 FRONT DROP WITH STAINLESS STEEL CAP z Co w 0- TA-6 z v � ABOVE THE FLOOR SHALL BE CONSIDERED KNEE CLEARANCE MAX.DEPTH:KNEE CLEARANCE MODEL SBC-1700.PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY MOP SINK WALL - to `� TA 8 O TA-15 1 G.C. G.C. — g F. z_ x ?� " a SHALL BE PERMITTED TO EXTEND 25 INCHES MAX.UNDER AN ELEMENT AT 91NCHES ABOVE THE FAUCET WITH 8'CENTERS,BUCKET HOOK,AND WALL a �, M v V5 a FLOOR MIN.DEPTH:WHERE KNEE CLEARANCE IS REQUIRED BENEATH AN ELEMENT AS PART OF A BRACE U "' �+ ,•. a z z o CLEAR FLOOR SPACE,THE KNEE CLEARANCE SHALL BE 11 INCHES MIN.IN DEPTH AT 91NCHES - o • a �, ¢ r- NOTES: m v n " "I �, o ABOVE THE FLOOR,AND 81NCHES MIN.1N DEPTH AT 27 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR z a, 7"M 9 1-1/2"STAINLESS STEEL GRAB BAR WITH 1-1/2'CLEARANCE BETWEEN GRAB BAR AND WALL - z 9 A. SURFACE.PROVIDE BLOCKING AS REQUIRED FOR A SAFE AND SOLID MOUNTING. - 3 6" 8• AX MIN. B. PROVIDE TRAP WRAP FOR DRAIN PIPES AND INSULATE THE HOT AND COLD WATER LINES - E 17"MIN REFER TO TOILET ROOM ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS AND ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLAN FOR _ U C. MOUNTING LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS U. E, Toilet Room AccessibilityDetails FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, .C. € -402 SCALE:1/2'=1'-0' R 3 CL , 8 1'-6" C/L 4'-7Y" CIL 11-4" l p� D ACT 2 ACT 2 • P CL m CEILING r 'Of g 9-0" - - - E a T 14, 1 PROJECT INFORMATION DOOR FRAME TA-4 P 6A ..ter T -9 � � R o c BU ILD-A-BEAR _ s P 6A TA-7 P 6A DOOR f 3 \ ' f Y Y AS H I N V TO N S Q. TA-8 ( I 3'-3Ya" 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. TA'9 t / PORTLAND,OR 97223 o� `% P 6A 60"DIA I ,3 LL TA-7 TA-14 �} TA-5 I 30x48 PROJECT#: y ...................... .. a TA 2 TAr3 � ........................... B T'Fc'1 -� — / 29349.000 � -- ::.::........:::.':.':::.... 54x64 8, ... :.'....'..'. .....'..'.'.`....' .'.'.. .'....;.'..'.'.'...'.'.'.'.'.'..'..'..'.'. :. .........'.....'..'..'.;..'....'....'...'..... ..'.......'.....'...... .. ':.''::. .::::.......:::... '; - - - Al .'........ ::.':::.`.'.':.'::::.'.':. :.'.`::.':.':.':::.':.':::::.`:::.`:::._:.:':::.` :.'.':'.'.:'':.', ...... . H5 ♦ ice, �-Q - TA-11 :. TA-4 ... .'. ...................................... -0 ::.. :..:.... A-4a , SHEET INFORMATION �.� TA-5 .... ....... ..... ...................................... ....... .. .... .... 0 , " f 8 B ...'....'....'.....'... :::....::::.'.`:.. :. ...:::':::.:'.':::.':::.:.. TYP. ♦ FRP 1 ........... ♦ :::.':.: ------------- :.:.`.::':.`::.:.:::': : ::':,::`:,` :. :.:'::.::.'...'.......... ::::.. ........ :::. ,♦ :....::::::::......... _ — RESTROOM o ............................'....'..':.':: :. .....':.'.'.':.':.':.':.':::.:'.'::::,':.'::.:`::.'.'. TA-5 ♦ .......'.'..'...`... C%1 ..'.. ...'....'............ ...........'.'..'..'..'..'._..'....'.'.'.'. _. ............'.'.':.':.'..- :.'.'.'.'.`.'.'.'.',':.'.'.':::..'.'.'.':::.:'.:...... ::.'.'.'.'.':::.'.'; f :.':.'.'.'.•.'.•::.'.'.'.'.'::.'.''.'.'.':.'.'.'.'.'.'.•:.`.'.'.'.'.'.':.'.'.•.'.'.'.':.•.'.'.'.'.'. " ...'..'.'.....'. ....... '., -, .--'� `... ............... TA-4 ♦ :::.'.'::':....... f Q $ :.'.'.'.'.';.'.'.':.'.'.':.'.'.'.'.'.'.'::.'.':.....:... sr ... .... .. ........... j �r ..........., ..... TA-6 .... ♦ ...'.'.'.'.;.'.'.'.'.'.'..'.'.'. TA-9 ....................................... .... ... .. ........... ...... ...... . ♦ ................. ....... o a .. ................ '........ ... .. ............... ....... .... ♦ ......................... rn .'.'..'.`.'.'..'....'.'.'. ..'.''`.'.'.'..'...'. .'......'.'.......'...':.'.......'....'.'..'.'........... ... ..... ♦ TA-12 .'.'.'.'.'..'.'....'.':.'.'.'. .. ; :.'.'.".'. ,'.'.'.'.'.'::.'.'.'.'.'.':::.'.'.`.'.':.'.'.'.'.'.'. TA-9 j .. ............. fi CL TA-13 .... ......................... ...... .................. / TA-15 DRAWN BY: 8 ....... ..................... ♦ ......... r.� B.Goodwin I A Davis ♦ / ,i /'//`,>'/•. '�'i 108.. f,� I - --- -- 1 REVIEWED BY: $ Tf�15 H1 I I J.Rolke � o A A B 3 0 B 3 B 3 As Noted TYP. � D � a — AUTHORIZED FOR: Q Al ft Restroom Elevations Al2 Enlar ed Restroom Plan LL/Pe , 0 ..40 SCALE:1/2'=1'-0" .401 SCALE:1/2 ==1'-0" A401 W 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH DESIGN WORLDWIDE L 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 513 2413000 www.freh.com Said Size(in) 3 518 32&8 3 518 3 518 'r 6 6 6 16'Stud Spacing c�/�j■MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO - GA 26 25 22 20 j 25 22 20 Connection Type BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE ABOVE. t2e.b9ry�MI(�rtn) 2187 2243 3765 € 4213 i 3976 1 7485 8525 3 5M in 25 GA ?3 5M in 20 C,A h(ft) stud spacing(in) Brace Spacing(in) REFER TO DETAIL H7 THIS SHEET EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE. EXISTING STRUCTURE ABOVE. 8 i 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 48 48 9 16 16 16 1 16 1 16 16 16 48 48 20 GA X 112'Z-BAR @16'QC. 10 16 16 16 1 161 16 i 16 16 48 1 48 11 16 16 16__16 16 16 16 48 1 48 K 12 16 16 16 1 16 16 18 16 48 i11 48 13i 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 46 i as PARTITION ATTACHMENT CUP 14 16 16 16 1 16 16 16 16 32 48 20 GA SLOTTED MTL TRACK ICBG �/t 15 1z 12 1s 16 16 1s 1s 32 a6 FIRE STOP SEALANT. 00 16 12 12 16 1 16 16 16 16 32 48 ER-5344 -" ixY,xyi 4++ 17 , 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 16 32 T_46 #8 WAFER HEAD SCREW. " , 1/2'x 1/2'x 1/8'ANGLE 1/2'x 1/2"x 118"ANGLE 18 N/A N/A 16 16 16 16 16 32 32 19 i NIA N/A i6 16 i6 i6 16 32 32 I ( @ 24'OC. I I -a @ 24'OC, 20 I N/A N/A 12 16 12 16 16 32 32 248 SELF DRILLING SCREWS 25 i N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 16 16 32 32 30 NIA N/A N/A N/A N/A 12 12 N/A 32lie ( I MINERAL WOOL - BOTTOM OF CEILING =c:-. *'_•.'4��:'�_:., �:.= I I 't :t .•�_,.,; EXISTING MTL ROOF DECK Notes: 1.Minimum and maximum stud spacing are set to be 12"and 16'oc 1$GA SLOTTED MTL.TRACK, ( I 18 GA SLOTTED MTL TRACK, I I ' "♦ j' 2.Bracing spacing is based on 12'or 16'increments with minimum of 24'o.c.and maximum of 48'o.c. J ( 12-#10 SELF DRILLING SCREWS. USE 3.For Site Class E with Ss greater than 1.258 or Site pass F,please refer to IBC 2012 Table 1615.12(1)for additional details. "� ICBG ER-5344. : ( I ICBO ER-5344. These two categories are out of the scope of this program CEILING GRID&TILE CAUTION TO NOT PUNCTURE ROOF r + 4.The stud spacing values in this table only apply to the following products: ` MEMBRANE Dietrich STE-20 Ga,STl+22 Ga.STN-25 Ga,STS-26 Ga TYPE"X'GYP B I I GYP BD. CSI Consolidated System Incorporated,600DWS25,400DWS25,358DWS25, '�; I 60oDWS22,400DWS22,358DWS22,600DWS20,400DWS20,MDWS20 "' 3 5/8"MTL STUDS EACH SIDE TO TOP METAL STUDS. I METAL STUDS. I Clark Steel Framing Systems,DWS 3 5/8 x 25,DWS 3 5/8 x 22,DWS 3 5/8 x 20,DWS 4 x 25,DWS 4 x 22, METAL STUDS ( OF WALL CUT&FLATTEN FLANGE DWS ax20,DWS 6x25,DWS 6x22,DWS 6x2o Clark Steel Framing Systems,DWT 3 518 x 25 x1,DWT 3 518 x 22 x1,DWT 3 5/8 x 20 x1,DWT 4 x 25 A, I I .i�. FOR ATTACHMENT. I ( ( I DWT 4 x 22 x1,DWT 4 x 20 x1,DWT 6 x 25 x1,DWT 6 x 22 x1,DWT 6 x 20x1 5/8'GYP.BD. Clark Steel Framing Systems,DWT 3 518 x 25 x1-1/4,DWT 3 5/8 x 22 x1-1/4,DWT 3 5/8 x 20 x1-1/4, DWT 4 x 25 x1-1/4,DWT 4 x 22 x1-1/4,DWT 4 x 20 x1-1/4 Clark Steel Framing Systems,DWT 6 x 25 x1-1/4,DWT 6 x 22 x1-114,DWT 6 x 20 x1-1/4 Dale Incur, DWS:35/8'25 Ga,3 518-22 Ga,3 518=20 Ga,4'25 Ga,4"-22 Ga,4'-20 Ga,6'-25 Ga, i 6"22 Ga,6=20 Ga }f 5.The bracing spacing table only applies 8 the following products are used as the braced connector of the wall Verticiip Series SLD 25 Ga and 20 Ga boom H1 STUD SPACING SCHEDULE H4 WALL BRACE DETAIL H7 WALL BRACE DETAIL H10 SLIP TRACK DETAIL RATED WALL H13 SLIP TRACK DETAIL (NON-RATED) ► SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: SCALE SCALE 3'=1'-0' 3"=1'1 3'=1'1 3'=1'1 ISSUE INFORMATION G 05108/15 1x6 POPLAR WOOD CAP FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY REVISIONS GENERAL CONTRACTOR. FINISHED EDGE WITH 1/4' - ROUNDING BIT. PAINT TO MATCH _ DOOR FRAME&TRIM PER FINISH SCHEDULE. NOTE: MAKE A 45 - DEGREE CUT FOR OU H10 H13 CONFIGURATIONS. A-501 - /H 501 F FIRE SEAL AT BOTTOM OF /- BEAD `s~ a DECK �� - ' BRACE TO STRUCTURE 3112"DEEP SUP TRACK ABOVE 3112"DEEP SUP TRACK 2X BLOCKING. ^ - T FROM STOP STUD 1'FROM TOP OF - STOP STUD ,'FRO OP OF TRACK TRACK ' FIRE SEAL DEFLECTION JOINT. ,, METAL STUDS W/5/8"1 BD ON - M ** EACH SIDE,TYP. ' o FIRE RATED VERTICAL VERTICAL DEFLECTION CUP. (E)MALL CONSTRUCTION& - DEFLECTION CLIP. FINISHES TO REMAIN 32 - FIRE SEAL ALL PENETRATIONS H4 - BOTTOM OF CEILING BOTTOM OF CEILING A-501 BOTTOM OF CEILING BOTTOM OF CEILING * o, L - o E SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL REFER TO STOREFRONT - U. w SECTIONS FOR DETAILS `o CEILING. EXTENDED GYP. BD.WALL ABOVE TO E13 WALL CAP DETAIL 2 BOTTOM OF DECK SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL GYP.BD.CEILING. SCALE. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. CEILING. CEILING. CL 3' PROVIDE ROCKWOOL SOUND INSULATION FULL vf a HEIGHT OF WALL AIV m0. g 3 5/8"METAL STUDS STOCK SALES MALL TENANT METAL STUDS TO 6'ABOVE D ADJACENT TENANT TENANT CEILING W/50GYP.BD ON EACH 3 5/8"METAL STUDS PROVIDE SOUND BATT RESTROOM E13 2 SIDE,TYP.PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 61 WITH SOUND BATT INSULATION TO 6'ABOVE "('j, •2 4'-0'O.C.VERTICALLY,TYP,UNO. A-501 INSULATION ADJACENT CEILING APPLIED BRAKE METAL c{1. O METAL STUDS TO BOTTOM OVER PLYWOOD �+�+ {�� m OF DECK RE:STUD WALL CAP, 01F SPACING SCHEDULE FOR82 3 5/8 METAL STUDS, GA.AND SIZE. 5/8'TYPE X A5 A5 GYP.BD.ONE SIDE A5 3'X 118"THICK GALV.TUBE STEEL @ EACH E A-502 A-502 METAL STUDS TO BOTTOM OF METAL STUDS TO BOTTOM OF GYP.BD ON EACH SIDE,TYP. ONLY A-502 A-502 END&@ 4'-0"O.C.MAX.USE SELF DECK RE:STUD SPACING DECK RE:STUD SPACING PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ 4'V I"- SCHEDULE FOR GA.AND SIZE. r SCHEDULE FOR GA.AND SIZE. TAPPING SCREWS TO ATTACH TO STUDS. m O.C.VERTICALLY,TYP.UNO. I 1 5/8"GYP.BD ON EACH SIDE,TYP. [ 314"F.R.T.PLYWOOD ON MAL_ HOLD 4'FROM TOP. PROJECT INFORMATION FIRE TAPE AND BED FULLJ ..J PROVIDE STIFFNERS @ -0'4' O.C. t � SIDE AND 5/8'GYP.BD ON HEIGHT EACH SIDE. 3-5/8'METAL STUDS @ 16"O.C.25 GA. d o. o C VERTICALLY,TYP.UNO. TENANT SIDE,TYP.PROVIDE W/5/8"GYP.BD ON EACH SIDE,TYP. BUILD-A-BEAR 6" �- METAL STUDS STIFFNERS @ 4-0'O.C. p 9 5 B3 VERTICALLY,TYP.LINO. o WASHINGTON SQ. POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16'O.C. POWDER DRIVEN PIN is' POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16' 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. STAGGERED TYP.UNO.ICC ER-2388, O.C.STAGGERED TYP. UNO. O.C.STAGGERED TYP.UNO. POWDER DRIVEN PIN 16" to PORTLAND OR 97223 ER-4546, ER-5330, ER-1372 ICC ER-2388, ER-4546, O.C.STAGGERED TYP.LINO. "' � ER-5330, ER-1372 POWDER DRIVEN SHOT PIN 16'O.C. PROJECT#' m STAGGERED TYP.UNO.ICC ER-2388, 29349.000 FIN.FLR. +V4r FIN.FLR. +0'4' FIN.FLR. +0'-0" FIN.FLR. +0'-0' ER-4546,ER-5330,ER-1372 3 z FIN.FLR. +0'-0' NOTE: SHEET INFORMATION s REFER TO AlA-111 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. $ NOTE: NATE; NOTE; _ STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING REFER TO Al/A-111 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. REFER TO Al/A-111 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. REFER TO A1/A-111 FOR CEILING HEIGHTS. = Details 4-1/2"X 8'X 5/16"THICK PLATE WITH 6 FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING STRUCTURAL INFORMATION FOR THE ROOF FRAMING ABOVE CEILING a" F Cq (4)5/8'DIA.X 4-114"REDHEADS @ FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION, FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ACTUAL CONDITION. o F N CONTRACTOR 70 PROVIDE BACKING AS READ.FOR MTG.ALL WALL,CEILING& 2-3/4"EMBEDMENT. • d. s PARTITION MTD.ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS,SECURITY CABINET,TELECOM CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ.FOR MTG.ALL WALL,CEILING& CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS READ.FOR MTG.ALL WALL,CEILING& CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE BACKING AS REQD.FOR MTG.ALL WALL,CEILING& r ' a CLOSET EQUIPMENT,RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, ETC. LOCATIONS&REQUIREMENTS PARTITION MTD.ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS,SECURITY CABINET,TELECOM PARTITION MTD.ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS,SECURITY CABINET,TELECOM PARTITION MTD.ITEMS SUCH AS OVERHEAD CABINETS,SECURITY CABINET,TELECOM b PENETRATION WELD ALL SIDES, CL ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL CLOSET EQUIPMENT,RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, ETC.LOCATIONS&REQUIREMENTS CLOSET EQUIPMENT,RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, ETC.LOCATIONS&REQUIREMENTS CLOSET EQUIPMENT,RESTROOM ACCESSORIES, ETC.LOCATIONS&REQUIREMENTS PIPE -a DRAWN BY: 8 AS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS. ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING,MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL ARE TO BE COORDINATED WITH PLUMBING, MECHANICAL,AND ELECTRICAL AS WELL TO PLATE. B.Goodwin/A.Davis AS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS. AS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS. AS OWNER SUPPLIED ITEMS. 41/2 REVIEWED BY: 1 HR RATED WALL. GA FILE NO. WP 1072 J.ROIke SCALE: Lu A As Noted 0 a AUTHORIZED FOR: a LUPermit ? lfi< fe t� I� it �� tt �� >t� n 3 A Wall Type A Detail g Wall Type B Detail Wall Type C Detail o Wall Type D Detail E Wall Type E Detail (D , �A;-0 New Demising Wall Al SCALE New Demising Wall Q �' B2 63 71S�rl_o- Sales / Stock Wall SCALE: New Storefront Wall Q D1 SCALENew Partial Hei ht WallIm . , " g 1/2'=1'-0' g ,Iz•=,'-o" ,r�"=r-o" g Aw501 w W NAI, AI. o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ,D TO BE INSTALLED ON ONE SIDE SIZE GA. TYPE 161,O.G. 24'0.C. K- BOTTOM CHORD Of (2) BEAM NOTE: GYPSUM BOAR Mg.UN5UVI`0K7= EX15TING ROOF DEC ONLY AT COLUMNS, BACK TO BACK WALLS OR PERIMETER 25 5T UP TO 12'-G' 101-9" -DO NOT PENETRATE TOP CHORD Of EXISTING J015T CLAMPS WALL CONDITIONS 22 5T k 131-09 11 1-GH EXISTING J015T FRCH L 2 112" 20 5T N 13'-10" 12'-0' DESIGN WORLDWIDE 311 Elm Street Suite 600 25 5T UP TO I G-O' 13'-G' Cincinnati OH 45202 22 5T A 4 171-3H 15'-0' 2"X 20 X 0'-G'LONG, 4 5132413000 20 5T 9 0 17'-1 1' 15'-7' METAL STUD y www.frch.com rt BEAM CLAMP- 12 GA. FRAMING CLIP 20 51 0 0 1 1 GI-91 BRACE A7 35/811 N I BOTH SIDES. W/(3) -#12 SCREWS A-501 — — — — 16 5J 197 1 G 5J 201-01' GYPSUM BOARD OVER • 114 14 51 22'-0' EXISTING ROOF DECK BRACE PARALLEL WITH J015 1/4'GYPSUM BOARD OVER LINE Of CEILING UNI-5TR.UT 00 NOT PENETRATE 5/8*GYPSUM BOARD • • 518*GYPSUM BOARD 3 5/8"x 20 GA. METAL 22 5T UP 25-3' 22'0' • 1/4"DRYWALL REVEAL K LINE Of CEILING STUDS ER5# 3 Y6"x 20 GA MET* 3G25 I G2-33 @ I G" 20 5T 2G'-1" 22'-10" STUD RUNNER ER5# S2 O.C. BY TENANT G.C. 20 5,11 20-6" 231-60 3G251 G2-33 TO BE __j 18 5J 28'-0' ATTACHED TO 'STING (!) LAYER 5/8"TYPE IX, IG 5J 0 N 39-011 — UNI-5TRUT wl(1)#12 015T + + GYP. 15D. TO EXTEND G" 14 _11J 4) 321 " SCREW @ 12"O.C. J111 11 1 Lill J. ABOVE ADJACENT L (31 CEILING. USE W.R. GYP. BEAM CLAMP y AT WALLS THAT BULKHEAD/5OFFIT PERPENDICULAR W/J015T BOTH SIDES T 5 MOSAIC TILE 1 . 13A5ED ON INTERIOR NON-BEARING PARTITIONS EXISTING ROOF DECK-DO NOT PENETRATE--%,,,., RECEIVE A TILE FIN15H� UN15TRUT BULLNOSE TILES AT C7 WITH ONE LAYER Of GYPSUM BOARD EACH LL: CORNERS U: A-501 51DIff. USE GAUGE, TYPE A5 SCHEDULED METAL STUD < UNLESS NOTED OTHf_RWI5F_ ON DRAWINGS. BRACE TOP CHORD 2. RUNNER TRACK GAUGE TO MATCH 5TUD. BRACE PERPENDICULAR MOSAIC TILE METAL STUD FRAMING MON J015T J1 Of EXISTING TO JOIST 3. WALLS OVER 12'-0" HIGH TO BE LATERALLY 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD BRACED VERTICAL W1 1 112", 1 G GA. J7 ATTACHMENT DETAIL J1 WALL DETAIL COLD-ROLLED CHANNELS CLIP ANCHORED TO �BEAMI CLAMP SCALE: METAL STUDS. TOP CHORD )E5 n 1* V-0, METAL 5TU C BOTH SIDES 4-1/4' TILE Of EXISTING UN15TRUT @ 4-1/4' TILE COVE COVE BASE UU J015T 5-O"O.C. BASE CORNER PIECE 3 Y,5"x 20 GA ER5#36251 G2-33 METAL STUD RUNNER TO BE BULKHEAD/SOFFIT PARALLEL ATTACHED TO UNI-STRUT w/(2) WITH J015T (E)STRUCTURAL 3 • #12 SCREWS MEMBER. H BULKHEAD * 50f f IT H5 H13 ATTACHMENT DETAIL COLUMN ELEVATION COLUMN SECTION SCALE: SCALE: 3* V-0w 12 GA.VERT.WIRE HANGERS @ 4!-0m O.C. EA. TYP.ALL SIDES ISSUE INFORMATION WAY(TYPICAL) G H13 th, 05/08/15 El I BEAM CLAMP- COMPRESSION STRUT A-502 REVISIONS 'UN15TRUT#P2524 TIGHT TO COLUMN P ABV.TILE A I LANDLORD/OWNER CHANGES 05/29/15 DBL. NUTS � LOCK -12 GA.WIRE SPLAYER ON WASHERS, (TYP,) wryFOUR DIRECTIONS 90 2 BID SET 06/12/15 APART AT 1 Z-O"D.C.EA- z 5/8'GYP.BD. 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07101115 0 THREADED WAY Y8"HAT CHANNEL ROD 0 0 12 GA. WIRE wl MIN. 4 TIGHT TURNS AT TILE UP TO 47 F EACH END(TYP.) 114"GYP.BOARD ABOVE a: U.N.O. WIRE TIE ROD _4 TILE,FLUSH WITH FACE OF TILE F7 ATTACHMENT DETAILPROVIDE BULLNOSE SCALE; AT CORNERS CEILING PANELS H10 (TYPICAL) A-502) 3 5/5"X I G GA. ER5# 3G2T I G2-54 CONT. E 1501-TOM TRACK. SECURE TO FLOOR W1 SHOT PINS LL C 'HILD' .141" DIA. @ 32-O.C. E13 0 G"FROM ENDS PLAN DETAIL AT COLUMN _9 FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. 11 SCALE: CL NOTES: 1-1/2'=V-0 9 . HORIZONTAL RESTRAINT POINTS SHALL BE PLACED 12 FEET ON CENTER IN BOTH DIRECTIONS WITH THE FIRST POINT WITHIN 6 FEET FROM EACH WALL D. D REFER TO FINISH SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN i , N(� 8 PLAN(5) FOR ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ASTM C 635 AND ASTM C SCHEDULED 636,CURRENT EDITION,AND CSICA 0-2 and CISCA 3-4. ED WALL, BASE, t 2x4 F.R.T.WOOD FLOOR FINISHES BLOCKING OF E COMPRESSION STRUT SIZING SCHEDULED PERIMETER 4 4 LENGTH SIZE WALL FIXTURE-REFER V TO FIXTURE PLAN 4 - On TO 30' 112"0 EMT PROJECT INFORMATION 4 _ 391 TO 54, 314^ EMT EMT C BUILD-A-BEAR z WALL TO SLAB 54"TO 840 1 IIANO EMT WASHINGTON SQ. 84"TO 1080 1 1/2"0 Ervff CD C7 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. ATTACHMENT DETAIL SCALE: V47 MAX PORTLAND,OR 97223 L 3" V-0" WIRE CONNECT TO ROOF 2'x 2'16 GA.CLIP ANGLE 1/4' STRUCTURE 9 C: PROJECT#: F- to LESS THAN STUD WIDTH 3 5/8", 15 GA. METAL STUD COMPRESSION STRUT 'a 29349.000 ER5#3G251 G2-43 BRACE 80 4-12 GA.SPLAY WIRES(AT AT 4'-0"O.C. MAX. —6�� S2 (ALTERNATE DIRECTION OF MAX. 200 L.B.DESIGN LOAD MIN.) XBRACES ALONG LENGTH Of 3/4' 2' SHEET INFORMATION X + + + WALL WHERE POSSIBLE)B MAX. U. Details 16 (4)FRAMING SCREWS 2x4 F.R.T.WOOD 2"X 29 X 9-4'LG, 12 GA. BLOCKING O FRAMING CLIP W/(3) -#12 METAL STUD SCREWS EA. LEG co STRUT STABILIZER CROSS RUNNER AT 21-0o O.C. DRAWN BY. 8 LATERAL BRACING B.Goodwin 1A,Davis 0 WALL ANGLE 9 0 _j CR 1112*x 16 GA. SCHEDULED WALL MAIN RUNNER AT Z-4T O.C. REVIEWED BY- 1! _j w FACE OF WALL R J.Rolke 4) LL- Cn <I SCALE: A As Noted Z F AUTHORIZED FOR: CL N15HEDYCEILING--/ LL/Permit A5 A7 A9 A H13 — Lateral Bracing Support WALL BRACING DETAIL SEISMIC CEILING BRACING Fixture Blocking Detail V 0 W 0 SCALE: SCALE: _0. 3/4 Am502 w — AL A, A, 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Door Hardware schedule MFG. DOOR Door Schedule FRAME REMARKS Door Notes FRCH 1. THIS PROJECT SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL FEDERAL AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES AND LOCAL ACCESS CODE REQUIREMENTS. DESIGN WORLDWIDE L HARDWARE SET #1(ROLLING GRILL} DOOR 2. THRESHOLDS SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 1/2'ABOVE THE FLOOR. EDGE TO BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1 IN 2. PULL EMERGENCY EGRESS LOCK;KEY CYLINDER LOCKING FROM PUBLIC # ROOM NAMEMUMBER 3. DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE OF THE LEVER OR PUSH TYPE, MOUNTED 30"TO 44"ABOVE THE FLOOR AND BE OPERABLE WITH A MAXIMUM EFFORT OF 5 LBS.MAX FOR 311 Elm Street Suite 600 SIDE,THUMB TURN LOCKING FROM TENANT SIDE CLOPAY TYPE HDWR.SET WIDTH HEIGHT THICKNESS MAIL FINISH RATING HEAD JAMB THRSLD MATT FINISH INTERIOR&EXTERIOR DOORS.PRESSURE FIRE DOOR-15 POUNDS MAX PRESSURE Cincinnati OH 45202 4. ACCESSIBLE DOORS MUST BE MINIMUM 3'-0"W X 6'-8"H.MODIFY IF REQUIRED. MISC:G.C.TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL SIGNAGE ON STORE SIDE OF 5. FLOOR SHALL BE LEVEL THROUGHOUT. 513 2413000 BOTTOM RAIL OF GRILLE STATING,"GRILLE MUST REMAIN IN FULL OPEN 6. CLOSERS:FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR.DOOR CLOSERS TO BE MOUNTED ON SWING SIDE OF DOORS.DOOR CLOSERS TO HAVE A www.frch.com POSITION DURING STORE HOURS WHEN OCCUPIED BY THE GENERAL PUBLIC. - 10' 91-6" - - _ - - _ _ OVERHEAD ROLLING GRILLE(CLOPAY CESG10)TO BE SUPPLIED MAXIMUM OPENING FORCE OF 5 LBS(INTERIOR&EXTERIOR DOORS)PRESSURE,FIRE DOOR-15 POUNDS MAX.PRESSURE THE SWEEP PERIOD OF THE CLOSER SHALL GRILLE SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM STORE SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF ANY 141 STOREFRONT ENTRY A 1 -0"OPENING OPENING ALUM• US32D AND INSTALLED BY G.0 WITH MANUAL OPERATIONS BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 110 DEGREES MIN.,THE DOOR SHALL TAKE AT LEAST 3 SECONDS TO MOVE TO A POINT 3 IN.FROM THE LATCH, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT WHEN SPACE IS OCCUPIED.' MEASURED TO THE LEADING EDGE OF THE DOOR. 7. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE KICKPLATES ON BACK OF HOUSE DOORS AS INDICATED IN DOOR SCHEDULE. VERIFY TYPE AND STYLE WITH OWNER TO 102a STOCK ROOM B 2 3'-0" 720" 1314' HM P-6A - E4 E4 - HM P-6A MATCH FRAME FINISH 12'X 34". „ HARDWARE SET #2(STOCK ROOM) 1 1 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH SUPPLIER THAT ALL HARDWARE MEETS ADAAG/ANSI REQUIREMENTS. 9. ALL DOOR HINGES TO BE STEEL BALL BEARING,FULL MORTISE TYPE. (1)PUSH PLATE 1001.3 32D ROCKWOOD/BALDWININESEXISTING DOOR HARDWARE TO REMAIN REPLACE ANY MISSING 10. ALL METAL DOOR FRAMES TO BE PROVIDED WITH SILENCERS. K 102b EXIT {E) (E) 3-0(E) T-0(E) (E) HM P-6AIP-7 - (E) (� - (E) P-6A OR DAMAGED HARDWARE AS REQUIRED.PAINT PER SCHEDULE 11. ALL INTERIOR DOORS TO BE PROVIDED WITH COMMERCIAL GRADE WALL OR FLOOR STOPS. (i)PULL PLATE 1017-2B 32D ROCKWOODBALDWIN/IVES 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT TYPE-WRITTEN SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT LITERATURE FOR ALL DOORS AND HARDWARE SPECIFIED. r� (1)CLOSER-4040 LCN 13. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE ALL EXISTING DOORS TO REMAIN TO BE IN GOOD OPERATING ORDER AND TO MEET ALL LOCAL BUILDING CODES AND ADAAG V1 103 RESTROOM B 3 3'-0' T-0' 1314" HM P-6A/P-7 - E4 E4 HM P-6A 14. REQUIREMENTS.GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO RESTORE DOORS AND HARDWARE TO"LIKE NEW"CONDITION. G.C.TO PROVIDE NEW HARDWARE. (1)EA.3'-0"HIGH S.S.KICK PLATE(PUSH SIDE) ROCKWOOD 15. EXTERIOR HINGES TO HAVE NON-REMOVEABLE PINS. (1)EA.FLOOR STOP TBD 16. ALL RATED DOORS TO BE SUPPLIED WITH THRESHOLDS AND SMOKE SEAL PER SPECIFICATIONS AND CODE. 1?BALL BEARING PR.HINGES,4j"X421" TBD 17. EQUIVALENT HARDWARE MUST BE APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER. HARDWARE SET #3(SERVICEIEXIT) 0'�'(1)EA.SELF-LATCHING DETEX PUSH BAR PANIC HDWE(V40) DETEMON DUPRIN ' EAX-500 EXIT ALARM TBD (1)CYLINDER CORE:"BEST" BEST'OR EQUAL (1)CLOSER-4040 LCN (1)WALL STOPMOLDER 4958 26D (E)EXISTING DOOR (1)EA.PEEP HOLE MOUNT AT4'-8'A F.F. TBD ��� �v�eS (1)EA.3'-V HIGH S.S.KICK PLATE(PUSH SIDE) ROCKWOOD Q 0 J ��I"► (1)EA.FLOOR STOP IVESIGYLNN-JOHNSON 0 SCHEDULED WALL i d FINISH t CONSTRUCTION PER DOOR ALUMINUM THRESHOLD SCHEDULE HARDWARE SET#4(RESTROOM DOOR} SET IN CONT.BEAD OF (1)EA.DOUBLE COAT HOOK IVES 582 i GYP.BD.CEILING C►�Y_ SEALANT PER DOOR (1)EA.PRIVACY LATCHSET WITH LEVER HANDLES SCHLAGE/YALE/CORBIN ` `vRECESSED HEADER TRACK B 3 SCHEDULE RUSSWIN/SARGENTBEST V CONCEALED CLOSER u, I?PR.HINGES,4?X4? TBD Q SCHEDULED FLOOR; v � w (1)EA.8"HIGH S.S.KICK PLATE(PUSH SIDE) ROCKWOOD REFER TO FINISH PLAN �`�r 1► z / W -_ (1)EA DOOR CLOSER-4040 LCN (1)EA.OVERSIZED LEVER SET ESCUTCHEON Uj RAIL EXTRUSION $ ISSUE INFORMATION G 314'TEMPERED GLASS Cr t o 05/08/15 ♦ c� ` REVISIONS G4 Head Detail G7 Base Detail G9 Transition Detail _ SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: METAL STUDS, ENTRY DOOR - COORDINATE SIZE w/PLAN. HEAT WELDED IN FIELD SCHEDULED WALL - 5/"TYPE'X'GYP.BD.SEE FINISH/CONSTRUCTION _ V 4 V / d F FINISH SCHEDULE V 3 V /2/ a V 2 V !3/ - CONT.BEAD OF CAULK V 1 V - AROUND FRAME,BOTH SIDES B 1 a SCHEDULED FLOOR; _ E HOLLOW METAL FRAME REFER TO FINISH PLAN Access I b I Ity - Swing- Door- Minimum Clear FIoor Areas _ DOOR,SEE DOOR SCHEDULE 318"� FRONT HINGE-SIDE LATCH-SIDE APPROACH APPROACH APPROACH E DOOR FRAME BEYOND i DETAIL AT JAMB DETAIL AT HEAD 1,-0w 4'-6'(541 DOOR+24" - LL E4 Head / Jamb Detail E7 Base Detail E9 Transition Detail w Al Al 2a PRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. € SCALE: SCALE: SCALE: 40 o -- 0 g Hollow Metal Frame 3'=1'-T 6'=1'-0" U) v V M :Nr ENTRY _ fv`Z.� 3 CL 314"F.R.T.PLYWOOD D ACM PANEL I D ULTRA-FLEX � JAMES a WALK OFF MAT f.O JOHNSONITE CTA-XX-N `V ,OIUQ y"TOY"TRANSITION ('w V 1 tl�� G0 1 B 4 COLOR TO MATCH VCT- —J �" FRONT HINGE-SIDE LATCH-SIDE CJF 010 VCT-1 ," VCT 1 MALL TILE �,.! APPROACH APPROACH APPROACH r v V1:DOOR+42` � t CHAN N LEVEL BETWEEN Ya"&Y2* V2:DOOR+36' DOOR+24' PROJECT INFORMATION SH BE BEVELED W/A SLOPE NO ry a o I✓ EATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL -" A3 _ B U I LL/-A-B EAR } IN 2 UNITS HORIZONTAL. LL1 ' -- A22 s 01A3 " WASHINGTON SQ. ' ' v 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Q C4 Transition Detail C7 Base Detail C9 Trans�tlon Detail _, " 4 PORTLAND,OR 97223 SCALE SCALE: SCALE: J 21-0-1 N 6"=V-0" 3'=1'-0" 6"=1'-0" _ > > ( ' 241 s Cl- PROJECT#: o JOHNSONtTE GTA-XPEMKO 168_A SADDLE X X o .080*TOY'TO THRESHOLD-SECURE GLASS DOOR 29349.000 9 PER MANUFACTURER'S Al ADDITIONAL CLEAR FLOOR AREA REQUIRED WHEN DOOR HAS BOTH CLOSER AND A LATCH C L TRANSITION COLOR TO RECOMMENDATIONS 0 MATCH V-4 V 1 ARMSTRONG VT8 118" o B " MALL FLOOR REDUCER STRIP R ADDITIONAL CLEAR FLOOR AREA REQUIRED WHEN DOOR HAS CLOSER SHEET INFORMATION a VCT-1 VCT-4 TILE U. TO ALTERNATIVE CLEAR FLOOR AREAS BASED ON APPROACH CLEARANCES Door Schedule & Details a MALL CORRIDOR SALES SC 1 V 4 - ` a f: a ' z a EACH DOOR CONTRACTOR(S)(ALUMN.STOREFRONTAVOODMOLLOW METAL)SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO DRAWN BY: 8 ADJUST ALL INTERIOR DOORS SO THAT THE DOOR'S REQUIRED OPENING FORCE IS 51bs OR LESS. ANY B.Goodwin/A.Davis a - EXISTING DOOR w/A CLOSER SHALL BE ADJUSTED TO SLOW THE CLOSING TIME TO A MINIMUM OF THREE SECS. REVIEWED BY: _ FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT CONC.SLAB W FROM A STARTING POINT OF 110a OPEN TO 3' FROM CLOSING J.Rolke MATERIAL OR LEVELING TO REMAIN -REFER TO DIAGRAM: SCALE: o A COMPOUND(SLOPED TO J AS Noted a a CREATE A FLUSH TRANSITION) C-) AUTHORIZED FOR: �rpa cn LL/Permit A4 Transition Detail A7 Transition Detail A9 Transition Detail v 0 SCALE: SCALE:6' 1'-0" 6*=l'-O* W Aw601 L co A J A L AL J O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 a 1 2 3 , 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 DIVISION 00-PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS 012200-UNIT PRICES 015000-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS Iv)Existing Sprayed Fireproofing: Patch and repair existing sprayed fireproofing in accordance with sedan 070163. (c)Latiaete International,Inc.'Laticxete 220 Medium Bed Mortar mixed with 'Latiaete 3701 Latex Mortar Adma.' PROCUREMENT REQUIREMENTS ) No.t-Leveling of Existing Floor Slab: ) Temporary Utilities:Provide temporary uff",services,and construction as necessary to perform the work.Coordinate temporary 017700-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES I (3)Cementitious Toppings: For concrete surfaces at locations indicated to receive concrete sealer or riot otherwise covered by facilities and controls with Owner and Ore Landlord. flooring material;one of the following or approved: FRCH 0021113-INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS (1)hem: State the price for leveling and filling existing exposed floor substrate to specified tolerance,n accordance with section ) Find Cleaning: ) Furnished by the Owner under sept cover. 035416. Price shall include tabor,materials,and equipment necessary to recondition the tkxor Ihdux�g preparation,priming, (1)E►ectridty Connect to existing service.Owner will pay costs of energy used Take measures lo conserve energy. (1)Thoroughly dean al surfaces prior to final acceptance. (a)SeS�eveing Types DESIGN VtADRLD4MDE and filing as spedled. (2)Ughting• Permanent fighting may be used during constructs.Provide additional temporary lighting as necessary. @ Mapei Corporatiorx'Uhratop'.Self-Leveling Abrasion-Resistant Topping.IQ References to"the Owner''shall mean Sperry top-cider,Wolverine Worldwide,Inc, {2)Remove waste and surplus materials,rubbish,and axhstruction fadTitas from the site. 311 Elm Street Suite 600 CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS (2)Unit Measure, Per square foot to a depth of 114 irk h. (3)Heafing and Ventilation: Permanent system maybe used.Owner will pay for the cost of energy used. 1) Project Record Documents. (HArdex Inc.'K-500'Self-Leveling Concrete Topping. Cincinnati OH 45202 013119-PROJECT MEETINGS (4)Telephone: Coordinate with the Owner. (b)Trowelable Types: 513 2413000 _005000-CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT (1)Maintain a complete set of record drawings that dearly and neatly Indicate exact installed locations of Items that will be Q Furnished by the Owner under separate cover. Progress Meetings: Attend progress meetings called by the Owner or the Architect thnxrghout the progress of the work (5)Water.Utilize existing facilities. Owner will pay for water used. concealed in the work such as conduit piping,ducts,reinforcing,mechanical and electrical equipment,and similar Items. Show (I)Mapel Corporation'Marecern 100'Fast-Setting Topping Malar www.frch.com K) Convene a preminstallation meeting when it is specified for a certain portion of the Work. Require attendance of entities directly (6)Sanitary: Where existing toilet facilities are unavailable within the project limits,Furnish and maintain portable fadlflties. al changes from the contract documents,and all uncovered existing conditions that will subsequently concealed, p)Ardex Inc.'CD'Self-Drying Concrete Dressing. i)References to The Owner'shall mean Sperry top-cider,Wolverine Worldwide,inc. affecting,or affected by,the work of the Section. fl) Barriers: Provide temporary barricades,fences,and covers as necessary to protect existing facilities,and to prevent pubic entry to (2)Record drawings shag be used for no other purpose and shag be stored separately torn those used for o structicrr. (4)Accessories: Furnish primers,patching compounds,and sand filers as necessary for trowelable applications and as ` 007200-GENERAL CONDITIONS 11)General Contractor is responsible for all meeting agendas,minutes,and distribution thereof: construction site. (3)Documents shall be in same format as the Construction Documents. recommended by the underlayment manufacturer for the conditions of the project. - . ) General Conditlons and Foran of Agreement will be furnished by the Owner. fl Controls: (4)Keep documents current;do not ill)Execution N 013300•SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES,SCHEDULES AND SHOP DRAWINGS {) ep permanently conceal any work until required infornrhatiorh has been recadedi I)References to"Me Owner•shall mean Sperry top-slder,Wolverine Worldwide,Inc. (I)General: K h) Submittal Procedure: (1)Dust Control: Provide temporary enclosures as necessary to prevent penetration of dust into occupied areas separate from (5)At Contract Closeout,submit documents with transmittal letter containing date,Project title,Contractor's name and address,list ( ) (1)Idantify deviations from Contract Documents Leave space for Contractor and Architect review stamps work areas,damage to operating systems and components,and to create environmental conditions.necessary for the proper of documents,and signature of Contractor. (a)Mixing: Thoroughly mix undedayment materials for each type of product in proper propordorrs to achieve smooth DIVISION Of-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Installation of materials and systems homogeneous mix,free of V (2)Review and sign each submittal prig to submittal to the Architect Unsigned submittals will be retuned by the Anchiisd. �Submittals: In addition to submittals required by the Conditions of the Contract,and submittals required by Section 01330,furnish og lumps. (2)Nolse Control. Provide necessary precautions as required by the owner, submittals required by goveming authorities,and submit a final statement of accounting giving total adjusted Contract Sum, (b)With the exception of areas where leveling can be accomplished by use of latex underiayment,as specified in other sections, - 01111000-SUMMARY (3)Unless spKft otherwise,submit the number of submittals the Contractor requires,plus Two which will be retained by the - Architect Iv)Maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to site and within site to provide uninterrupted access: previous payments,and sum remaining due. install cenentitious undedayment to concrete slabs as indicated on the Drawings,and as necessary to level slabs or bring ) This set of specifications identifies requirements for typical Cole Haan Retail Store Projects. Consequently this Project Manual may (i)To temporary construction facilities,storage and work areas. Iv)Operation and Maintenance Data(two copies required,separate bldeis): substrates to proper elevation. V contain specifications for elements which do not apply to this particular project Refer to the Drawings to determine applicable (4)Transmit each item to the Architect under the Contractor`s standard transmittal form as approved by the Architect Include scope of this particular Project project name,Contractor name,subcontractor or supplier name,and drawing sheet,detail number,or specification section (2)For use by persons and equipment involved in construction of Project (1)Submit complete data for each place of equipment and component used in the work (2)Preparation . 1 43� 2 Submit ratan and maintenance data for mechanical and electrical systems. (a)lnsped floor to verify that demolition is complete to the point where work may progress. - i) Definitions: number corresponding to the submittal as appropriate. (3)For use by emergency vehicles. (} ops sus --............ : - } 3 Arrange in a binder with a section far each tem. (b)Surveyfloor as necessary to set screeds and reference prints. Identify construction joint control joints,and expansion joints. 1 (1)Landlord: Mal Developer or Bolding Owner. (5)Make submittals as required to cause no delay in the Work Allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of rejected (4)To minimize impact on adjacent operations () g Prepare for underiayment at all locations where floor does not meet spedied tolerance requhrements. i , submittals. Coordinate submittal of related gems. v)Fire Safety, Comply with applicable provisions of IFC Chapter 14 for fire safety during demolition and construction operations. (4)tndude copies of submittals where submittals are required by individual sections. 1 � +_ J (2)Owner. Sperry top bider,Tenarrt. �--1-1 6 Revise and resubmit rejected suhmittals as hoed to obtain a (c)Ensure that subfloor is dean,dry,hard.sound,and free of oils,or other substance which would affect proper blending and 1 iY)Use of Premises: ( ) required approval,identifying changes mads sites previous subrrittel. hi)Temporary Construction: (5)Provdde one separate copy of the following items,punched for Insertion In Owner's 3-ft binder. Subr nit to store Manager. acing. Abrade,grind,or shhotblast as necessary to achieve clean surface. Verify that al areas to be leveled are at or below 1 (1)Coordinate construction schedule and operations with the Owner and Landlords onsite representative. i) Progress schedule,vendor schedule,submittal schedule,Schedule of values,and progress photos:Submit the following to (I)Obtain Phone List {1}Obtain approval horn the Building Owner for modifications 1Q existing systems or facilhties not indicate. (a)Contractor's Architect and Owner. find design elevation. 2(2)Barricade,- @)Alarmed Panic Exit Hardware Instructions{use and battery mplacernent) iv}Special Work Requirements: ( id ) (d)Do not begin Installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions (1)Progress Schedule: Submit horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major trade or operation,identifying first wok day of c Lighting Controls 0&M Manual i htin time dock (1)Obtain a copy of,and comply with,all design and construction requirements of the building Landlord. Notify Owner Immediately (a)Provide full height barricade to separate construction area from arteria or m�concourse. () g g programming) and responsibility for defective installation caused by prier observable corhditidxus W each week in the event that Landlord's requirements dxmflil with Barricade shall conform to Landlord's requirements,When no requirements exists,the barricade shall conform to the (d)WAC 0&M Manual(thermostat controls and time dock prograrrttting) 3 req ' requirements of the Contrail Documents. (2)Vendor Schedule: Submit list of Owner's Vendors indicating name of Vendor,Contact Name and Plane Number,and date of @) q ( )Application . 0 . (2)Limit use of premises to only those areas involved in the construction operations and as required for access. arrival on site hallowing: v)Warranties,Guarantees and Bonds:(two copies required,separate hiders}: (a)Install trowelable undedayment at locations where slopes are indicated and at other kxcatios where tapered 11 is necessary * (3)Coorsinate use of premises under direction of the Owner and the Landlord,and in accordance with the requirements of (1)Barricade shall consist of metal stud framing and gypsum board or plywood toward the pubic side.Paint to match color as (1)Submh manufacturer warranties. to align the finished surfaces of the various floor finch materials. (3)Submittal Schedule: Submit List of Submittals required by Specifications and indicate Specification Section and Date required directed b the Landlord. a - jurisdidional code authontues. for submittal. Allow time for Architect and Consultant reviews and mwbm fU as be Y {2)Fumish written guarantee,from each subcontractor performing wait covered by the additional guarantee requuiements specified @)Instell self-leveling kaxderiaymen#at existing concrete stab surfaces to correct slab fatness and levelness. may uh3gcxed. H (m Provide locked door if required for access to the construction area. if a door Is required,it must swing in. in the technical sections. Unless specified or approved otherwise,the guarantee shag commence on the date of Substantial c Provide cemendtaus s at locations to remain n e (4)Occupancy Requirements: Adjacent tenant spaces may be occupied. Cooperate with the Owner and the landlord to rrarrmize (4)Schedule of Values: () g > cel in the Anished work- fs . conflict and to facilitate the operations of adjacent tenants (a)Submit typed schedule on form as approved by Ardhtecl (c)Remove barricade in accordance with Section 017700. Completion.Each guarantee shal be signed,and: . (d)Set screeds,markers,and reference blocks. Set screeds at al construction and can"joints to establish weakened plane 111„b (5)Perform worts during normal working hours,unless directed otherwise by the Owner. (3)Remove temporary systems or facilities when use is n o anger required.Clean and repair damage caused by installation a use (a)State that the work under guarantee was installed in accordance with the Contract Documents. joints in underlayment. 3 @)Subdivide into each raja trade or category of work of tem systems or faaTddes. b State the work will be free from defects in workmanship and material for Due of time v)Perform wok within the Contract time stated in the Owner/Contractor Agreement I>�ry Yct ( ) P l specified. (e)lnstall underlayments and toppings in accordance with the manufacturers'recommendations.Where subsequent finishing of , /\ (c)Include a One item amount for each Allowance if applicable. !L`i(■� A)Separate Wok vii)Construction Cleaning: (c)State that defects w11 be promptly repaired without additional cost to the Owner. the material is required,float to level surface. Do not trowel. (d}Inclade in each fine item a directly proportional amount of Cothtrador's overhead and profit. (1)Refer to the Responsibility Matrix Indicated do the Drawings. (1)Control accumulation of waste materials and aubWsh.Periodically dispose of off ft v)Spare Parts and Maintenance Manuals: - (f)Apply primer to all areas to receive undferlayment and toppings;repeat applications If necessary to achieve proper bull. (5)Submit progress,vendor and value schedules within 5 days after Notice to Proceed (2)Perform work so as to allow the performance of work by other contractors. (2)Maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. (1)Fumish products,spare parts,and maintenance materials in quantities specified in each Section,in addition to that used for (g)Mbx materials and pour or pump and squeegee into place to achieve appropriate thickness. Provide 111 thickness as (6)Submit revised schedules with each Application for Payment construction of Wok necessary to floor es with adjacent floor surfaces. vi)Produds Furnished by Owner for Installation by the Contractor. 016000-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS ISSUE INFORMATION (1)Refer to the Responsibility Matrix indicated on the Drawings. (7)Submit progress photos weekly using template provided by the architect a ) Delivery,Storage,and Handling:as approved. (2)Coordinate with Owner,deliver to Project Site and obtain receipt prior to final payment. (h)Finish to a smooth uniform surface. o I�5 G ii)Shop Drawings,Product Data and Samples: (I)Cure in accordance with the manufacturer's instruction. O5/Ot7 (2)Coordinate work to facilitate instigation of products furnished by the Owner fox Installation by the Contractor. (1)Transport and formols products by methods to avid product damage. (I)Shop Drawings: (4}Tolerances: (3)Owner's Responsibilities: (2)Manufactured products shag remain in manufacturer's containers or packaging,stored in accordance with manufacturer's DIVISION 02-EXISTING CONDITIONS REVISIONS . (a)Sdhedule:Within 14 days of Agreement,submit a complete Shop Drawing schedule stowing the sequence of submission (a)Very flat;levet to within IV in 10 feat a Arrange for and deliver drawings,product data,and Instructions,until randy for instalatigxn. () ng strap ung samples,lo Contractor. dates and a schedule of dates for approval of all Shop Drawings. allow far a minimum 14 day turnaround,The Architect may 0241!9-SELECTIVE DEMOLITION — i}General Instigation Requirements (b)Ramps at Transitions and Sipes to Dram:Maximum slope 1t4'per foot (b)Arrange and pay for product delivery to site. consider requests for accelerated turnaround for submittals critical to scheduling. ) Demolish in an orderly and careful manner as required to accommodate the work, Where demolition exceeds that indicated,verify — 11, (c)Upon delivery,inspect products jointly with Contractor. (b)Submit shop drawings in the form of electronic copies or 2 legible right-reading copies. (1)Unless indicated or specified otherwise,Install each product in accordance with the product manufacdumes Instructions. such demolition with the Architect prior to proceeding. Demolition work shall be coordinated with the Landlords on-shat (c)Other Ramps:As detailed. — . (d)Submit:claims for transportation damage, c Unless specified otherwise,shop drawings shag show quantities,materials,methods oil ass (2)Distntxute copies of manufacturers instructions to parties involved in the Installation. representative. — () P 9 qu assembly,adjacent construction, (e)Arrange for replacement of damaged,defective,or missing items. Idimensions,colas,patterns,textures,and other appropriate information to fully lustmte the work. (3)Maintain one set of complete Instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 1) Protect existing structural members. Contact the Architect prior to modifying structural members beyond the extent inducted. —DIVISION 04-MASONRY — . (f}Arrange for manufacturers!warranties,inspections,and service. (d)Corrected drawings resubmitted for review and approval shall have no changes other than those called for in the review 111 Product Options Cease operafions and notify the Architect immediately if continued demolition operations might endanger the existing structure. Not Used j: ii)During demolition operations,notify the A ch ted t of al condrtiorns that differ substantially from those Indicated,specified,or — a {4} Contractlor's Responsibilities. nates tin the previous subm'issian urians deiriy indicated dm the drawings and fu/y explained in writing with the resuknitiat. {1)Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Desalption Only:Provide product meeting(hose standards. 2 Product Data: (2)Product fled Naming One or More Manhufactrurers with an a approved! vsharh:Use ems• Notify the Ardhltteil M previously unknoxwn operational,a potentially operational elements,are uncovered during — (a)Review shop drawings,product data,and samples. () { ) Specified by g ppro provision.' specified product or submit a 2 hest far substitution m accordance with the ed substitution requirements.When a a substitute may be demolition operations. Perham no demolition in such areas,unless approved by the Architect DIVISION OS-METALS I — @)Receive and unload products at site;inspect for completeness,for damage,jointly with Owner. (a)Mark each copy to identify applicable products,models,options and other data;supplement manuFact ure's standard data to 'ort specified PPS I��uct Y - • provide Information unique to the work used. b)Provide temporary shoring as required to support existing construction against movement or overload during demolition operatics, 054000-COLD FORMED METAL FRAMING — (c)Handle,store,Instal and fldsh products In compliance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's Irstructans,as untl permanent supports are in place. applicable. @)Submit the number of copies which Contractor requires,plus 2 copies which will be retained by Architect (3)Product Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers,without a provisions for Substitution:No substituion will be allowed, 1) General _ 11, except as specified under the Article on Substitrutiorhs a (d)Repel a replace items damaged by Work of this Contract (3}Samples v)Except where noted or specified otherwise,take possession of materials being demolished,and immediately remove from site. Do (1)Section includes: Ughtgage structural steel metal framing as Indicated on the Structural Drawings — } not overload existing construction to remain with derrrolshed materials, a v1) Applications for Payment Submit three copies of each application under procedures of Section 01330 on AIA G702- (a}Submit#samples as spedfled in the tecxxkxi sections. (2)System D — m Description: a vi}Carefully ramous,store,and protect al materials and sx>rronern#s to be reused. = Application and Certificate for Payment,or a form approved by the Arch tett and the Owner. (b)lndude identification on each sample giving full Information. (1)Fumish products specified,except where"or approved'is used;substitute products may be abnilted to Amthitad for approval. 3 (a)Structural Design: As Indicated on the Structural drawings. 2 Substitutions will be considered for the folowi reasons: vi)Where possible without damage,remove,store,and protect existing materials and components not noted for removal,which F only w ix)Coordination: (c)Submitar three samples, e of which will be retained by Architect unless Indicated otherwise in the tadhrical section. ( ) removed,would facilitate the new construction and reconditioning. — (b)Configuretilon: o E (a)A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contactor. (I)Provide framing of depth indicated on the Drawings. x (1)Coordinate work to assure efficient and orderly sequence of Installation of construction elements,with provisions for hv)Certificates:Submit the original signed version to Archited. vm") Carefully remove,protect,and tum over as directed,materials and components claimed by the Owner for salvage. Prior to — it (b)A substitute product w6 be in Owner's best Interest by proving a cost savings,product quality a utility advantage,a (h)Where stud gage is indicated on the Drawings,provide studs of Indicated or heavier gage. LE accommodating hems Installed later. 014500•QUALITY CONTROL demolition,contact the Owner to determine which items will be claimed, c schedule benefit I (II)Where stud spacing Is Indicated on the Drawings,provide additional studs or closer spacing as necessary to meet design (2)Coordinate space requirements for mechanical and electrical Systems. Make runs parallel with Ines of building. UthT¢e spaces ) Standards: ix)Where art edges of the existing construction will be visible in the corrnpleted work,cutin uriforrrh straight Ines.Concrete and efficiently,and maximize accessibility for maintenance,repair,and other Installations. Document each substitute request on substitution request form as supplied by the ochited. masonry shag saw cut or cere drBed. requlements. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. g (1)Corn*with Industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with contract documents. a (3)Execute cutting and patching to integrate elements of the Work Remove S-timed and defective wok and replace with new x)Repair all demolition performed in excess of that required,at no additional dost to the Owner. (3)Submittab: � or more precise workmanship. 4 A substitution work conforming to the requirements of the Contract Documents. () request constitutes a representation that Contractor: (2)Perform work to meet or exceed the requirements of applicable codes,ordinances,laws,regulations,safety orders,and A)Uidity Line Demolition: (a)Sthop Drawings �`1.�' _ � 3 (4)Uncover defective and nonconforming work and furnish samples as required for testing. (a)Has investigated proposed product and has determined that h meets a exceeds performance of the specified productin al i Indicate con g openings, g g temporary racing,welds,type and location of �, V directives from authorities having jurisdiction over the work. (I)Verify locations of existing utilities prior to demolition.Coordinate any required utility service interruptions with the Landlords () component details,framin o nil s,beaivh ,anchorage,tem b m 0. (5)Seal penetrations through floors,walls,and ceilings (3)Acoessibillty:Equipment,accessories and work shall be in accordance with Federal,State and local codes with respect to onsite representative. mechanical fasteners and accessories a gems required of ether work for complete irustallation. ^-,� ° @)Shall provide the same warranty for substitution as fa specified product (I)Indicate framing layouts. JAM5 `a o x)ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS. handicap accessibility,and with The Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA).The more restrictive code shag apply. (2)Abandoned electrical conductors shag be removed bask to the branch circuit panel,unless Indicated otherwise.Abandoned g D (c)W11 coordinate installation and make other changes which may be required for work to be complete in al respells, e � a 1 Sm As defined in the Agreement and as indicated on the Drawings.Unless otherwise noted or directed,hems scheduled and (4}Penfortn work with persons qualifid d to produce wdxnkmarsh' ol s conduit whish is exposed and readily accessible shag be removed. Leave abandoned conduit whish is concealed in existing @}Manufacturer's instructions: Submit instructions for securing studs to tracks and for other fram�hg connections. (I)Scope: I# p pecified quality. 0 , CL {d)Waives claims for additional costs that may subsequently become apparent construction to remain.Items indicated in the tegdhnicel specifications shat city be required to the extant Indicated on the drawings.This shag not be (4}Quality Assurance: (5)Install products in accordance with the manuufacturer's recommendations.Where dxxriictexdsts betxeen narxufachxer's t,',� i interpreted to exclude accessories and procedures related to those items,as specified,and as necessary to complete 0e wok (e)Agrees to pay all costs of redesign related to the substitution. (3)Abandoned piping which is exposed and readily accessible shall be removed. Leave abandoned piping which is concealed in + Q�� 3 - recomme recommendations and the specified requirements,notify kc hhed immediately. (a)The worts of this section is subject to testing and inspection as specified in 014500. L (2)Defiridws: I) Examination Prior to Installation: (5)Unless previously approved,substitutions implied on Shop Drawings will not be accepted. existing construction to remain. Cap�exposed ends. (b)Use only AWS certified welders approved by the jurisdictional code authorities. OF � - a I 11, (a)Whereas shown"as detailed,'or words of similar meaning are used,references to the Drawings are Intended unless (6)The Architect will determine acceptability of proposed substitution,coordinate with the Owner,and w�notify Contractor of (4)lndicate location of disconnected utilities on the Project Record Drawings as specified in Section 017700. E (1)Prior to starting work of each trade or location,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify flat such wok hs ii) materials I I C3 stated otherwise. complete to the int where work may commence.Notify the Architect of cndhions detrimental to the and acceptance or rejection writltin a reasonable time. xg)Leave site In a condition acceptable to the Owner at all times. Remove demolished materials from site dally as work progresses. 3 pl Po YproperiY ty ProPa (I)Components: @ b Whereas directed,"as re uired,;"as selected,"'a proved'or words of similar means are used,it shall be understood v)BIDDER-DESIGNED ITEMS: Do not overload existing structure with demolished materiels. a E ) Q P n9 timely completion of the work 0 (a)Coldorme Fd Light-gage Steel Framing:As indicated on the Structural Drawings. r that by the Architecr follows unless stated otherwise. (1)hems designated in the Contract Documents asBidder-Designed' 'are documented as necessary to describe design Intent - xafli} Removal of Existing Bonded Floor Finishes: - PROJECT INFORMATION (2)Do not begin instigation until unsatisfactory conditions are resolved.Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions (b)Screws:As indicated on the Structural Drawings. do (c)'As necessary'shag be understood to mean'as necessary far a complete and fogy functioning installation in accordance with and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. The Contractor shag be responsible for the final design,engineering,permitting(if required bylaw),furnishing,and Installation (i)Scraps,grind and otherwise remove existing floor finish and bonding materials as necessary to receive new floc finches. p ot' requirements of the Contract Documents,applicable codes and jurisdictional requiements,and accepted trade practices. of the complete(tern,Including components regt�ed to yield a fully functiodng,structurally stable,and warrantable hem in (c)Zinc Rich Touch-up Paint 'Gals weid','Galvican',2RC Cold Galvanized Canpamd",a approved. 1B�,U I L D-A-B EARS- C i1)Testing Laboratory Services ng (2)Prepared surface shag present a uniform flat surface ready to receive the new floor finishes,free of telegraphing and other Y M AS H I N GTO N �7 Fumish'means shall me ure, a for,and deliver';bxstalr means"Contractor shall set in compliance with documented design Intent and applicable building codas ia)execution (d1' P pay P conte (1)Where the scope of the work requires,the Owner wits arrange for the services of an Independent testing laboratory to inspect surface irregulares. . 2 or adjust for final used provide'means"Contractor shall fug and instal' and test the Work to verify compliance with the Contract Documents. Reports of all Inspections and tests shag be cuhnlbd to (2)Except as specifically indicated,the Contractor shat be responsible fa interface of bidder designed items with other (3)New floor Inishes shag not be Instated over existing floor finish materials unless approved otherwise. (1)I`stalat°n' 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. I components of the project,including connection to utilities if appropriate. a Install I' ht a e structural framing in accordance with ASTM C1007,unless indicated or otherwise. PORTLAND,OR 97223 v (e)Where'lrxdudes;is used,h shall be understood that items following may not be a complete list of components fn the the Architect for review. ( ) g di 9 n9� Padfled X "r 3 Submittals for each bidder designed item shag indicate the of the bidder d work in detail sutfiderit to ilea desaitxe exclusion of other items not listed but which may reasonably inferred as necessary to complete the wok ( ) dm � clearly (b)Erect metal framing as initiated in accordance with the approved Shop Drawings. � (2)Contracto's Responsibifities: la Interface with other items a work DMSK3N 03-CONCRETE PROJECT#` o (a)Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel,and furnish access,tools,samples,certifications,test repots,design mixes, (c)Screw or weld each joint Worlds shag be h accordance with AWS D13, '§ - equipment storage,and assistance as requested by the testing laboratory. v)Basis of Design: 035416-HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT 29349.000 z (d)Metal framing members shag be saw or shear cul No torch cutting is permitted. e (1)Specifications naming products as the'Basis of Design'are not Intended to Imply preference and should not be construed as ) Generalrz -s @)NoOfy Architect and testing laboratory 46 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring Inspection and tasting.When (e)Construct comers with a minimum of 3 studs per comer. 2 A resbMtive. The product named as basis of design Is deemed suitable for use as Indicated with regard to dna such as m fasts or inspections cannot ds performed,through the fault of the Contractor,reimburse the Owner for the additional costs (1)Secdon Includes: Frame both sides of expansion and seismM'dnts. Do not bridge Dots with tem SHEET i N FORMATION A function,performance,size,color,texture,patten,strength,and configuration. (fl xpa 1 9 1 system components or accessories. cif B Incurred. (a)Levegng of existing cast-In-place concrete slams. X ( ) Y pa q (g)Provide framing as required to form solid backing for all edges of gypsum board,and tirn accessories,and steel plate Specifications U. ci 2 Where other manufacturers are named,the are deemed to make products of comparable ua with simlar characteristics.M (c)Remove and replace al work found riot complying with the Contract Documents.Remedies shall be in accordance with the (b)Cemenddous toppings as necessary fox leveling new or existing slabs at locations Indicated to receive co mete sealer only. platform flooring. Contrail Documents and coda requirements. There is no Implied warranty that standard products of other named manufacturers lora suitable for difi the work without mocation. a The Contractor is responsible for assuring coordination of the product as if no'basis of dedgirr had been named. (c)Ramps and tapers as necessary to correct levels between dissimilar finishes. (h)Tolerances: a (d)N initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work,the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent 3 o (3)Unless otherwise specificafty noted,where salient attributes are fisted with a numerical value,without {2}Submittals Mamufadtura's product data and Installation hnstnuc0ans fasts and Inspections related to the deficiency. geatilscation south as ()Plinth#xness:Plumb within 1/$indn in i0 feat. � 'maximum,"'minimurn,'or statement of an acceptable range,then values within 10 percent of those specified will be considered i) Products a Location: Located within 114 inch of the required location. DRAWN BY: $ (e}Ag damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shat be reported to match surnvunding acceptable. (I)Self Leveling Undedayment System: Self-leveling,pourable,cement based material,minimum 28 day compressive strength ('Alignment Stud and runner faces to receive finish materials shag not vary greater than 1/8 inch from the required plane,with B.Goodwin/A.Davis ;; surfaces. (4)Products of manufacturers not named in the specification may only be submitted subject to product substitution requirements 2,000 psi:minimum bond strength 200 psi;one of the following as recommended by manufacturer fa conditns. no abrupt jogs or breaks in plane. REVIEWED BY: � U11 (f)Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as described elsewhere In these tions. • J.Roike i - passtbio, specifications. (a)Mapel Corporation 1 or t 2' (iv)Level: Level within 1i8 inch in t0 feet t A 017329-CUTTING AND PATCHING @)Ardex Inc,'K-15'Self-Levelling Undedayment Corxxete (i)Erect sbuds In one piece tug length.Splicing and wire tying of framing components shy not be used. $C�E: S (g)Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses iraxred for testing and inspection cervices performed outside a radius As Noted of 100 rtules of the site. ) Repair existing surfaces and construction as necessary to make Work complete,with al components matdning and consistent (c)Latidxete Intematikmal,I=-Laftmte 86 La6Level Thin Pour Un dedayment! p)Touch-up field welds and scratched or damaged galvanizing with zlic ft paint r a AUTHORIZED FOR: a Z - - (3)Tests and inspections shag be in accordance with code requirements. 1) Provide a smooth,even,and invisible transition to new construction.When finished surfaces are cut so that an invisible transition (2)Trowelable Undedayment System: As recommended by manufacturer for conditions: - (k)Attach cross studs a furring channels to studs for attachment of wall mounted items. - LL Penni - 0, (4)Ccntractor's Convenience Testing: Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractior's convenience shat be the with new work is not possible,terminate existing surface along the nearest break Ione,joint,a comer. (a)Mapei Corporation 10('or'Pfanitop 10'. (I)Install framing between studs for attachment of electrical boxes and other mednadcal�electrical hems. 1213 & � 1r')Major patching procedures shag be reviewed with the Building Owner,prior to pra�darg. Ardex Inc.'SD-P'Fast-Settin Undeda Aw801 �sola responsibility of the Contractor, @) g 1. 055000-METAL FABRICATIONSe . 1 �t WJ - - A, � _ �& A, I& A � � A� A, I.& �& I& A� O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 S 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 i} General (b)Do not begin Installation anti all unsadsfactoy conditions are resolved. Beginning work rxxnstitutes acceptance of Cctrrd'idons (b)Storage:Stas in a dry place with adequate air circulation. Store wood materials in the general arras within the building 066600-CUSTOM ORNAMENTAL S»riULATEO WOODWORK {c}FirestoPPn9 systems spas be UL Acted assembles. - (1)Section inductee: as satisfactory. where they are to be installed. Stack using spacers,stickers,or other devices to permit air circulation.Allow to stabilize for a Q General ii) Products (a)Standard steel fabrications indicated on the Architectural Drawings and not specified in other sections. (2)InstaAation minimum of 48 hours prior to installation. FRCH (1)section inductee:installation of Owner furnished High-density foam half faux wood beams. (1)Systems meeting the requiremernts specified and suitable for the conditions indicated as manufactured by ore a more of the (b)Unistiut metal framing and threaded rod,when indicated on the Drawings. (a)Where built-in anchors are required,famish anchors to other trades for installation. Coorcflnate installation as necessary far (c)Handling: Protect millwwrk from excessive moisture in shipment,storage,and handling. (2)SUBMITTALS: fpAO`"ing. DESIGN WORLDWIDE � proper placement and alignment, (d)Site Conditions: Maintain temperature between 65°F and 80'F,and humidity within operational design range,frau tirne of (a)Metacaulk (2)Submidals (a)Shop Drawings: Submit fullscaled details and method of Installation.(b)UnlessIndicated otherwise,Install all items plumb and level. Install elements accurately in the positions ted. delivery of millwork to area of building in which it is to be i�aArrxl. 311 Elm Street Suite 600 (a)Shop Drawings: @)Manufacturer's Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions @)Trento Inc. Cincinnati OH 45202 i Indicate files,sizes connection attachments,reinforcin size and (c)Support all work dgidfly in position. Provide reinforcing anchors,and backing as detailed and as otherwise necessary far P Prodi (c)HIM USA (7 Pro g, type of fasteners,and accessories. 513 2413000 secure attachment (1)Lumber: (3)QUALITY ASSURANCE: (f)i Include erection drawings,elevations,and details where applicable. (a)lnstaller Qualifications:Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in Installation of work (d)Grace Constriction Products. www.frch.com (d)lnstail ornamental metal If accordance with applicable requirements specified far fabrication. (a)Moisture Content In accordance with AWI reoonmtendatlons �ijlydicate adjacent construction. similar to that required fa this project#. (e)Specified Technologies,Inc. (e)Protect and isolate ornamental metal from dissimilar materials with a coating of bituminous paint,plastic separates materials, (b)wood Dox Frames,Standing and running trim,storefront planks and Standing and ninrung trim for Opaque Finish: (f}3M (iv)Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate incl weld lengths. or Isolation taps. Keep isolation materials unexposed to view. (b)Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of local jurisdctictbnal autlrorities. _ i} Products ti)Defects: Limit th accordance with AWS construction grade. (3)protection: Provide temporary Protection for famed metal fabrications anti sulxstantiat abn�rledon. (4)DELIVERY,STORAGE�HANDLING: (2)Elst.'trical Box inserts: se {1}Materials: {i)Species: Natant birch,maple,yellow poplar,a other approved dosed grain hardwood. {a}DeAvery. Delver,stare and handle according to instructions from manufacturer. {a)Marwfachrrer:Rectaseal{Houston Tx;713 283 8001;80p_231 3345). (C)wood plank ceiling;was panels;vertical porch siding;wall shingles;Batten,base and trim:Furnished by the Owner. - K (a)Steel Plebe,Bars,Shapes:ASTM A36. (b)Starage and Protection: Installation stickers contain storage and handling instructions. (b)FIe Rated Pads:'t3iofireshietd LECTRA-STOP`;114 Inch thick intumescent pads;sized to it electrical boxes;classified by DIVISION 06•WOOD,PLASTICS,AND COMPOSITES (d)Fire retardant rating: As indicated on the drawings. UL;minimum 2 hour rating. (b)Indic: ASTM A500 or A501. (5)PROJECT CONDITIONS (c)Pipe: ASTM A53,seamless,Type S,plain end;schedule 40 unless Indicated ROUGH CARPENTRY (2)Accessories.icated otherwise. (a)General: install incooperation with other trades. iG)Execution (e)Interia Standard shop applied Prinor: Modified alkyd type(VOC compliant);lead and dnromate free;gray a while cokes; General (a)Adhesives: Products of a reputable adhesive manufacturer,types as recommended by the manufacturer fathe application; (I)Provide firestopping at mechanical,electrical,and plumbing penetrations through fire rated ibos,walls,and ceilings. (d)Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307 Invisible In the finished work PRODUCTS k @)Field Measurements: Coordinate field measurements and shop drawings with fabrication and shop assembly. (1)section includes (2)Instal Yrestoppirg in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as necessary to meet the specified tae racing � _ substrate.@)Finishlg nails and trim head reeves shat be properly sized for adequate penetration i>to requirements.one of the following unless approved otherwise. (a)plywood Sheathing. (1)manufactured units: Famished by the Owner (c)Famish fasteners,metal braces,deaf systems,stats,hardware,sealants,and other materials as necessary fix complete {3}Where flrestopping is used toseal around penetrations through waterproof membranes,install to maintain integrity of waterproof ,/„ M'Azeron Primer Series fD88'by Tnemec Company Inc.(Kansas City,MO;8161833400). (b)Blocking and mailers. 2 ACCESSORIES: _ and functioning Installation. (2)ACCESSORIES: _ (il)"Amercaat 5105"by Ameron Protective Coatings(Brea,CA;714-529-1951). {c}Plywood terminal bads boards. 3 fire Retardant treatment: (a)Adhesive: Cherxex'PL Premium Urethane Adhesive'. i t) (4)For seeing electrical boxes,coordinate installation with Division 26.Comply with rthanufadurers nr�axrsnsnda for � y _ {ir�`Musi-Bond 150`by Carboline Company(St.Louis,M0;314-644-1000;800_84$_4645). (2)Submittals: Primer.as recommended b the manufacturer for finish scheduled. f - � {a}M firs retardant treated wood materialsshallbaa a UL"fR-S'label,or a katal from an approved inspection agency @) Y P preparation and installation.Install in locations as required by Code for protection of openings through fire rated partiti+tions. �s� (2)Products: (a)fhaductData: Submit complete technical and product data on Fire retardant wood treatments. certifying that the material meets the requirements of AWPA G20 Type A for(umber and AWPA G27 Type A for piywood. (c)EXECUTION (5)PatcMng of Notes lo Existing Construction: (a)Unistruteron rimer t Corpencs F tion,Wayne,ec(8001521-7730)'P1000 ompaKansa Series"is standard for aplxovd;12 gage,galvanized (3)Quardy Assurance: (b)Approved Interior Fireproofing Products: Clear finish product,Hiddsan Corporation'Dricon',Hoover Treated Wood Products (1)MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. (a)Fil open holes which remain after removal of existing mechanical,electrical,and plumbing components,Patch and repair finish;submit alternate products for vel. pr approval. (a)Regulatory Requirements: Work shall contain to/meet a exceed the requirements of all applicable codes,ordinances,Maws, 'Pyro-guard,'a Osmosis Wood Preserving Co.of America,arc.'flame Proof LHC. (a)Com larce: Comply with manufacture's product data,Including product technical bulletins, product catalog Installation holes as necessary to match the adjacent construction and t4 maintain the fire rating of the assemblies.F'xestoppig systems In Provide compatible matching fittings for complete Installation as indCatrad on the Drawings. regulations,safety orders,and directives from auUnoritiss hating jurisdiction over the work (c)Treated materials shall be Ido dried to maximum 15 percent moisture content for plywood and 19 percent fix lumber. Instructions and product carton instructions for installation. maybe used to fit hies which will be concealed in the finish construction. (b)Threaded Rod:ASTM A575,and A576;threaded hot rolled steal;sizes as indicated. ii) Products (4)Fabrication and Assembly. (2)EXAMINATION: (b)Where firestopping systems are used to fit floor openings in occupied areas,provide minimum 16 gage sheet metal covers UU (c)Fasteners as indicated on the Structural Drawings,and as required for a complete installation. (1)Dimension Lumber: a Fabricate all finish ca items th accordance with Arable AWS standards,premum e lo sales areas; a Site Verification of Conditions: Verify substrate conditions,which have been as necessary to support floor loads and to prevent damage to the fire shopping assemblies. Beanie sheet metal as ( ) reentry' app grad (pubic) ( ) � iffy previously installed under otitsr sections,are (3)General Fabrication Requirements: Fabricate as follows,unless specified or indicated otherwise. (a)Lumber shall be manufactured in accordance with PS 20,and shall be stamped and graded in accordance with WWPA, custom grade in all other area& acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufactruers instructions, necessary to prevent Irregularities from telegraphing through the floor finishes over the sheet metal. � WCLIB,NLGA,a SPIE grading rules,as applicable t4 project oration. (a)Verily all dimensions and fabricate to islet with accurate sizes and shapes,straight fines,smooth curves,and sharp angles, (b}Fabricate items to detail,in accordance with approved shop drawings. Shop assemble to the greatest practical extent. (3)INSTALLATION: 079200-JOINT SEALANTS (b)Moisture Content lean dried to 19%maximum moisture content,except for material whose lead dimension Is 4 triter laic @)Welds shat haus sufficient strength to withstand the lands applied. (c)All cuts shall be smooth and exact;with joints accurately matched,tightly fitted,and securely attached.AI surfaces shall be (a)General: Fallow manufackrrer's instrucfion streets. i} general H a heater. sanded free of splinters and Hough edges. (c)For items exposed to view or subject fir contact grind welds smooth and level with adjacent surfaces;remote�burs from � @)Materials: Fid holes with wood putty and sand fix tlhlstting material. (t)Section Includes.- cut edges.Fill imperfections with body putty as necessary for a smooth even finish. (c)Species: Hem-Fir,Spttxx;-Pinus-Fir{SPF},or Douglas Fir Larch,arises Indicated a specified otherwise. (d)Gluing:AA exposed gius renes shall belies of squeeze-out. (4)PROTECTION: (a)Cleaning and preparation of joint surfaces. Or. (d)Bend curved sections to a smooth radius free from budder and twists. (d)Lumber Grades: Unexposed non-structural wood naming and blocking indicated on the Architectural Drawings shall be (e)Sanding: Unless otherwise indicated,sass al exposed edges of wood trim to a uniform 1116 inch radius.Sand all fabricated (a)Protection: Prated installed product and finish surfaces from damage during carstnuction. (b)Sealant and hording materials. (4)Shop Finishes: graded as follows: sanded,tee with 120 splinters grit or fuer paper,he of splinters and dxOrs grain scratches Sand joints smooth;cut and sand pin gs (b)Repair or replace or otherwise restore to new condition all items damaged by work of this Section. (2)Submittals: (a)Interior Finishes: (I)2'to 4'thick,2'to 4'wide): "No 2-Structural Light Framing,'or better. flush. (a)Product Data: For each type of sealant to be provided @ Preparation: Solvent dean in accordance with SSPC-SP1. Remove motet and scale by mots brushing,soaping,and sancAng (A)2'to 4'thick,5'and wider. "No.2-Structural Joists and Planks;abetter. (f)Dox Frames,Standing and running trim,storefront planks and Staining and running trim: - (b)Samples:down to bare metal in accordance with SSPC-SP2 and SP3.Where SP2 and SP3 measures are Ihsuffidenk provide (2)Panel Materials: ti)profile and detailing as indicated on the Drawings. DIVISION 07-THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION (i)Submit mored samples of each sealant type and cola proposed for the world. commercial blast cleaning in accordance with SSPGSP6. Immediately apply specified prime coat for fabrications scheduled (a)Interior sheathing: APA Rated Sheathing;CD grade,unless required otherwise on the drawings;exterior grade;plywood, (d)Coordinate with Sections 081400 and 0871 for door Installation requirements and locations for doe hardware. 070183.REPLACEMENT FIREPROOFING ISSUE INFORMATION for paint finish. unless approved otherwise;ed thicknesses as indicated,fire retardant heated where indicated. 1)execution For each sealant type indicated for"color as selected,'or for which no color is indicated,submit color card Mcaiig execution �General eneral available stoic colors from manufacturer's complete line of pre-formulated colas fa each type of sealant 05108/15 G (fi)Unless otherwise Mdlcated,apply arteria primer In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. (b)Terminal Backboards: APA AC grade exterior,fire retardanttreated. (1)lnstallationc (t)Section Includes: (c)Schedule of sealant colors and respective locations. iij Execution (3)Accessories: (a)Install straight,true,level,plumb,and ttrmiy anchored in place In accordance with good trams practice. (a)Surface preparation and coordination work for patching of existing and incidental new tirsprooftng work. REVISIONS {t}lnstaflatkxt: (a)fasteners: Hot•dipped galvanized steal for exterior,high humidly,and treated wood locetirxts. (3}Quality Assurance: (b)Fastening: @)Fireproofsng materials — {a)Verilythat sealants are campahble with the substrates and accessory materials provided wider other Sections.Notify (a)tnstaA metal fabrications in accurate locations shown. Unless indicated otherwise,fabrications shall be installed phxrhtr and (b)Construction Adhesive: One of the following,or other product meeting Urs requirements�AFG-01,or ASTM D3498: {t)Install as items straight,has,level,plumb,and firmly anchored in place. Coordinate with other trades to ensure placement of (c)Sealing of existing fireproofing Indicated to remain exposed in the finisthedwank. Architect of ofevidence of Incompatibility. festal (b Liquid Nails Adhesive(Strongsville,OH;80Q6340015)liquid Noris I-N_950 requirements of Cansbu r A Adhesive.'8 all required it backing and blocking in a fs b, mariner. 2 Submittals:Manufacturers'data;Induce instructions for era tiglian of ed replacement fire fi t ) P►oP PP �Y rep P�►n9• (4)Guarentse: Furnish exterior sealant manufacturer's standar!guarantee. — (b)Support work rigidly in position. Provide all anchorage devices as indicated and required for a severe installation. (c)fire Retardant Treatment(At Types I and II Construction arty): QI)Use him head screws or mai trim with finishing nails of proper dimension to hold the member firmly in place wiUnart splitting (3)Quafity Assurance ii) products — (c)Touch-up all surfaces damaged during installation. Patch all welds and damage marks with matching primer. ()Fire retardant treat all interior concealed lumber and plywood,and other wood as indicated or specified. Provide exterior the wood. (a)Fireproofing work shall be performed by a firm acceptable to the sprayed replacement fireproofing materials manufacturer. (1)Sealants: — (d)lnstallthe following fabrications with the additional requirements specified below: fireproofing at exterior plywood for was sheathing. (iii)On exposed finish work,set all nails and trim head screws for pully. (b)Products,execution and fire rform g thicknesses shat conform to the applicable code requirements at the fire-resistance Scala t S-Neutral Cure Silicone Sealants — a F (2)Special Installation for Unistrut (i)All fire retardant treated woos shall bear a UL"f R-S'label,or a label from an approved inspectiorn agency certifying that the (iv)Satter,do not hammer�me,all wood screws. Predrill if necessary ha prevent splitting. ratings called fora material has a flame spread rating no higher dram 25 with no evidence of significant ti)Dow Coming,790 Silicone Building Sealant,a 795 Siicane Structural Glazing and Weatherproofing Sealant — ' (a)Coordinate layout with Landlord requirements;review overhead support locations with the Landlord prig to attempting P 9 9 9 � combustion Hither tested n (v)Mgr and space fasteners for uniform pattern where passible,no'shotgun'patterns w�be accepted. ' �� Installation. accordance with ASTM EB4. Exterior fire retardant treated wood shat be treated by means of a system which has been (A}Patore'890 Architectural Sitcoms Sealant' — (2)iv)Align n of Miscellaneous Items {t}Flrepraoflng Material:Parrish one H the foAowing,as appropriate for patching existing taeprooflng. _ @}Install items plumb and level from overhead structural supports approved by the Landlord. subjected to exhibit no increase in fire hazard classification in accordance with ASTM E84 hest after having been QljGenerel Electric Co.'Ultrapnrf ASCS-2900,' (a)instal�other items in strict accordance with the Drawings,and the published recommendations of the manufacturer of the a Csmenddous:Grace Construction Products � subjected tQ accelerates weather conditioning in accordance with ASTM D2898. ( j {Santa Ana CA;800 778-2880}'MawkotehtK-6,'Isdatek antsmaiiorrai (iv)General Electric Co.`Sipruf.' Q 057000•ornamental METAL item,anchoring firmly in place at the prescribed location,straight,Plumb,level,esti securely anchored. {Stanhope NJ;201-34T-1200).'Cafdxb 300;es approved cementitious fireproofing. — cfi (iii)Wood and plywood installed In plenum spaces shall be 2515ti Plenum rated - it Fina (b)Type PT:ASTM C920,Type M,Grads P,doss 25;Tremab"THC 900',SonneboNChonRex'Sonolastic SL T.Pecos u. General (3)Field s#cho @)(Sta h Fiber Isolatek-1200)tiotal o 300 Blaze approved d II'spray applied fnreprootingmaterial (iv)Site treat sawn suds with approved fire retardant treatment `Urexpan NR-200',or approved;standard dxrtas as selected. a (a)Sand all exposed OPAQUE famish wood surfaces to (1)Section Inductee: Architectural quality ornamental metal work exposed to view in the finished Work AWS"custom'grade standards. (2)Qualifications: — ; (v)Approved Products: (c)Type PTNS; a (2)Shop Drawings: (b)Sandpaper all wood surfaces thoroughly as required to produce a uniformly smooth surface,always sanding In the direction (a)The replacement fireproofing material shall have been tested and reported by Underwriters'Laboratories,Inc,in accordance — 3 1. Interior Fireproofing Products: tsar finish product,Hickson Coporation'Dricon',Hoover Treated Wood Products (i)Sealants shall meet the requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168(maximum VOC content of 250 gramsllder]. c (a)Indicate materials,thicknesses,finishes,dimensions,methods of joining and anchoring,orad relationship to of the grain; rw coarse grained sandpaper mark,hammer mark,or other imperfections will be accepted. with the procedures of ASTM E119. P )int or Fire roofin Osmose Woad Preserving Co.of America,Inco"Flame Proof LHC;v approved m E construction. (C)See Section 099000 for finishing of woodwork not flnlstted render this Section. (ii)Bostik Chem-Calk 2000. o (b)The fireproofing product shat be tested in accordance with ASTM Standard G 21 75,and shat straw resistance mid = ill)execution m (d)Type A. — � (b)Inducts all typical and special details drawn at ftal scale. (4)Clearwp growth.Mold inhibitor shat be added by the marxrfadnxer. E (1)Sheathing ti)Sealants shall meet the requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1188.(maximum VOC content of 250 gremslAter). c° (c)Note all conditions which may affect the appearance of the finished work (a)Maintain the premises In a neat,safe,and orderly condition at all times during execution of this portion of the work he from Oi Surface Buming Characteristics:In accordance with ASTM E84: 0 (a)Secure sheathing with edges on firth bearing. Provide sold edge blotting between sheets 1 accumulation of sawdust,art�rds,and debris. >(ii)"AC2o+Sllcone'by Pecan(800-523688).Select standard cola to match adjacent finishes as dose as possible. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE INC., .C. � (d)Indicate provisions for material isolation. (it))Flame Spread:0 > _ (b)Fastening shall be in accordance with code requirements,unless indicated otherwise. Use screws when fastening into metal & (3)Samples. (b)At the end of each working day,or more often if necessary,thoroughly sweep ardor vacuum d (iii)Smoke Development 0 surfaces where refuse from (e)Type SM: Mildew Resistant Silicone Sealarht $16,Aghtgage instal framing, this portion of the work has settled. p)Sealants shalt meet the requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168.{maxanum VOC content of 250 gnarnna ter} o (a)Submit samples of sada material and finish combination;mirinum 12 inches long for lkw samples,and not lass than 12 xi}Execution(c)Allow iB inch spacing at ends and edges between parols,unless otherwise recommended by Panel rrnanufactrser. � 3 12'for sheets {c}Repan or replace or otherwise restos to new condition all Items damaged by wank of this Section. {t}Preparaticxn (ii)"898 Silicone'by Pecaa{800-523-6688),or approved. Select standard color to match adjacent finishes as close as possible: :l`1L,y r 1� � (2)Blocking,Nallers,and Curbs: �+ a dear color,except use white at white tlxtrrres. �f 4 Qual Assurance, 064100-ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 8 () kY {a)Verily that al surfaces to receive sprayed replacement fireproofing are free of foreign substances wNch may proper �. (a)Provide blocking,refers,and curbs for all sheathing,roof construction,metal flashing,and otter construction as itdcated. (2)Accessory Materials: �� ° (a)Fabdcator Qualifications: Minimum of 3 years experience I,high quality non ferrous ornamental metal work of the type and Q General adhesion of the fireproofing to the substrate. JAMES g D (b)Wood Blocking: Install woad blocking to receive mechanical fasteners for support of plumbing and electrical fixtures and (a)Primer Nor-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer to snit application. a v2 scope specified. (1)Section Includes: Plastic laminate counter,panels and shelves (b)Verify that work of other trades has progressed to the pant where replacement fireproofing installation can begin. I? equipment,cabinets,doe stop plates,wood base,wainscots,coat hooks,toilet and bath accessories,and�other veal and • g i) products ceiling mounted components. (2)Submltals (2)Appfrration (b)Joint Cleaner. Non-corrosive and iron-staining type,recommended by sealant manufacturer,compatible with joint inn • materials. � O (1)Akrminum: (3)Backing: {a}Slurp Drawings: Indicate configurations,dimensions,construction details,materials,finishes grain olreciion(as appropriate), (a)Equipment and application procedure shall conform fp the material manufacturer's application instrtuctions. G � (c)Backer Rod: Closed or open cel foam as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the application;round profile; (a)Extrusions:ASTM 8221. (a)Plywood hording shall tis used fn Geu of blocking at locetions of walknounted standards,shelving and counters. and moors@)All patching and repairing of sprayed replacement fireproofing due to removal as necessary to aCtonmodate new ' 0 thickness approximately 130 percent orjolntwidth. Q "' „ Bar. ASTM 6211. (b)Samples: Plastic laminate;4'x IV,minlmum,sample of each Dole and pattern proposed fix the work. construction,and damage by the other trades,shore be perfomned render Uils Sectbn. E @) @)Backing shall be mounted over fate of studs beneath gypsum board and shall be continuous over entire plane t>f walh,l2a c Sheet ASTM B209. frit thickness (3jFabriceta Requirements A minimum of 5 years experience in production of custom casework of tine (d)Bond Breaker. Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application X (} ��� 078400-PENETRATION f'IRESTOPPtNG (e)S+Ticorne Sealed Compressible Foam Tape: v (2)Staji>tess steel: ASTM A167 Type 302 a 304. {c)Secure hording moth all edges on rim bearahg A} i} General CN� {3)Fabricetiesn {4)Plywood Terminal Backboards: (1}Lumber.As required to matin specified AWS Carnstrtx�ion dude. {i}Preformed silicone sealing strip over precomprsssedself-adhesive open cell polyurethane foam tape;oda as indicated on PROJECT INFORMATION a (I)Section Indicter: FiresthpPing systems for seating penetrations through fire-rated construction. the Drawings;'MM Color Joint 1 ESS Series'by MM Systems,Lhj.,' p a � C {a)Accurately fabricate work to the configurations Indicated;it to field cxbrditions. (a)Provide a fire retardant treated plywood terminal backboard for telephone systems where Indicated on Urs drawings. (a)Concealed framing Lumber Dine,fir,hemlock,Poples,or othor spades as approved. {2)Section Inndpdes: BUILD-A-BEAR o {ii)Furnish tape; thickness recommended ie the manufacturer for widths of to be iced. - 5 Fabricate with dean Ines,and free of bends and twists. Curved surfaces shall have smooth and urhiform rad. Flat surfaces @)Mechanics a ire over scan board. (b)Moisture Content Optimum per AWS recommendations. ) WASHINGTON SQ. � @)- AY PPIY �Y 9YP mg {a)Frestopping systems for seeing penetrations through fire-rated cxxhstruction. ii execution shat form true planes,free from of canning. (2)Plastic Laminate: NEMA LD-3,general purpose and vertical grade as specified;brands and colas as scheduled on the 062000-FINISH CARPENTRY (3)Perfortnance RegpuirementS (1)Preparahion: � drawings. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. (c)Leave no open joints,except where indicated or required for expansion and Contraction.Exposed jams shall tis uniform, i Genual (a)Eadt flrestopping system shall be selected to maintain fire racing of the assembly lo which A le used. PORTLAND, SH 97223 fF � ) (a}Clean and prepare joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Remove any Bose materials and alba feseigrn straight and battens. (3)Medium Density Fiberboard(MDMA: fF Where penetration firestopping is used to seal penetrations through floors with waterproof membranes,s shall be matter which might impair adhesion of sealant S (1)section includes: @) P thPPi 9 P� 9 aP Y� 9 P g (d)Welding: (a)ANSI A208.2 Gass MD(medium density);fartnaldehyde he. selected for compatibility with membrane malarial. PROJECT#: m o (a)Wood door frames. @)APPh'masking righty around joints to protect adjacent surfacers from excess sealant. v c3 01 Limit welding to locations or methods where weld and brazing marks will not be visible in the finished wok (4)Partide Board:ANSI A208.1;grade M-2(medium density);fomtaldehyde fire. 29349.000(c)Provide products that upon Curing,do not re-emulsify,dissolve,leach,breakdown a otherwise deteriorate over time north (b)wood Storming and running trim. (c)Prime as required for proper bond to substrate materials.15 . o o no The use of paint coatings to conceal wilding discoloration is not acceptable. (5)Accessories: exposure to atmospheric moisture,swearing pipes,ponding water or other bins of moisture characteristic during and atter � (c)Badcing Material (C)wood storefront planks and Standing and running trim. (Il)Flnlsh welded areas to match adjacent surfaces. (a)fumish fasteners,finishes,adhesives,hardware,and accessories as indicated on the Drawigs and as necessary th construction. � � (d)Installation of Owner furnished wood{dank ceiling;vvaA panels;vertical porch siding;mod stnlxJtes;Bartsch,base and trim {I}Plate backer rod to achieve Proper sealant width/depth ratios and to prevent sealant sag, SHEET INFORMATION = - 13 (e)Unless indicated otherwise,provide concealed fasteners wherever possible.Where not possible,exposed fasteners sled complete the work (d)Provide firestop sealants suflidenUy flexible to accommodate imohon such as pipe vibration,water hammer,thermal � (e)Installation of All other finished wood items Indicated on the Drawings as FOIL or otherwise regt.Osd for a complete01)Use bond breaker where there is insufficient depth to use joint filler: U. -W . match material and finish of edjacent finish materials and shall be approved by the Ardited prior to installation. {6}Fatxitation expansion and other normal building movement without damage to the seal. Specifications 'S M assembly' a Pi insulation shall not be removed,cut awe a otherwise ante g I {IG}Do not use backer rod and bond breaker at joints to receive Type PiNS sealant m {f)Use compatible materials,a provide isolation of dltssimilar materials. (a)Plastic Laminate Faced Countertops,Panels,and shelves: ( ) Pe' y rupted throe h wall es floor openings.Provide a $ (2)References: appropriately tested for the thickness and type of insulation utilized. (e)SiiCone Sealed Compressible foam Tape Installation: n {g)Material thicknesses indicated are minimum..Provide heavier material as necessary to meet the specified fafxicetion (1}Fabricate to AWS Casten grade. v (a)AmericanPlywood Association(APA) i Install a exterior expansion joints in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations r CL requirements. {f)Openings within walls and floors designed to accommodate voice,data and video cabling shall tis provided with re-enterable () � j° a� „ (ii)Fabricate panels with vertical grade plastic laminate over 314 inch thidt mecum density particle board. � @)Architectural Woodwork Institute 1 Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association ofCanada/Woodwork Institute: products specifically designed for retrofit. (ii)Install sufficiently deep to accommodate the installation of the silicone sealant DRAWN BY: q (h)Flnlshes: (M)Fabricate Countertops from particle board and general rade plastic laminate in the aha indicted. co Architectural Woodwork Standards(AWS),Fitton 1. 9 pub 9 P (g)Penetradons through 1Ne-reslstance rated Imcalling assemblies contained wtHn chase wall assemblies shall be protected b)Installation: B.Goodwin/A.Davis (iJ Alumnum: dearAnodzed: REVIEWED BY: (3)Quasty Assurance: �}Execution with products tested by losing fury exposed to the fire outside of the chase veal. (a)Perfnrm work in accordance with ASTM Ct 193,unless specified otherwise a recommended otherwise by the sealant • � (�Stainless Steel: f14 fetish in accordance with the NAAMM'Metal Finishes Manual." � (a)Qualifications of Workmen: Cutting and fitting of trim and finEsh material,shat be performed by finish carpenters lhothxgNy (1)Install new components as detailed,using materials and tectmiques fA conceal fastentrngs. (4)Quarrty Assurance manufacturer. J.ROlke m _ o A�execution trained and experienced in the skills used,complete familiar with the materials hvolved and Urs marnutacmrets (2}Coordinate with electrical work and with other trades as necessary to integrate adjacent finishes.. SCALE: a LU A N� � completely (a)Code Verification:Prig to Installation of Are stopping systems obtain approval from the jurisdictional rode atrttrorities faire (b)Joint Depth: As Noted 13 o (I)Examination(I)Examinationrecommended methods of installation,and thoroughly familiar with the requirements of this work (3)Install all Casework accurately,plumb, care,and level,and amen secured in m pl sq permanently position as indicated on the fire stopping p�• ProP�- v - � {a}Prior to starting work,carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such wok is compthte to,the point where 4 DeAv sand Hard Drawings. Casework shag be scathed to adjacent surfaces as follows: systems and applications tl}Sealant brads shall have a sectional width to depth ratio of 2 t8 t,unless specified otherwise a rEhtarvnerded o�by AUTHORIZED FOR: a t ) orY. 9 �9� LL/Permit a z @}Firestopping:Tested in accordance with ASTM E1 i 9,a UL 1479 to meet Urs hourly ire ratings of the construction being the sealant manufacturer. 08 � work of this Section may prbpsrly commence. Notify the Architect It writing of Conditions detrimental to the proper and tirmeiy a Counterto and sties to veal surfaces. P m C3 completion of the wok {a)De([very: Do not deliver millwork to building until'wet woriP such as Concrete,piaster and gypsum wallboard work has been (a)Countertops P� sealed.Provide F rated assemblies,except where€rated assemblies are required by rte Code authority. (ii?Install Type PINS sealant Putt depth m tike expansion joints with no backer rod. � 0 completed and cured to a condition of equiibrium. (4)Al fasteners securing casework shall be in concealed or semi-exposed locations Aw802 F m (c)APitiY sealant within recommended temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within 1.1 W iv U) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 recommended temperature ranges. A Section Includes:Manual overhead rotting grilles. (ii]Design anchorage for all-glass storefront system. hardware in the same area as the project for a period of not less than five years. The supplier's orgarh¢aiion shat inducts (b)Bottom Track:Minimum 25 gage. (d)Tooling: B. Related Sections: consultants who are available at all reasonable limes during the course of the work to meet personally rite the owner,ardkitecC (d) 9' (iii)Provide anchorage to support and overhead structure toresistcode-required dead and live keds,loads Indicated an the w (2)Channels:Hot or cold rolled channels;Hist inhibitive paint coating;sizes in accordance with ASTM C754. FRCH hardware consultation. The supplier shall. ppt maintain a parts inventory of items stippled for titins service to the (3)Aceessodes (i1 Tod joints concave,unless indicated or spedfled otherwise.Finish free of air pockets,foreign embedded matter,ridges,and 1. 05 50 00 Metal Fabrications.Door opening jamb and head members. structural drawings Inducting a uniform 10 PSF uniform load,and seismic bads in accordance with code requirements, or contractor for ha 2. 0610 00 Rough Carpentry. members. Including opening jamb and head membeowner. sags, inducting ti .cal amendments. (a)Screws:Self tapping;low profile head;galvanized. DESIGN WORLDWIDE L (il)Tod We PTN5 sealant to match grout joint 3. 08 3100 Access Doors and Panels.Access doors (3)Glass Performance Criteria: (4)Warranty.Submit manufacturer's warranties staling hardware items will be he from defects in materials and workmanship as (2)Clean-up. 4. 08 70 00 Hardware.Masterkeyed cylnders. (a)Stress Analysis: follows,for a period commencing on the date of Substantial Completiorh. (b)Hanger wire:ASTM A644;Gass 1 enc coating;soft temper,prestretched;l2 gage. 311 Elm Street Suite 600 5. Division 26.Electrical wh ing and conduit,fuses,disconnect switches,connection of operator to power supply,and (a)Butt hinges:Life of bulding (4)Proprietary Celing Suspension System: Cincinnati OH 45202 (a)Glean adjacent surfaces free of excess sextant as the wok progresses.Use cleaning agents recommended by the sealant (iy The glass manufacturer shalt perform stress analysis to determine the proper glass thickness and treatment required to mist Installation of control station and wiring. (b)Locks�Latches:2 yrs, {a}Manufacirurer. 513.2413000 manufacturer. the structural and thermal stresses for each glazing cahcitioin{basad on the worse case for each concition}.Al costs in (b)Upon acturcompletion,remove and d spore of masking. theconjunctionsfur with the analysis shall be home by the Contractor. (c)Door and years,mechanical;2 years,electrical ()Basis of Design:Chicago Metallic(los Angeles CA$00-323-7164). W W W.f Cc)t.com C. Products That May Be Supplied,But Are Not instated Under This Section. (3)Schedule: L Control slatbrh (i)Should the stress analysis show that glass of greater strength or thickness is required over that schedded,then al such (d)EAt Devices:5 years,mechanical;2 years,electrical ((I)Acceptable options{subject to complance with Contract Document requirements and Ardtted's approval of conformance b changes shat be inducted in the laid price.The Gorhtrador shall not be entitled toany claims for additional compensation for i) Products design intent): (a)Type S: Provide at all exterior Joints,unless specified otherwise;standard calors as selected fnxn marthrfacturh�s complete 2. Manual release pull handle. i. USG interiors,Inc. Chita IL;800•$74-4�$ ` fine of pre-formulated colors. failure to meet this requirement (1}Manual Swinging Door Hardware: (Chicago, )• 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION �i)Submit al documentation to the glass manufacturer as required to obtain glass marrufadkurers stress analyse. 2. Armstrong{$00�07�321}. �,. (b)Type PT: Provide at all horizontal joints subject ci traffic and abrasion,unless specolors as e l ct e from standard colors as A Design Requianal release (a)Type: AS Scheduled on the Drawings . J( selected from mantsfadrurets complete ins of pre-torulaGed cobra. 1. Cycle Life: Design grilles of standard constnrctian for normal use of up to 5 cyder per day ma:dm€srr. (b)Structural Stress Gam: (b)Keys$Keying: (b)Suspension System:Similar to System 650,or 670:ASTM C635 heavy duty classification. c T PTNS: Provide at�expansion joints in tile;standard odors as selected from manufaciiurers l.3 SUBMITTALS (}Center Deflection: Maximum deflection steal not exceed L1175 or 314�,whicheverLs less. Stthm�s: (7 Fuming Rummers:Manufactured from 0.020 inch thick steel l_3t8 inch wide with knurled face by 1_tt2 inches hkJth;factory()Type � Joi �Pbtu�ct ()Ail cylinder items shy be keys!as directed by the Owner: died cross tee slots,ban fides,and non�lrectional erg tab pre-formdated colors. A Reference Section 0133�Submittal Procedures;submit the ic�lawirg items: (c)Shop Drawings: � i 9� bayonet �P�• t. Product Data. lir,Keys:Furnish 3 for sarin cyl'>nder unit. A Provide at all interior joints,unless joining anchoring,hardware components,and (ii)Furring Tees:Manufactured from 0.020 inch thick F318 inch wide with knmried face by 1 St2 ihdhes high;fatiory punctted (d)Type, jou specified otherwise. (ij indicate materials,thicknesses,finishes,kflrnerksorms methods of and a (n Construction cares Provide interchangeable or removable tees for use dung the construction. 2. Shop Drawings:Inducts special conditions not detailed in Product data.Shaw interface with adjacent work cross tee slots and hanger holes. - {e}Type SM: Provide a#joints around countertops restroom areas. relationship to adjacent construction. 3. Quality AsstuancetContrd Submittal: (vj Permanent saes: Install Owner fumtshed permanent cess.(it)Include typical and special details drawn at tial tea. (ii}Furtiing Gross Channel:0.020 inch thick steel,1_318 Inch wide with knurled face try 7t8 incites high by 48 ixihes long with a. Provide proof of manufacturer ISO 9001:2000 registration. �execution straight locidng and tabs. (ii)indude required bass thicknesses. DIVISION Q8.OPENINGS b. Provide proof of manufacturer and installer qualifications;-see 1.3 below. (I)hardware Installation: (v)Gross Tees:0.020 inch thick steel 15116 inch wide by 1-112 inches high;with staked-on dip end tab ergs,factory Civ)Inducts designing en�Wear's seal. ---•----"a-�' c. Provide mamufactkurers installation instructions. (a)Mark each item of hardware as to description and location of installation in accordance with approved hardware schedule. punched cross tae slots. 081400-WOOD DOORS 4. Closeout Submittals: (d)Quality Control Submittals: i) general (b)Exposed surfaces of hardware shall be covered and well protected during Installation,so as to avoid damage to fishes. (v)Moldings,Channel Beam Splice Clips,and Ancillary Accessories:Marxrfadurers standard. �s' J a. Operation and Maintenance Manuel. (i)Certification: Submit certification that the all-glass store"system has been designed in accordance with the sperifies {1}Section Includes: b. Certificate stating that installed materials comply with this specification. (c)Instal each hardware ftem in ce, camplianwith manufacturer's instructions. Wherever salting and fitting are required to" {5}PartlUon Head Compensating Channel: Design far minimum t1/2 inch deflection. Frolics as ixlrated;one of the following. � requirements. � _ t hardware onto or into surfaces which are later to be painted or thrushes in another way,instal each Aertt completely and then (x)20 gage deep leg track;2 inch legs. - _ (a)Flush wood doors. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE (e)Closeout Submittal: remove and store in a secure place during the finish operation. After corthpletion of the finishes,reinstall each Aem. Do not (b)Slip Trade Systems Inc.(Anaheim CA;714-761-1921)'StP--TRK.• (b)Installation of wood does. A Qualficationx t7 In accordance with Section 017700. install surface mounted items until finishes have been completed on the substrate. R 1. Manufacturer Qualifications:ISO 9001:2000 registered and a rtwhimum of five years experience in procluceg grilles of the (6)Other Framing Materials: (2)Regulatory aquirenhents: (i)Submit designing engineer's certification that products and installation comply with design rekluiremenis. (d)Hardware Mounting Heights: Mounting heights are based on recommendations d the National Builders Hardware a Conform to requirements of the jurisdictional code authority. "���' (a)Provide other frartung materials in accordance with ASTM G754. ( ) req )u off• (4)Qualty Assurance: As�ciatihxh(NBHA). Generally,mount hardware units at the fallowing locations on each riot c doe opening,except as 3 Submittals: Submit tad data. 2. Installer Qualifications:Manufacturers approval, otherwise Indicated on the Drawings c required to meet code and handicapped requirements.Varity any conflicts v+Ath (b)Backing:Where backing for wall-supported items is indicated or required,famish either of the fallowing at Contractor's option. ( ) p� (a)Fabricator Qualiflcatlons: Minimum of 5 years experience in the fabrication and finishing of alk,�ass store"systems;able ij products to show evidence of engisucneers ful completion t work water to the work c this contract location of other hardware for proper clearances for installation prim to cuttingrecommendations s nulling for nal specified hardware. Notify ()Sold le then a plywood in accordance with Section 061000. 1.5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Architect immediately U such corhtlds are determined. � 1 Solid Core Flush Doan: A Reference Section 01 66 00 Product S y (i)16 go x 4 inch wide steel plate�20 go x 6!rich sled stud. Provide 12 gage backing plates at hanciaAs. ( ) Storage and Handing Requirements. (b)Regulatory Requirements: H a AWS Section 9,PC-5 or PG-7 5 or 7 B. Fellow manufacturer's instructions. m Latch and Lodcsets: 38 inches finish finer'to center of krhob. iij Execution ( ) ( Ply construction;bonded cora);Premium grade. ()AlFglass storefront system shat meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. frau added urea (b)Core: Sold particleboard;arn Dead Lodes: 52 cinches finish floc to center of cylinder. (I)Coordinate with Section 081400 and 087103 for installation of doe frames and hardware. Vol ea •formeidahydefrae. 18WARRANTY (i)Safety Glass Standard: Comply with the requirements of the jurisdictional Dods authorities. ui)Emergency Exit Gross Bar. 36 inches from finish liar. (2)Runners: � (c)Face Veneer. Medium density overlay c paint erects bicm. A Standard Warranty:Two years from date of shipment against defects in material and workmanship. (iifumish al calculations,engineers stamps,drawings,and other items required by the code authorities b obtain approval of B. Maintenance:Submit for owners consideration and acceptance of a maintenance service agreement for Installed ptoduds. the Installation. (rv)Push/Pul: 42 itches finish floe to centerline of push/pull. (a)Secure runners with fasteners at maximum 24 Inches as (c)1-314 Inch thick,unless scheduled otherwise. 2(c)F c e Vin (c)Comply with pertinent:,engin endatiars s the GANA and other r i Glazing• (v)Push Plate;Exit inch from edge of dna;42 inches to center line of plata,except 45 tidies where independent of the Ru At concrete floors,use powder driven fasteners c drlled In concrete anchors.O - PART 2 PRODUCTS (a)Fabricate doors to the configurations indicated,in accordance with the AM standards specified. (d)Structural design of the al-glass storefront system shat be by a Structural Engineer Licensed to practice in the State where pushipul' (c)At post:tensioned concocts elevated slabs,use fasteners or anchors approved by the Landlord. instal in accordance with 2.1 MANUFACTURER (vi)Top Hinge: 5 inches from top of door to top of hinge. landlords requirements to ted int the Project is located. Pro eerily of post tension tendons. (b)Bevel lock and hinge edges 118 inch in 2 inches on all single acting doors. A Manufacturer Cbpay Building Products Co.,Inc., 3885 Duke Bbd.,Mason,OH 45040-3101.Phone:800.282-2260.Underwriters va Bottom Hinge: 10 Inches from finish floor to bottom of hi T Track Attach tract to overhead structure with allowance for+1-1/2 inch defledon. Use to compensating(c)Bond edge banding to solid care with hot meR c RF cored adhesive. Laboratories,Inc.(UL),Iso sool:200o Registered. 1) Products (� �` "�' (d)Top proprietary � 'g ISSUE INFORMATION B. Model:CESG10 (1)Matedals and Components: (vr`) Center Hinge: Equal distance between top and bottom hinges. channel or deep leg track at Contractors option,as necessary to accommodate building deflection. G (d)Preiit and premachine doors in accordance with AM 1300-5-6. Premachine for hardware specified in Section 087100. C. Substitutions:Reference Section 01 25 13 Product Substitution Proc;edkxes. a Where indicated,attach to track to acoustical ceiln grid with two staggered #12-14 screws at 24 ernes on center. 05/08115 - (ajGlass: ('rx)Multiple hinge locations shaft be equally spaced between top and bottom hinge. ( ) P 9 9� 99 (e)Doors may be field finished or shop finished in accordance with the requirements of Section 099000,at the Contractor's Provide spacer strip between Hunner and ceiAng suspension system to allow tegkdar or reveal edge acxwstical panels to dear 2.2 A MATERIALS ()Clear Glass: ASTM C1036,Type I,B (x)Wall Stops: Cenleriine of knob or point of first canted.ass 1(dear),quality Q3 glazing select:heat strengthened in accordance with ASTM REVISIONS option. partition.Use minimum 20 gage top trade. Curtain: C1048;certified safety glass in accordance with ANSI Z97.1. (A)Thresholds: Mount at exterior doors such that slope breakpoint on threshold is at lead edge of door.Set in ful bed of Q - (f)Flush Door Blocking: For flush doors,provide solid lock blocks and special blocking as required for the hardware 1. CESG10 Straight Patter caulking material. PP P components specified elsewhere. (I)Thickness as determined by stress arhalysls;minimum 318 inch thick. (f}Unless approved otherwise,at Are rated partition assemblies,use fire rated tracks,famished from Section 078500. betel Are po a. Horizontal Rods:Solid 5116 inch(8 mm)diameter,5056 H32 aluminum alloy - rated trades in accordance with the fee rated assembly regt�ements. ii)execution b. Vertical Sparing:2 inches(50.8 mm)on cider. (i?No tong marks,or other fabricetion Imperfadons slowed in the finished weir (x mil Goring: Mount for maximum degree of opening obtainable considering other hardware provided and opening conditions. Size closers for conditions and oafs requirements. (g)Aign to tolerances specified - c. Vertical Chains:Grommetted aluminum links,314 inch(t9 mm)wide,posfioned by E-rings on 3 inch(76.2 mm) (v)Edge Treatment Sin(I)Door and hardware installation is specified in Section 087100. centers.Provide double E-dngs on horizontal bars on both sides of end drains to retain curtain In guides LDW x height in t, Glass Edges (3)Unless indicated otherwise,Instal studs vertically at 16 inches oc,and not more than 2Inches from abutting construdon,at - m be Exposed in fibs Finished Work: edge,polished;approximate 118-inch chamfer. TrimlProtedon: "late shat be 2' ciceted. 083100-ACCESS DOORS each side of openings,and at comers. 2. Bottom Bar.2 x 3-tt2 inch(50.8 x 8$.9 mm)extruded aluminum tubular section 00 (civ) Other hardware liens shat!be located as recommended by NBHA,ar as may be shown c required otherww#se. - 2. Glass Edges indicated for Exposed Silcone Sealant Treatment Ground edge,seamed. 4 Fit runners under and above spacing of wal studs i} General ( } openings;secure intermediate study at 3. Finish: (e)Adjusting and Cleaning: Adjust and check each operating item of hardware and each doe to ensure ProPor operation.Clean (_ (v)Unless otherwise approved by the building official,provide manufacturers label an each fight,ehcik:atehg type and tlhiclahess (5)Brace partition tramline system and make rigid.Provide diagonal shod bracing at maximum 8 ft on ceritel'at al framing wlhlctt � (1)summary: Provide access dons and panels as necessary for access to plumbing valves and dearhouts,and mechartical valves door and hardware. a.Curtain:Clear anodized of glass. does not extend to stnudure. and dampers. (2)Quality Assurance. b.Bottom Bar:Gear anodized (b)Glass Partition Glazing Materials: {f)Hardware Groups:As Indicated on Ube tiaut€xis. {} ng � operting.Studs at 6arrres - 6 Irrstsl double studs continuous from floor to calling trade of the jamb of each door frerrre and cased - B. Guides,Tuba Mounted:Heavyextruded aluminum sections with sine (2)Door Installation: duty snap-on cover to conceal fasteners and polypropylene pile (}Insert Setting Blocks: Neoprene;70-90 Shore A durometer hardness;Modal 392 by J.G.Braun Company,800-323-4072. shat be no fess than 20 gaga.Provide diagonal storel stud bracing b structure of each Jamb at partitiorhs which da not extend it - P (a)Where access dans are installed in construction with an hourly Are resistance rating,provide door and frame assemblies runners on both sides of curtain.Provide steel lubes,floe saddles and hardware as recommended by manufacturer b support (a)Flt and prepare doors for Installation in accordance with the dao manufacturers printed Instructions. labeled by Underwriter's Laboratory,Warnock Hersey,or any other tasting laboratory approved by the tical code authorities grille. (i)PVC Channel:Modal 394 by by J.G.Braun Company;800-323.4472. strnucture. - � to meet the 1. F'nfsh,Akxninmm Guide Components:Clear anodized @)instal does plumb and square in associated frames maintaining specified dea�rar>ces. Provide deftedon head channel detail to accommodate minimum+1112 inch deflectiorm of deck above.At rnorNaad bearing its - " requirements of the fie rated assembly. m S C) Pacers for Glass Partitions: Sluing d�design. 9 0 2 finish, Tubes: Unpainted. a (c)Provide clearances of 118 inch at jambs and heads and 318 inch from bollen of der to of decorative Door finish a heightBrace partitions amines 6a system macompression caused Provide ide di ad structural deflection,art studs t n center short a iron irk�Do ij products (vj We#Glazing Sealant Dew-Conning"999A, dean - � covering,except where threshold is shown or scheduled provide 114 inch clearance from bottom of door to top of threshold. not rigidly awned stud to top nunrr� c {i)Acceptable ManufacGrrers: C. Counterbalance Shaft Assembly. {c}Glazing Channels for Glass Partition Panels and Fins: - 3 1. Barret:Steel pipe capable of supporting curtain load with maximum deflection of OM inches per knot{2.5 numb per meter}of (d)Install doors to operate freely,but not loosely,he from ttirga bound conditions,sticking or binding.Do not install in tames (8)Coordinate erection of studs with installation of service mtilities. Align stud web openings. {a}Milcor,Inc.,tine,OH. ()Extruded aluminum;configurations as indicated with allowance for 118 to 114 ihdr glazing pocket either side of the glass fie. E width. which would hinder operation of does. (9)Coordinate erection of stud system with requiemenls of doer and window dramas,Erre extinguisher cabinets,recessed toilet - a {b}Jct.industries,Bloomington,MN. (ii)Provide sufficient depth at the top channel to allow for lifting of the glass and placement into the bottom channel. 2. Spring Balance:Oii-#amperes,heal-treated s#ani helical torsion spring assembly designed for proper balance of gds to (e)Ensure doors are free from rattling Nfien in latched position. accessories,access doors,acoustical Insulation,and other construction witlhin partition. - � (ii)Finish: Clear satin anodized;.7 r>tl riinisuxhm thickness. (c)Karp Associates,lint.,Maspeth,NY, ensure that maximum effort to operate will not exceed 25 Ass(I 10 N),Provide wheel for applying and adjusting spring {10} Coordinate the installation of framing with the gypsum board installer to ensure support at all board edges.Provide tarring (d)MM Systems Corporation,Tidier,GA torque. {2}Fabrication: immediately either side of expansion joins. w omsloNQ9-FINisHEs FRCH/ARCHITECTURE C. P.C. € (e)Nystrom,Minneapolis,MN D. Brackets:Fabricate from minimum 3116 inch(4.76 mm)steel plate with permanently lubricated tial or roper bearings at rotating (a)Tempered and Heat Strengthened Glass (1 1) Shad spicing permissible. n support points to support counterbalance shaft assembly and form and closures. ID (2)DoorTypes: (i)Tempered Glass: ASTM C1048,FT; ass which has been heat treated lo strengthen lass in bend' brat less than d 092200-I.IGHTGAGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 1. Finish:Phosphate treatment followed by a light gray baked-0n polyester powder coat;rrdninnum 2.5 MIs(0.065 mm)cured � 9th 9 � (12} Backing:Provide for support of wall mounted items,inducing Owner-famished casework and accessa�ies. (a)Fire Rated Metal Access Door. film thy, Imes the annealed strength:certified safety glass in been once with ANSI strep Q General (12) Stud Bridging: n Flush type design. (!)Heat Strengthened Glass: ASTM C1048,HS;glass which has been heat treated to strengthen glass in bending to not less (1)Section Includes: m (a)At interior partitions greater than 4 feet in length,and with rigid feeing maternal on one stud flange only,provide 314'bridging �,�AM � (u)16 gage frame;minimum 20 gage steel welded pan door panel Insulated with non•combustlble Mar 2.3 ACCESSORIES than 2 Urines annealed strength. (a)Partitiorh fronting. channels in horizontal rows at a maximum of T-O*on center for the fid height of the partition. `� 8 A Locking: (1)Fabricate tempered and heat strengthened glass units so that principle distortion will be in the horizontal direction in tits (b)Ceiling suspension system. S D (B)Self dosing and self latching,with Interior latch release (b)Interior full height partitions(studs extending from the Hoar to the structure above)with rigid facing material stopping T-T a a D 1. Emergency Egress lock Kay cylinder locking from public side,thumbtum cylinder ticking from tenant skis,tiding into bath finished Installation. 0 Q (v)Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge,175 degree o (c)Steel baiting. more below top of studs-Provide one row 314•bridging channel horizontally at termination of gypsum board material,and CL e9 Panin9• jambs.Provide an additional searrity panel in curtain. (v) Ring turn latch (v)Unless otherwise approved by the btuldmg official,provide manufacturers label on each lghk indicating type and tk kness (2)System Description one additional row for each 5'-0'of exposed studs. i 2.4 OPERATION of glass (a)Structural Design: (c)Instal stud bridging channels in long lengths,wire lying and lapping the joints a minimum of 12.'Attach bridging channel to :3 (b) Rated Metal Wal and Ceiling Access Door. (v)Comply with IBC paragraph 2406.2 requirements for IdenUflceUon and labeling of safety�lazikg materials in hazardous ��rL�� � A Manual Push-Up:Provide pole with hook.Suitable for model ESG10 aluminum grilles up to t5(4.88 M)wide and up to 10'(3.05 0)Bidder Design In accordance with Section 016000. each stud as shown in manufacturers printed Instructions. @ Flush type design M)ldgh and model ESG12 aluminum gripes up to 14'(4.27 M}wide enol up to iky(3.05 Mj high. locations subject to human irrpad loads. E i Select framingsystems,gages,supports, g necessary req (14) Ceiling and soffit Framing: c (1)16 gage steel frame;14 gage steel door panel. (A)Fabrication Process: Horizontal(roller-hearth)process with roll-wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed, () 9 9 , ply,brain ,and connections as necessa to meet the structural ttirements C PART 3 EXECUTION specified. (a)Coordinate locations of hangers and supports with Ura mak of other Setons. � (M)For installation ih drywal: Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. unless otherwise indicated. (ki pecifi n framing shat cxhform to the widths incicated,unless approved otherwise. Provide thicker gages and increased (b)Provide ceiling and soffit fronting as indicated.portsWhere not kindicatedoofr provide,stud and Hunter framing,suspended framing,c q (v)Fully concealed pin type hinges or continuous piano hinge,175 degree opening. 3.1 EXAMINATION ill)Execution PROJECT INFORMATION a stud sparing as necessary to meat the design requlremeMs proprietary suspended framing. qA Examine substrates upon which work will be installed and verify conditions are in accordance with approved shoo drawings. a F (v)Hardware: Screw driver slot,quarter tum cam tick for Interior locations;r-a a.c.,maximum. {1)Preparetiorh: B U I L D A B EAR =3ible entity to perform corrective wok on unsatisfactory substrates. (b)Design Loads: (c)Proprietary Suspended Framing: Instal in accordance with manufacurer's recommendations,(c)Non Rated Concealed Drywall Acres Doc C. Commencement of k by installer is acceptance of substrate. (a)Clean contact with solvent and wee dry. 5 ommencemenwork (I)Interior Partitions without Well Mounted Casework:5 pounds per square foot uniform Ive lateral bad. (d1 Stud and Runner Franking:: r y AS H I N V T�N S Q. � (�Recessed type design. (b)Prime surfaces sdreduled to receive sealant unless otherwise recommended by the sealant tnarhufachurer. h Interior Partitions with Wal Mounted Casework 5 Danis r mare fool uniform Avelateral load,casework dead bad,and @Secure runners to structure above with fasteners at a maximum of 24 orches on center. Size fasteners and use 3.2 INSTALLATION O P � � 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. � (111)Minimum 13 gage skeet frame;minimum 16 gaga steel door panel recessed to receive drywall. (2)Glass storefront Panel Installation: reinforcements as necessary to support tine dead bads a A General:Install grille and operating equipment with necessary hardware,anchors,inserts,hangers and supports casework live bad of 25 PSF of shelf area ry p ppm' PORTLAND,SH 97223 (tu)Integrel attachment flange and drywall bead for flush Installation. B. Fellow manufacturers installation insinuctions. (a)Selling Blocks: Place setting blocks in glazing channels for support of glass panels. Place at quarter points of each parhei, o: (III)InteriorCeiling Assemblies: 5 pounds per square foot uniform live tial,plus dead bads. (i)Screw fasten framing at each flange joint a (b)Fully concealed pivot rod hinge. unless approved otherwise. Q ry Seismic Loads:Conform to the requirements of curter enforced action of the jurisdictional code authorities. (ii)Space studs at 16 inches on center at horizontal locations. o � 3.3 ADJUSTING C) by j PROJECT#: .� v Latches: Screw driver operated rarth lah9t. (b)Set glass tightly in position with proper clearances in accordance with GANA recammendatlons. Provide spacers to main 29349.000 k3 () Pe A Following completion of installation,including related work by others,lubricate,test,and adjust entice for ease of khperatiorh,free (c)Deflection Requirements:11240,maximum under applicable design bad Crvj Select members to meet the structural requirements speaTied. 9 o (d)Toilet Room Faucet Power Supply Access Doors: Non-rated wall type;121W x i2'H;stainless steel,#4 finish;one piece from warp,twist,or cistortion. proper'clearance between glass fake and glazing channels. c frame;conceaoncealled pivot r c Install (d)Seismic Where concealed backing indicated fc required n steel framed mals,provide iia treated authorities. a metal bedding (ejLightg studs Suspended Framing: () glazing sealant into glazing channels and between glass units;tori to a smooth concave configuration for a uniform 3.4 CLFJUJMG at Contractor's option ()Instal in accordance with ASTM C754,unless indicated a otherwise. B (3)Minimum Sizes: Provide access doors in sizes indicated.,When not indicated provide 12'x 1r size for hand access,and 24•x A Clean surfaces soled by work as recommended by manufacturer. sight line;remove excess sealant SHEET INFORMATION 24'size for man entry. B. Remove surplus materials and debris from the site. ( ) ng; (3)Code Requirements: ri Su (3)Cleaning: (') spend ceding from overhead structural elements only.Do not support from electrical,HVAC,plumbing,a sprinkler system � (a)Flre rating requirements take precedence over the amstruction requirements indicated. In the event of corhfbct,notify the components, Specifications o IQ execution (a)Clean excess glazing materials from adjacent finished stxfaces. �• 3.5 DEMONSTRATION Architect,and do not begin construction in the area of conflict until the conflict has been resolved. (IlliSpace carrying channels 4 feet on center with spices lapped 12 inches and tied. c (1)tnstaAatlon: A Demonstrate proper operation b Owners Representative. (b)Remove labels after work is completed. n (b)Provide al calculations,drawings,product data,and other verification as required by the jurisdictional code auUariky to obtain (vj Support cold rolled carryig channels with hanger wires spaced at 4 feet on center for gypsum board ori s a (a)Provide access doors in the locations Indicated. B. Instruct Owners Representative in maintenance procedures. Q8T1Q0-DOOR HARDWARE AND INSTALLATION approval of the lghtgage metas framing ehsGulatkxh: wire around support element and tightly wrap around vertical wire 3 ilr>es;cut oft neatly. � �hanger z a CL (b)Access doors required for access to balancing and Are dampers trap primers,valves,fans,terminal ur>r2s and other Q84326-ALL-GLASS storefront system i} goners {4}Quapp Assurance:Unless meal fr or specified otherwise,perform work in accordance with ASTM G754. (v}Space turtle channels me t a d with splices lapped d v minimum and tied;cut or saddle tie to runner channels with 161age DRAWN BY: 8 v equipment requiring periodic inspection through finished walls or ceiling,whether Indicated or not,are smbjes to Architects i} General (1)Sedbtm Irhdudes: I} Products tie wire. B.Goodwin!A.Davis 9 - � prior approval of locations. REVIEWED BY: � (1)Summary: (a)Hardware for swinging does. 1 Norrtoad Bearinght Gage Metal Fra {vh)Where overhead obstructions prevent the regular sparing of hangers,provide secondary carrying members#x indirect � (c)Cion app o access requirements with char trades. m a interior all-glass storefront Door and hardware instalatiorh. (} � 9 support of the suspension system,c reinforce Use nearest adjacent hangers and related frarneg components as required to J.Roike = o (} system @} (a)Wails,Typical:ASTM G645;g:dhraruzed; $(.ASE' o A (s)Provide concealed drywall access doors unless Are rated access dears are required because of Are raked aorstnrction. {b}Structural engineering for"ass starefraht system. (2)Submitlats: span the required distance. � AS Noted � o {�provide shaped shads U shaped runners,hat and 2"shaped forting channels,and other sizes and shapes as Indicated :3 ii {f}StabdAze suspended coling,soffit,and fascia fr�thig against laterei movements by means of dagarkat bracehg.At bceUons � AUTHORIZED FOR.(2)System Description: (a)Hardware Schedule: Submit to the Architect,in triplicate,a complete schedule of proposed finish hardware.Schedule shat on the drawings,and required in the standards referenced n Z 083380-ROLLING GRILLES-OPEN DESIGN where partitions extern to ceiling,only,install supplementary bracing at maximum 8.0'ak;along length of partition,and i.UPerfnit PART 1 GENERAL {a)Structural Requirements: completely detailed,showing al trams,numbers and brushes for al hardware for each separate opening. ([)Steads:Minimum 25 gage unless Indicated othervlse,or regk4red to meet boding requirements. above each door hinge and strike jamb. 2 o . o (i)Bidder Design in accordance with Section 016000. )Product data. Mil Tap Trade Minimum 20 gaga. m 1.iSUMMARY (3)Suppa ler Qualifications: Finish hardware shat be supplied by recognized bmilders'hardware supplier who has been� {g}Form openings in ceilings and frame openings for recessed light fixtures,air diffusers,access doors,hatches,etc. A=803 cJ.i F 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 I(h)Install supplementary hanger wires for support of ceiling mounted equipment (b}Thinset Mortar. `Kerebornd'with'Urtivarsal Keralastic`by Mapei Corp.,'21 t Crete iter Powder with 4237 Latex TNr>-set {f}Do not grout joints indicated to receive sealants,Including aside right angle comer fonts between floors and was of column (ii)Lay with long dimension of plywood parallel to long dimension of(boring field,crit joints staggered. (M)Unless Indicated otherwise,lay flooring with seams parallel to btxlsUng Ines to produce minimum number of seams. - (15) Tolerances Mortar Additive,'by l.atkxete International,icor.,HydromentTils-Mate Premium'with'447 Fleur-aaastic`by Bost3k or bases. Grout jams perpendicular to expansion joints aha/be finished lush with tits edges. {iii}Leave 114 ndt to 112 ind7 gap between panels;leans 31$rich gap at casework and at One of adjoining h'asedge;leans 3/4 (d)Special Flashed Coved Base Requirements: (a)Instal members to provide surface plane with maximum variation of 118 inch in 10 feet in any dssdion. approved' (g)Cured grout joists steal be made fres of efflorescence,prior in sealing. inch gap at walls. (i}Provide cove figet at intersection of floor and wall to ease transition. FRCH (b)Locate assembles within 1/4 loch of required locations. (c)Rapid-Set Thin tied Marton. 'GrarrlRapid'wtth'ttER 318'Flsad6ls Admixture!by Mapei Corp.,t•tydromerd Strolls Fieu FS' (8)Curng:Cara installation in accordance with the grout manufadtaBr"s recommendations.Prates#tae and grout during airtrg {iv)When all tmdedayment panels are in plass,fasten to concrete slab with powder actuated fasterers.Faster center of (A)Miter cut,fit,and heat weld all seams,joists,penetrations,and transitions. Extend flooring to elevation above fmishsd floor IJiESiGN WORLDWIDE L by Bostik,or`211 Crete Filler Powder'with 4237 Latex This-set Mortar Additive and'101 Rapid Set Latsx"(propatians as operation& underiayment panel first then wall towards edges. Spats fasteners uniformiy over the sheet,using a matirthum of 12 092900-GYPSUM BOARD recommernded by the manufacturer for the setting time required),'by Laticrete International,Inc. level as indica (s)Protectian: fasteners per d x 8 sheet (1i)Cut Elm Street Suite 600 top exposed edge straight and level. Cincinnati OH 45202 QGeneral (d)Medium Bed Mortar 'GranURapid'by Mapei Corp.,Hydroment'Medium Bed Mortar'by Bostik,or-Q6 Thick Bed Malar (a)Protect file installations floor damage. (d)wood sleepers. CN)Cap top edge with cap trim. Miter all trim comer fonts.Install him in maximum practical lengths with no piece shorter than 513 2413000 (1)Secdon Includes: Mix'with*3701 Latex Mortar Admix,'by Laticrete International,inc.,or approved. install sleepers at ram d rtroru of floe over moisture barrier in locations indicated on the drawl (b)Replace all damaged Mei. m �� Pe p° �- 18 inches for continuous isms longer than 181nches. Www.frch.com (a)Gypsum board and accessories. (s)Rapid Set Medium Bed Mortar. 'GrerirlRapd'by Mapei Corp.,x'211 Crete filler Powder'with'3701 taker Mortar Adri�rc" 10 Cleani (ii)Lay with Tong tgmansbn of sleeper perpendicular to long dimension of flooring field. and'101 Ra d Set Latex" ns as recommended b the manufacturer for the se' lime Laticrete . ( ) �' (3)Protection: Unless recommended otherwise by the adhesive manufacturer,prohibit traffic frau resilient flooring for 48 hours (b)Patching and treatment of existing wall surfaces. � @rop°roo Y � ���'� n save 1/4 inch to 1/Z arch a between sleeper ends;leave 318 inch a at ane of adjoining tie edge;leave 314 rich at after installation. International,Inc.,a approved. (a)In accordance with Section 015000 and Section 017700. h��)L gap P gap J m9 9 : gap(2)Quafity Assurance: walls. (f)and*10 do as Grout One"(the following;cola matched by the ledma u the Drawings (b)Coordinate final dear>Qhg with work of Section 079200. Do not begin cleaning operations anti tae expansion joists sealants (4)Cleaning and sealing: - (a)Perforin work in accordance with GA 216,unless speafied otherwise,or required otherwise to meet fire rating requirements. (iv)fasten Ur concrete slab with powder actuated fasteners at 16 ax#tes on center. r Mapei Corp'ULtraCda Plus'or'Keracdor S.' are fully oared. (a)Upon completion of the installation,Immediately remove al surplus adhesive from adient surfaces. i� Products: (i)Bastik"Hydrornant Ceramic Tie Grout' (c)Wash and thoroughly rinse all tile. Leave all tie surfaces dean. (e)Floaing Installation: @)As soon as possible ager installation,and n accordance with the timing recommended by the manufacturers,dean the entre K (1)Gypsum Board:ASTM C1396;5/8 inch thiels;type X for use in repay of a work In existing fire rated partitions;Contractor's i Instal one la of slip tar Latitxete International Inc.'Latasxete PertnaCobr.' (I 1) Tile Sealing: C) layer p sheet material over plywood underlayment resilient flooring surface using the materials recommended for that purpose by the manufacturers of the materials being option at other locations. �) t Instal finish fluorin over slip sheet with orb nail fasteners in strict compliance with manufacUareds Instructions and NWFA cleaned. (2)Standard Board: ASTM C1396. (g)CementlUous Unsanded Grout;color match as scheduled on the Drawings. (a)Apply stain repellent sealer to all floe tile,Including those with previous treatments,n accordance wfltn the manufacUurer's �� 9 P P y l recommendations to achieve maximum penetration Into tis body and grouts, specifications. (c)Seal,and wax floe surfaces In accordance with manufacturer's Instructions a / (3)Water Resistant Board:ASTM C1396. @ Mapei Corp.`Keracdor U' (iii)PaCsm: Install field and border as indicated on the Drawings. Lay flooring with planks parallel o random patterns n @}Apply sealer at eeriest passible date allowed by grant and seder manufacturer. 096513-RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES (4)Accessories: (�Latisxete international,Inc.'1600 Series Unsanded Grout with'1776 Grout Admix Plus.' direction indicated on the Drawings. Stagger seams to avoid stair-stepping. Fit neatly to vsrticai Interruptions.Short pieces (cj Wipe fits surfaces after application as necessary to remove all visible seder residue. � General (� (a)Interior Gypsum Trim: {iij Bostik Hydrornent'CerarrticTie Grout/Joint Fater`with 425 Flexible Grout Adinrxture.' should be used as starter boards a installed under permanent ftxUrres. � _ 096429-WfltID FLOORING {1)Section Includes: Resilient base. - {i)Conform to GA 216,unless indicated or specified otherwise. (3)A.cc�ssory Materials: As fsrlows,unless otherwise recommended try the tis manufacturer. (Iv)Tongue and groove match or splints side to end joists. i Products {ii)Concealed hangs sxfmp-xh or tape-an type;metal. (a)Crack Isolation Membrane: One of the following. Include praisers as redxxrxnerhded by�manufacturer. i) General (v)Use fasteners of a length that will not penetrate the moisture hamar but lily engage the undedaymerht. ) i The Noble Company'NobleSeal CIS`;reinforced CPE sheet membrane;36'width;NoWeBsxid 21 adhesive. {1}Section Indus: (1)Resilient Base: As scheduled on the Drawings. (b)Expansion Joint M 0139 ;by in Construction Specialties Company(work In a5941) Cobras Indicated sir the Drownings. Y (VItI) Provide expansion spasms at was and obstructions. �= {a)I'reflnlshed wood plank flooring. (2)Adhesives: ) � Compound, pe, g pound: ASTM C475;Paper tape,typical;self-adhesive fitr�ass mesh tape for (i)N.A.C.Products nc.'ECB Memtuane';self finding reinforced modified asphalt sheet membrane;36'width {vii}Install floor transitions to adjacent materials as indicated on the drawings;Install custom stainless steal transition at existing{c}Joint Corn Ta and Poietin Ctxn {b}MoisUure barrier. �Me. (a)Use adhesives as recommended by the wall base manufacturer for the application. _ - use at surfaces to receive adhered tile. (iri)LaUtxate international,Inc'Laticrete Blue 92.' t _ (c)underiayment and sleepers )Adhesives shag meet the requirements of SCAQMD Rule 1168. - (d)Screws: (b)Metal Screed: As manufactured by Sclhluter Systems,etc.(800-225.8902),a Ceramic Tool Company,(800-236-5230);deo (5)Protection: Provide and maintain as required,protection of finished hardwood flooring during remainder of construction period (i)Interior: ASTM C1002. anodized aluminum Ile edging trim;sizes as required for Installation of top of screed flush with top of tie,as detorted. (d)InstaUaUon of wood strip flooring to prevent damage or deterioration to flooring and finish prior to time of final acceptance. i)Exewfiat e Custom transistion. (1)Installation: (e)Proprietary Skin Coat: USG'Tuff-Hide Sheetrock Brand Primer-Surfatx3r." (c)Sibxans Type Tile Sealer: ( ) 096500-RESILIENT FLOORING Aqua Mix Inc 800_272.8786 Sealer's Choice Gold' (2)References., (a)Adhesive instal base materials in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations.Adhere tightly to wall and floor iii EXECUTION (n q ( )` 7 general a National Wood F Association WFA -Hardwood Fl installation Marital. ���' (l)lrrstallatian Standard:Unless specified otherwise,perform work in accordance with Gypsum Association GA-216. (1)Miracle Sealants and Abrasives Company(800-350-1901)'511+120 Plus.' ( ) I00�g � ) °� (1)Sedisxt ndudes: i and Materials (b)Use manufacturer's longest lengths. Where cutting is necessary,maintain minimum measurement of 18 ocltes between (2)Install water resistant board restroom walls as a substrate for surfaces scheduled to receive ceramic tie in foist compartrnent5. 11)Execution@)American Society for Testing ��)' (a)resglsnt sheet flooring. joints. ! H pre aretioh: (�F2170-Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using n situ Probes. (3)Screw fasten board to framing. (1) P (2)References; (c)Miter a cope aside comers for accurate fit a Clean substrate surfaces free of grease,dirt,dust,organic Impurities,and other materials w kh would Impair band. 2)Quality Assurance: (d)Trim: ( ) 9 P Pa (a)American Society for Testing and Materials(ASTM): (d)Instal base to walls,columns,and to wood casework toe kicks in all areas where rubber base's scheduled. a Use longest practical lengths,with no rete fess than 2 flet bis for continuous runs rester than 8 feet (2)Slab Leveling: (a)Installer Qualifications: (i)F2170-Standard Test Method for Determine Relative Humid m Concrete Floc Slabs Usingn situ Probes. ( ) 9� P 9th . P 9 9 ��Y fasten and � �, . (e)Score back of base material with grooving tool,at all outside comers;maintain minimum leg length 18 irrdres where wap align trim ends at joints. (a)Prior to installation of thinset floor tie,where heal iriegularities o the substrate surface would prevent level Installation of the ()Minimum of 5 years experience in the installation and firtistting of hardwood strip looting with projects similar to the work nt (3)Submittals: length ick of. Mount bass with that scored groove ll outside o aligned with comer,and with base tightly adhered to wall at this Contract (b)Place concealed flange comer brads at ori external comers.At angles other than 90 degrees,bend the hangs to conform to tie,the substrate shalt be brought to plane surface with variations not to exceed 118 inch In 4 feet(cumulative)and 1/4 Inch (a)Praduct Data: both sides of comer,with no visible gaps at top of base. Where cove base is famed around outside comers,stretch the of the angle. in 10 fest(non-cumulative). Smooth all abrupt changes in purrs. Cu')Use only skilled and experienced wood flooring installers for preparation of substrate and actual installation of hardwood (i}Resilient tloorang. cove for smooth transition around comer,with toe In uniform contact with the finish flooring. (a)Place concealed Hangs type L trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials. (b)Use thinset mortar or other filler for stab leveling. Other tigers are subject to endorsement by the setting mortar manufacturer. flooring. OQ Accessorim {f}Scribe and fit to door frames and other olrswctitxts. (d)Urs J train at exposed gypsum board edges where sealant joist is Indicated. Submit manufactkureds letter of approval to the Architect,and the Owateds Representative. (2)Guarantee: Provide written guarantee from Installation contractor covering al materials used for a period of one year;and @)Samples (g)Install straight hitt and level to variation of plus or minus 118 inch over 10 feet (c}Screed or float to appropriate thickness and speclfied surface tolerance.Allow to prior to pr'aceeeUng with irtst�ation.Da workmanship and installation for the period of two years,bath from the dated of substantid completion. ISSUE INFORMATION (5}Control Joists: {�Each type and kxttor of resilient flooring material;not fess than t3'rc10'In size. (h)Coordinate instigation of base with wall of Section 096800. not exceed the maximum thicknesses for thin bed mortar as recommended by the manufacturer. (3)Deflvery Storage and Handling. .1 G (a)Install control joint trim n gypsum board fields with continuous runs in excess of 30 fleet and in locations as directed {U}Submit samples,not less than 12 itches in length,of each type of transition strip required for the wank. (I)Fit joints tight and vertical. 05/08115 Confirm locations with arcltittect. (3)Creek Isolation. (a)Protect wood flooring from excessive moisture in storage,handling,and ostaAatioa (b)Position control jowls to Intersect fight fixtures,air diffusers,door openings,and other areas of stress concentration. (a)Instal crack isolation membrane in accordance with the manufacturers instructions,unless indicated a specified otherwise. (b)Do not deliver materials to building und'wet work"such as concrete,plaster and drywall have been competed and aired to (4)Environmental Requirements: (2)Cteanag: REVISIONS (b)Provide crack isolation membrane at following bcations: a condition of equilibrium. (a)Maintain minimum 70 degrees F as temperature at flooring installation area for three days prig to,during,and for 24 hours (a)Remove excess adhesive from base and wall surfaces wiChorrt damage. Q (c)Posltlon control Joists at locations where control Joists occur In the bulking structure. loafter installation. (b)Clean base In accordance with manufacturer's Instructions. - (d)Verify location with the Architect prior to installation. Give the Architect a minimum of 48 hours notice. (n At controlcontroland construction joints in concrete floors. (c)Provide permanent heat,fight,and ventilation prior to hstaAation. t7 At changes o substrate materials. (d)Room Temperature: MaintainMaintainmom temperature of a minimum of 65 degrees F and a maximum of 80 degrees F.(18 degrees C)for period of 7 days prior to delivery of materials,during Installation and after Installation. (b)Store flooring materials n area of application. Allow three days for material to reach equal temperature P�� I) general e as area, 097733-FRP WALL PANELS (6)Expansion Joints: Position expansion joists at bcetions where expansion joints occur in the building structure. - Fumshi (b)Surfaces of suspended slabs minimum w ng k side of building column grid fines(total of 30',minimum)at corxxete deck �) � e Conditionin Deliver In unopened bundles and store in a d place with adequate air circulation. Place wood floor and (1)Resaient Flooring: AS scheduled On the drawings. 1 Section Includes: Fiberglass reinforced -' construction with metal deck. ( ) 9� dry p BQ� ( ) 9 polyester(FRPj wall pared system. (a)Provide finishing in ascendance with GA 214. (N)Shrinkage sacks 1116 inch or hanger in slabs. uriieriayment material In the room or spaces to be floored;open sealed packages and crib stack material to perms natural (2)Accessories: A) Products - (b)Where necessary to sand,do so without damaging the face of the gypsum turard, adjustment of moisture caitent and temperature fa a riurdmum of seven days in advance of the start of installation. a Linoleum Welding Rod: Sold color linoleum aced b thorn manufacturer for heat welsh seams,in kxrbr in a�br F (c)Extend a minimum of 12 Inches each side of d7ad(ajoht ( ) 9 � Y 9 n9 (1)Approved Manufacturer: Marine,Dover,pH. ni (c)Levels of Finish: (f)Replacement n the event of damage during ostagatlon,Immediately make al repairs and replacements necessary in the matching predominant flooring cola. - (d)Do not apply crack isolation membrane at joints which will be reflected as expansion Joists n the fie. (2)Materials:Level 5:Provide at the following locations: approval of the Architect.�) �9 (b)Subfloor Filler. Portland cement based latex filer,enticed with water to produce a sell leveling undedaymernt a cementlUotrs a ss Reinforced Polyester Panel: Marite'Standard FRP'ran wall inch. >o (e)Omit crack isolation at Doors indicated for continuous waterproof membrane. ( )�►9►a ah' �'Y - 1. Surfaces perpendicular and adjacent to or near(within 24 inches of)exterior windows,and surface mounted light fixtures A) Products Paste,as appropriate to project rerrecrnts = (4)Screed Installation: �}Fors Rating:Class A frerating. - - 2. Surfaces to receive deep Uxhe colors. (1)Wood Flerarang: Prefinished wood flooring;famished by the owner. (c)primers and Adhesives: a (a)Inst�screeds at tie field doges at the locationsindicated. {ij Thickness: 0.09 arch. 3. Where indicated on the Drawings. (2)Underiaymenfi Plywood APA CDX,Std irndr itticlG fire treated where required by tical (I}Types recommended by resBsnt flooring manufacturers for specific application. � @)Accurately cut to length for flush tightly butted fonts. Provide miter cut angle jams.Remove trine at field ads air Color. As scheduled on the Drawings. - `o f 7 Level 4: Provide unless educated or spsdfied otherwise. (3)wood sleepers: 01)Adhesives shall meet the requirements of the Southern California South Coast Aa Quality Management District{SCAQMD} m (c)Inst in longest possible lengths,except that no screed section shaft be b€iJer than 12 fest a shdxter than 4 feet o Civ)Texture:Smooch. - 3 (a)Leve13: Provide at Surfaces to receive fabric w�covering. (a)In accordance with PS 20;graded n accordance with WWPA,WCLB,a NLGA,grading nes;UtMty-Light Frariihg,`a Rule 116$.(maximum V�content of�gramsAlter for f{oa covering and resilient base adhesives;tilt gramsrl#er for rubber II for continuous runs greater than 16 fest flooring dhadhesives (tv)Texture: Low voc adhesive As recommended by the panel manufacturer for the substrate Indite. ° (iv}Level 2: Provide at the following locations: better. )' - c (d)lnstag screeds free from waves and variations in height,flush with tap of adjacent Be surfaces. (c)Sealant- Manufasxursr's standard silicone sealant. q E 1. Stora rooms. (b)Moisture Content ton dried to 10%maximum. (d)Flash Cove Accessories: - o {e)Set screeds directly In setting bed as the the installation proceeds. Comply with screed manufacturer's instnuctians to Trim Moldings: Manaufiacturer's standard;calor to match s 2. Mechanical coronas. (c)Spades: Herr~Fa,Spruce-Pine•Fir(SPF),a Douglas Fir Larch. (i)Strips: Wax,wood,a poetic cove fillet strips:a�rordmateiy 1 arch costae. (� �' Pte- - achieve mortar tightly compacted between screed and 9e edge. a as execution (d)fire treated where required by tical jurisdiction.3. Cap Trim: Aluminum. S 3. Janitors closets. (f)Grind screed joints as necessary to correct mina misalignment and to case sharp outside comers. 1 Pre aratron: Coordinate installation with the Installers of adjacent and integral construction b allow for installation of FRP -° (e)rip to sizes to accommodate sloping/ramping floc. (e)Transition Strips: Vinyl;odor as selected by the Architect from manufacturer's standard. () P � 9 4. Surfaces to receive Me a other thick finish materials applied to gypsum board surfaces (5)installatian of tis panels prior to the installation of escutcheons,cover plates,louver flanges,and other coon t entsalto fp r i installed over a through FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. € (4)Masture Barrier: 6 mg,minimum,dear polyethylene lien,a approved. (t)Sealer and Ware Type as recommended by the manufacturer of the flooring material to be sealed and waxed. g (v)Level 1: Provide at the following bextions: (a)Interior Floc Application-Thinset over Concrete Substrate over crack Isolation Membrane. FRP panels. m 1. Surfaces of fire rated assemblies concealed from view in the finished work('fire taping�. (5)Sub floor Filler Premix latex requiring water only hr produce s�rirentidarrs paste (g)AI other materials not specifically described,but required for a complete and proper installation of resilient flooding,shag be (i)TCA System: Similar toF113, only as recommended by the manufacturer of the material to which it is applied and shag be subject to the approval of the (2)Installatron. A ^ _ (6)Fasteners: 2. Surfaces of acoustical assembles concealed form view in the finished work (i)Installation Standard:ANSI A108.5. Arch (a)Adhesively bond panels in accordance with the parcel manufactsureds recommendations. w Leve : rove at of non-fire assemblies re rated assemes concealed from view in the finished work,including surfaces to be (a)Underiayment Fasteners: � n (� l 0Provide S � (u)Setting Materials: Thinset mortar,3/32 inch minimum thickness. 11)execution (b)Accurately out and fit panels around obstructions;saltie fel at edges. Allow sufficient space to sed foots with sealant 3 covered by casework,wood pare". (I)Powder driven type,of suitable length for anchoring underiayment to concrete substrate. (b)Joint pattern; (1)F.xarhlnaUon (c)Do not instal panels with edge or surface damage. Repave with new undamaged material,all panels which become D (d)cove)4 and 5 casework, cod p to the site after primer is applied,and toticlwp surface defects. (I)At post tensioned concrete elevated slabs: use fasteners a anchors approved b the landlord.Inst o accordance with chipped s damaged p�to final s acceptance.nee. a • @lay out fila pattern prig to commencing file installation. (a)Examine site conditions and verify that the work of this Section may properly commence. Natty Core Ardutect n writing of e Proprietary skim coat material may be used in leu of t compound as skim coat at Level surfaces. landlords requirements to ported integrity of post tension tendons. � ,� m CL ( ) °p ry Y � Po unsatis conditions. (d)Provide J melding at all exposed edges. Provide H molding at all vertical butt fonts. H moldings shat not be our behind base (aj Accurately locate grout fonts on tines indicated;where not indicated,adjust great joints wit*specified s m factory conditions. (b)Fbonng Fasteners:Cleats or staples,maximum 1-3/4 insdr length,as recommended by the weird ikrorkrg manufacturer. finish material. Provisie trim moldings at nsids and outside comers. (b)Ensure that concrete floors are fres from scaling, ext add neutrality.(8}Tolerances: minimize use of cut ties at field edges. (a)Flat plaster surfaces shat be straight within 1!8'in 10 feet when bested with a straightedge in any direction. (7)Slip Sheet#15 asphalt saturated felt paper complying with ASTM D4869. (e)Seal al joints between panels and moldings,and between FRP system and adjacent construction. (ifjWhere cuthies are necessary,position tis such the#cut fife at each edge of each rectilinear field La not fess than half of a full (c)Moisture Testing of Canasta Slabs: (b)Corners and Edges: Sharp with no bald up of surface materiah straight within III 6 Inch in 1 foot and 118 rich in 10 feet size unit,unless Indicated otherwise. (8)transition: {i}Test at all new concrete slabs indicated to receive resilient flooring,to determine the vapor emission rate. (�Omit FRP parte behind adhesively mounted comerguards. (c)Alignment Joints between accessories shag be aligned to vn7fno 1132 inch. (c)Tiles shall be blended as required to avoid pattern repeats and"paUches'of adjoining firs of cgstinctive ratan or character (a)Custom stainless steel;txmfiguretian as ahcflcated on the drawings 098100-ACOUSTIC INSULATION and sealants 3 (i7 Perform moisture tests in accordance with ASTM F2170 to determine the vapor emission cath from the concrete floors, E II 093000-TILE wRtitirh each field area. @}fabricate in accordance with section 057000. inducing slabs above grade. t i} General: daligned with fi ad rhishes, indicated. Provide mortar fill as. � � PROJECT INFORMATION � Q General ( lnstag Utes ) j where ��aper� � n Notify the Architect of readings in excess of 7596 relative humidity{RH}. (1}Saiction Includes-. v 1 Moisture Testi of Concrete Slabs: U i- C () (e)Clean fonts of mortar to minimum depth of 114 inch to allow subsequent gran installation. () � ng ( ) 9YP B U I L D A B EAR a t Section Includes: (2)Resgiant Float Installation Requirements: (a)Batt insulation Installed stud framed sum board wall cavities Provide tem necessary position ng a Perform moisture tests err accordance with ASTM f2170 to determine the ver emission rate frau the concrete floors, � (a)Interior lie. (f) temporary settling buttons and shims as necessa to maintain wall flies in anti setting malar has sol. () Por (a)preparetian; @j Acoustical Sealants. so indukflng slabs above grade. WASHINGTON SQ. (g)Tolerances: m (b)Crack isolation membranes. m Prepare floors in accordance with ASTM F710. i) Products °' (Q Joint Width Variation: Plus a mous 25°�of the proposed joist widen. (b)Notify the Architect of readings In excess of 75°,6 relative trunidtty,(RH). 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. (c)Screeds. (U)Install subfloor filler to fell low spots,cracks,construction fonts,holes and other defects,and as required to adjust level m (1)Acoustic Insulation:ASTM 0665,Type I;unlaced glass or mineral firer Batts,blankets,a rills;minorum fire hazard PORTLAND,OR 97223 � (2)Pre ration: _r (i)Taper:Plus or minus 25%from one end to Cts other. Inset adjacent finishes. Feather to maximum slope of 118 inch h 3 feet float to smooth,flat hard surface, Prohalx't traffic classification rating of 25/50 per ASTM I;un minimum 3-inch thick,ibex b ts,blankets, ets,or rse t: meet rn STC hazard requirements u� (d)Sealer. II = (ii)No portion of a tis surface shag vary more than 1132 inch above or belay an adadartt tits surface. (a)Use latex tiler to patch sacks,smog holes,and for moor leveling. Ensure floe surface is smooth and flat to pus a manus over filler, indicated or specified;widths to friction-fit between studs,where indicated for installation in stud wags. � � (z)submittals: PROJECT#: 1/8 inch/10 feet (a)Samples: (Iv)Install Ole Adds level to within tolerance specified for finished substrate. @)ins#allation: (2)Acoustical Sealant Non-hardening,non-skinning,for use in conjunction with gypsum board;sanilarto USG'Acoustical 29349.000 (b)Substrates shall be sound,dry,smooth,level,dean;and free of cracks,odds,ridges,foreign materials and substances. -� (i)'role: Submit samples of each type and cola of tile. Include representative range of colors and finishes to be expected. (6)Expanslah Joists: m Instal all resilient flooring where scheduled n accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, Sealant' � (c)Power vacuum substrate surface immediately prior b Installation. i Unless indicated otherwise,nstaA resilient fluorin with do parallel ffl building fines, (3)Sprayed Foam:Dow Coming Fire Stop 2001 Siiaxn Foam"a approved. m u Grout Submit cured samples of each grout cola. Furnish 2 cured samples of approved grout calors b the expansion joint (a) Insta expansion)elms at maximum 30 foot specified for infector hstaate. (3) a� (i') g joints and seams SHEET INFORMATION 0 B b Place a rasion its at control and ex ansron its in concrete slabs,and at otersections vHtih walls and columns. (iii)Terininate resilient flooring at centergsne of door at door openings where adjacent floc foist is dissimilar,and where no (d)Accessories: Famish other accessories such as fasteners and retainers,trot specifically described,but required for a complete sealer installer for cola matching. ( ) >� Jct P joints (a)The wood flooring should arrive to site with a moisture content of 6%•9°b.In the event that the floating arrives with a higher threshold is indiceted. installation. Specifications � � (111)Screeds: Submit samples of each type and finish of sasaf;minorum 3 inch length. (c)Joint Sizes: Set to match width of typical grouted join!;but in no case less than 1/4'. � o moisture content contact the supplier and allowmore lima fa acclimation.Acclimation period is 7 days. ry Install edge sari at unprotected or e edges where n (b)Product Data: Submit for each type of grout,adhesive,additive,accessory,aril membrane specified. (d)Leave expansion fonts tree of mortar. C) 9 Ps P 9 �g terinirhates. ori}Instigation: Q (b)Moisture content of its plywood a wood sleepers should not exceed the hardwood flooring by 496 (v)Scribe flooring to walls,columns,cabinets,floor outlets and other appurtenances to produce tight joints. (1)install insulation o accordance with manufacturer's instructions,and as indicated. G a {3}QuaAty Assurance: (e)Sealant materials and installation ars specified in S ae�ah QT9200. (c)Cartons should be arranged and stacked is allow for maximum cross ventilation and should be placed on Modes minimum 2 {vi}Clean substrate. Spread cement evenly in quantity recommended by manufacturer to erasure adhesion over entire area of (2)lnstal insulation without gaps or votes � (a)Conform to ANS(Standard Speclfications for the Installation of Ceretec Tile,and the TCNA Iiarholrook(acne installation of (l)Grouting: riches oft substrate.Do not stack bundles of wood flooring any higher than 5 feet. c n Installation Spread only enough adhesive to permit Installation of ibaag before inAlal set (3}Trim Insulation neatly to fit spaces.Use Insulation mate€�s file of damage. DRAWN BY: 8 d, Ceramic Tale,current edtioru. (a)Compy with provisions of ANSI A108.10. � i'} Products (d)tnstagation: " ,,, (b)Mb:grouts in accordance with manufacturer`s arstructiors. {vR}Set flooring in place,Press with heavy roller to ensure fail adhesion. (4jSeatant B. Witt A. avis (a)tnshag wood flooring in accordance with NWFA standards and as specified below. REVIEWED BY: C) (win) Seal joint between 1looting and adjacent materials at restrooms,bathrooms,kitchens,and other mast areas with (a)instal acoustical sealant around perimeter of all acoustically insulated partitions;one continuous bead at each side of framing J.Rolke � (t)Tie: {c}Grant erg joints,except expansion fonts,in accordance with the manufacttireds recommendations.Float jams to a slightly � (b)Mdsmre Barrier: dear silicone sea{ant. member interface with substrate. y o Tile is Types As fisted on the Finish Legerrd8 schedule. concave proiis. SCALE; ° Qt ax01 Install sheet moisture barrier over slab area to receive wood looting. c Sheet Fluorin installation: Seal erg penetrations through acoustical assembles,except fa ° () 9� @) Pe 9penetrations in fire rated construction to receive firestappahg. AS Noted � (b)Special Shapes: Unless otherwise indicated or specified,famish special shapes as standard with the Ute manufac•.Uxer for (d)Remove excess grout from file surfaces in accordance with the grout and file mantifacUueds reaxr>trherhdations.Do not use o 01)Overlap sides and ends 4 to 6 inches;where wood base Is indicated,allow enough material at it=edges to extend under (i)Instal sheet flooring to a minimum 1/3 full material width,with length of sheet parallel to length of roan.Where attfi g is (5)Prove sprayed e flute openings where acoustical ons are installed tight to metal deck assemblies. rm (5)Provide foam to seal the partitiAUTHORIZED FOR: _ uniform transitions and concealed edges in the finished Installation, excess amounts of water. bice, required,double fiat and weld as specified. Trim in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. LL/Perrnft Z 099000•PAINTING 3 � (2)Tie Setting Materials: (e)Protect adjacent surfaces from damage caused by cleaning agents. Do not use cleaners which vrosdd damage tie a grout „ o (c)base. d Underiayment (i)Heat weld seams in accordance with the manufacturer's printed'nstructians. Use welding rod in calm as selected by the � (a)Thlnset Mortar. In accordance with ANSI A118.4;Portland cement with 100 percent acryAc latex adriUve aces' @ i) General Aw804 _ Accurately cut and lay plywood underiayment over moisture barter. architect: r- N R 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (1)Section Incudes: field applied paint systems. (ii)Sheen: Semigloss,unless indicated otherwise. (2)Submittals (III)AplAcadon:Interior ferrous metal surfaces Including hollow steel metal doors and frames,access doors and panels,and fire (a)Product data: manufacturers product data sheet for each paint system. extinguisher cabinets. FRCH (b)Materiale List. Submit a list of each paint system to be used in the work (d)Exposed Plenum Surfaces-Opaque Latex System DESIGN ViORLDWIDE L (c)Samples.3 samples of each proposed paint finish on an 8`x10"card.Reference manufacturer,type of pant,color,sheen, (1)System: One coat dry4alt plerwm pant 311 Elm Stmt Suite 600 substrate,and application. (11)Application: Overheads,inducing structural steel beams and decking,fireproofing,piping and c ondiits,ductwork,and Cincinnati OH 45202 (3)Quality Assurance: suspension devices 513 2413000 (a)Pahnt coatings shall be free of dust,dirt,flow fines,streaks,sags,blisters,pinholes,runs,or other surface imperfections. (6)Color Schedule: Provide paint colors to match those indicated on the drawings. Where a paint color is listed from a specific www.frch.com In addition to the coats specified,provide additional coats as manufacturer,paint products from other approved manufacturers may be used,provided the cola exactly matches the specified (b) pea p required to obtain adequate hide. cola,and the paint system meets the specified requirements. Where no paint cola is Indicated,provide cola and sheen as (c)Applicata Qualifications: Company specializing tri commercial painting and finishing with a minimum of three years selected by the Architea documented experience. (7)Cleanup ' ) Products �,. (a)As the work proceeds arid on completion of the work,promptly remove all primers,paints and I nishes where sped, (1)Materials: K splashed or splattered in a manner not to damage the surface from which it Is removed. (a)Basis of design manufacturer. Benjamin Moore Paint Company. (b)Remove masking. (b)Products by the following manufacturers are acceptable: 099733-CONCRETE SEALER (I)Pittsburgh Pants 11 general � . in Pratt&Lambert (1)Secdon Incudes: Sealing of concrete floor slabs exposed to view in the finished wok (! - (i)The Sherwin-Williams Company. 11)products (ler)Glidden Professional/Akzo Nobel Pants. (1)Acryic Sealer.Water emulsion acrylic,VOC complaint are of the following: (c)Interior Paint Systems: �—-- (a)'Kure-NSeol WB'by Sonnebom Division of ChemRex Inc.,Shakopee,MN{8001433.9517}. ()Gypsum Board Substrate: (b)Sealtight VOCOMP-25 by W.R.Meadows,Inc.,Elgin,lL(8001342-976} J 1. Primer: Eco-Spec interior Latex Prkner Sealer(231) (c)Eudid Chemical Company'Floor Seal VOX";high solids water-based acrylic sealer. 2. Finish: Eco-Spec Latex Eggshell Enamel(223) t t execution ---°� (h)Metal Substrate: (I)Clean surfaces to receive sealer,using manufacturers recommended cleaning compounds,and in accordance with the 1. Metal Primer. Super Spec HP Acrylic Metal Primer(PO4). manufacturer's requirements. 2. Finish: Eco-Spec Latex semigloss Enamel(224) (2)Mask or otherwise protect adjacent surfaces. (R)Opaque Finish Wood Substrate: (3}Apply concrete floor sealer to all interior concrete floor slabs scheduled to remain exposed in the finished worts. 1. Prime: Fresh Start Ai Purpose 100%Acrylic Primer(023) (4)Roller or spray-apply sealer in accordance with the manufac#u_renis application instructions.Apply two coats. 2. Finish: Eco-Spec Latex semigloss Enamel(224) • (iv)interior Dry-Fall Plenum Paint M53'Sweep-Up Spray Latex Flat' - H (v)Floor Striping: DIVISIONS 10-SPECIALTIES ..,� 1. ICIIDevoe s; Coatin9 'Tru-Glaze'Wchemical resaP°X1'Pant. B 4428' istant 102813-TOILET room ACCESSORIES 2. The Sherwin wifiams co.(develand,oh;800-474-3794 setfast tm2161 0 General 3. Color Yellow, (1)Section incudes:Toilet Roan Accessories i) Execution (2)submittals: Submit Product Data for each toilet accessory. (1)Preparation; (3)coordnafion: (a)Moisture Check:Check for excess moisture using an electronic moisture meter.Do not pant materials with excess moisture (a)Verify locations and dimensions shown with field conditions prior to nstalation levels which would impair the bonding of finish coatings. (b)Avoid damaging the work or finish of other trades;repair damage,or replace damaged items,as directed,at no additional ISSUE INFORMATION G (2)protection: cost to the Owner. 05/08/15 (a)Adequately protect surfaces not to be panted,from spills,drips,over panting,and other damage caused by this work °) Products Include surfaces within the paint storage and preparation areas. (1)Totiet Roan Accessories:As scheduled on the drawings. REVISIONS (b)Hardware and Miscellaneous Items: ti)Execution — (I)Carefully remove electrics outlet and switch plates,mechanical diffusers,escutdmeons,surface hardware,flings and (1)nstailation: I fastenings prior to starting work (a)Fumish templates and rough-n measurements as required. (i)Carefully store,dean and replace these items upon completion of work In each area. (b)Protect adjacent or adjoining finished surfaces from damage during installation of wok of this Section. (III)Do not use solvent or abrasives to dean hardware that will remove the permanent lacquer finish normally used on some of (c)Vedfy exact location of accessories. these items. (d)Coordinate installation of blocking and backing as necessary to support wall mounted Items. ci F (3)surface preparation: (e)nstail fixtures,accessories and items in accordance with martufacturees intrusions,and as Irddcated on the Drawings. ,; (a)Prepare surfaces by removing all dirt,dust,grease,oil,moisture,and other contaminants which will impair the proper (f)instal true,plumb,and level,securely and d9idiy anchored to substrate. adhesion of the finish. (g)Use tamper-resistant fasteners. -- t (b)Mask adjacent surfaces. 12 104416-FiRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS <- (c) (c)Ferrous Metal Shap Primed under other Sections: Solvent dean previously primed surfaces to remove of and grease. LL Remove loose rust,blistered and peeing paint to bare metal by scraping,sanding,and wire brushing In accordance with . ) General — ;; SSPC_SP2 and SSPC_SP3. Immediately apply touch up prime damaged or abraded surfaces. Lightly sand all shop prime (1)Secion Incudes — 3 panted surfaces to receive pant finish. (a)Code required fire extinguishers 3 (d)Galvanized Ferrous Metal: Solvent dean in accordance with SSPC—SP1. (b)Fire extinguisher cabinets. w E {e}Unprimed Ferrous Metol: i} Products a (I)Solvent dean In accordance with SSPC SP-1. (1)Extnguishers: Multi-p uTose dry chemical type(FE): heavy duty DOT Steel tank,UL rating 2A_10B:C,5 l capacity,with `a (i)Commercial blast per SSPC SP6. pressure gage;red enamel finish:metal valves and siphon tubes c (f)Wood Opaque paint tkush: (2)Cabinets: FRCH/ARCHITECTURE,4., P.C. CL (I)Spot coat knots,pitch streaks,and sappy sections with sealer. (a)Cabinets shall be recessed,except provide semkeoessed where required to accommodate wall depth. n Fill all nal holes and cracks. Sand filer smooth and level with wood surface. (b)TrIm style: Fully recessed flat trim model where wall depth allows,or semi recessed(approximately 2-12'projection:rolled �D 0 (g)Gypsum Board: Remove all light dust and dirt edge)where required by will depth. 3 CL (h)fxlsing Finished Surfaces To Be Repainted: (c)Door:Famed Sheet Steel,minimum 20 gage;reinforced for flatness and rigidity;satin zinc or aluminum pull,roller catch,and s ti continuous hinge-,dear glass vision panel. C}Remove loose,blistered,seed,or crazed finishes to bare substrate;feather new work into existing work Prepare surfaces $ D (d)Cabinet Finishes: to the nearest break line if necessary to blend new finishes with old finishesCL O (i)Wash and rinse surfaces with bissodium phosphate and water or other solution required to remove remaining film,wax,oil, n)Cabinet Trim and Door.Manufacturer's standard primed finish to receive paint coatings as specified in Section 099000. E grease,smoke or foreign matter which will impair bond,or cause bleed through,of newly applied finishes. (ii)Cabinet Interior:Manufacturer's standard white epoxy or white baked enamel. ('Lightly sand,or apply a liquid deglosser on existing semi-gloss and high-gloss finishes before refinishing. (3)Fire Extinguisher Brackets �OF OV r T (4)Application Requirements (a)Wall mount type,appropriate to the size of the extinguisher,equipped with strap and quick release clip.Provide one per m E (a)Uruess specified or Indicated otherwise,follow pant manufacturer's label directions for general application procedures and cabinet mount extinguishers to brackets W coverage rates (b)Provide at fire extinguisher locations where no cabinet is Indicated. r $ (b)Do not apply finishes on surfaces that are not sufficiently dry. Make sure each coat of finish is dry and hard before a III)Exton PROJECT INFORMATION ti a following coat is applied unless the manufacturer's directions state otherwise. (1)Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings and secured to framing in locations as indicated and as required by the Fire a C BUILD-A-BEAR S (c)Tint filer to match stain when dear finishes are specified;work file well into gran and,before d has sof,waking Department .Unless otherwise indicated,instal 30 inches from finished floor to inside bottom of cabinet perpendicularly to the grain,wipe the excess from the surface. (2)Secure rigidly in place in accordance with manufacturers instructions WASHINGTON S Q. (d)Opaque Finishes (3)When recessed cabinets are installed in fire rated walls,maintain fire resistance riling continuously behind the cabinet 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. C>1 (I)Apply number of coats scheduled,except that additional finish coats shat be applied as necessary for complete hiding of (4)install Bre extinguisher in each fire extinguisher cabinet by brackets mounted at bade of cabli PORTLAND OR 97223 v r u. substrate colors. fire ex ri umshers are indicated for wail mounting,saws bracket to wail Cin (5)Where g ' g, rows Mish to frarring or 1ptoddrg. PROJECT#' a o {I)Apply primer coats untinted.Where more than one coat of paint Is required,tint each succeeding coat up to the final coat 29349.000 similar in tint,but slightly lighter in value(shade). DIVISION 11-EQUIPMENT (ii Sand lightly between coats If necessary to achieve required finish;sand between all coats applied to wood substrates, is not used o r� (e)Rolers for application and badvolling of latex paints shall have a nap of 318 in ti orless. SHEET INFORMATION D = o 8 (f)Where roller texture is scheduled for application to gypsum board surfaces,finish coats may be roller-applied,a spray �; u o applied and badonied at Contractors option. DIVISION 12-FURNISHINGS �p@CI I ICatIOrIS o g (g)Factory Primed Surfaces: Appy scheduled finish system,less primer coat,except as necessary to for patching damage to not used o o n dor3 Y prime me War (5)lnterior Systems: ' —DIVISION 13-special construction DRAWN BY: 8 (a)Gypsum Board: B.Goodwin/A.Davis y N notused ()System: 1 coat primer,2 coats of latex pant REVIEWED BY: � (i) Sheen: as scheduled on the Drawings J.Rolke m o (b)Interior Wood: —DIVISION 14-conveying systems SCALE: 3 A not used AS Noted p)Wood-Opaque Latex System:a cryic primer and 2 coats of latex enamel, c AUTHORIZED FOR: n - (c)Maria Ferrous Metal and Galvanized. LUPerrnit z o ()System:Three coats;first coat acrylic DTM primer,second and third coats latex Bnlsh.The primer may be omitted at faddy DIVISION 21-FiRE SUPPRESSIOn 3 o e primed su laces,except as necessary to recoat damaged or abraded preprimed surfaces. A=805 w R L A. L O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ----------------------- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 (o'-0* TRACK TOP BOTTOM 21-0# 21-0# -20FRC H STRUCTURAL NOTES: CONTROLLING BUILDING CODE- 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY STUD DESIGN WORLDWIDE CODE LAP— L SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY V EXI IN EZ NI B.I B 311 Elm Street Suite 600 Sds=0.723 5d,=4.446 Cincinnati OH 45202 A. EXISTING CONDITIONS 0 10 5132413000 www.frch.com I IF EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN, CONTACT GRILLE SUPPORT GRILLE SUPPORT < STRUCTURAL ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY P40RK IN THAT COLUMN BY OTHERS AREA. COLUMN BY OTHERS 3 5/8', 20 GA #5 SCREWS @ 61 O,C MAX 1 - 2 1 2 TRACK TOP t REPAIR OF EXISTIN�j- FIREEK - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - AND @ I' MAX FROM END OF (SEE DETAIL 2. Q2Fj%L- FOP, ANY NEW CONNECTIONS WHICH BOTTOM ANY INDIVIDUAL MEMBER REQUIRE THE TEMPORARY REMOVAL OF EXISTING FIREPROOFING, REMOVE A/5102) ------------- - ------ FIREPROOFING AS REQUIRED TO INSTALL NEW MATERIALS AND (AFTER ANY ------ K REQUIRED INSPECTIONS) REPLACE FIRPROOFING TO ORIGINAL RATED TOP VIE U CAPACITY. - --------- 3 5/8,11 20 GA TRACK TOP t B. LIG14T GAGE FRAMING E I ------ SPLICE) 1. COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING SHALL CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF TWE LATEST EDITION OF AISI 'SPECIFICATION FOR DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED 2 STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS". . 3 5/8' DIAGONAL 4Z BRACING. SEE T < 2. ALL MEMBERS SHALL BE FORMED FROM CORROSION-RE515TANT STEEL 11 1 '1*1 11 A 16-A-4 VIEW B-B OF ,I _pj I MEETING ASTM A653-94, AND THEN ZINC COATED PER ASTM A525, GRADE 'IN DETAIL A/5102 G-60. S101 SECTION B.1-5.1 3. ALL COLD FORMED MEMBERS SHALL COME FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER, "CLARK" OR EQUAL. THE INSTALLATION SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. MINIMUM LIGHTGAGE METAL STUD ----------------------------------------- ---- ------------------ ----------------------------------------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - --------- ----- OPTIONAL SPLICE OF DIAGONAL BRACE AND JOIST PROPERTIES SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: SHOWN IN VIEW B-B OF DETAIL A/S102 - PROVIDE DEPTH AND GAGE THICKNESS PER DRAWINGS. - UNLESS NOTED, JOISTS AND STUDS 514ALL WAVE A FLANGE WIDTH OF si©} 6'-0' LAP OF SIDE TRACKS 1 5/8,11 WITH 112" RETURN LIP. 21-011 21-0" - UNLESS NOTED, TRACK GAGE SHALL EQUAL STUD GAGE, STANDARD f LAP OF STUDS TRACK FLANGE WIDTH SHALL EQUAL H 1 114% AND DEEP LEG TRACK FLANGE WIDTH SHALL EQUAL 2". -- �STQREFRQNT FRAMING PLAN 4. BASE TRACKS SHALL BE SET ON SMOOTH AND LEVEL CONCRETE OR A T NON-SHRINK GROUT SUCH AS 'MASTERFLOW -713" 13Y MASTER BUILDERS. )scale: 1/2'4-0' Vol 0 0 0 0 S. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF-DRILLING CADMIUM PLATED OR ZINC COATED SCREWS (UNLESS NOTED). SCREWS SHALL BE OF 3 /1,3 5/8", 18 GA L 5 SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ENSURE THE STRENGTH OF TWE CONNECTION, ADDITIONAL 3 5/8" DIAGONAL BRACE DEEP LEG TRACK C.1 C (SIZED PER A15102), CONNECT TO EA SIDE (SEE DETAIL 6. SPLICES IN FRAMING COMPONENTS OTHER THAN BOTTOM WALL TRACK ARE STOREFRONT WALLS ARE 3 5/61, 20 GA, BUILT-UP LIGHTGAGE BEAM PER DETAIL A/5102) NOT PERMITTED. METAL STUD FRAMING 16"c/c, UNLESS NOTED E/5101. CONNECT TO EXISTING MEZZANINE STRUCTURE PER DETAIL -3 5/8" DIAGONAL #8 SCREWS @ 6" O,C CONT STUDS AT CONT TRACKS ON 7. STUDS SHALL BE INSTALLED 50 THE ENDS ARE POSITIONED AGAINST THE MAX AND @ I" MAX CENTER OF DIAGONAL SIDES OF DIAGONAL ISSUE INFORMATION INSIDE OF THE D/5102. SEE PLAN FOR ORIENTATION. BRACING. SEE FROM END OF ANY BRACE (SEE VIEW BRACE (SEE VIEW G RUNNER TRACK WEB PRIOR TO FASTENING AND SHALL BE ATTACHED TO VIEW C-C OF INDIVIDUAL MEMBER C-C OF A/5102) C-C OF A/5)02) 05108/15 BOTH FLANGES OF THE UPPER AND LOWER RUNNER TRACKS, WITH (1)-#8 3 5/81 DIAGONAL BRACE. (SIZE PEP, DETAIL DETAIL A/5102 SCREW IN EACH FLANGE OF EACH STUD, UINLE55 NOTED OTHERWISE. RB A15102) CONNECT TO EXISTING MEZZANINE SECTION Q-C.11 TOP VI EN REVISIONS STRUCTURE PER DETAIL B/5102. A I LANDLORD/OWNER CHMMS 05/29/15 CODED NOTES: #5 SCREW 3 5/8' DIAGONAL BRACE, (SIZE PER DETAIL OPTIONAL SPLICE OF DIAGONAL BRACE 2 BID SET — 06112JI5 A/5102) CONNECT TO EX15TING ROOF 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07/01/15 BUILT-UP BOX COLUMN - DBL 3 5/8" DP, @ 12"c/c STRUCTURE PER DETAIL. E/5102. SHOWN IN VIEW C-C OF DETAIL A/S102 20 GA STUDS WITH 3 5/8", 20 GA TRACK, EA SIDE. ATTACH BOX COLUMN .......... TO BEAM PEP, DETAIL C/5102, E TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING F 51102 scale: N.T.S. a DBL 10" DP, 16 GA BEAM WITH 3 5/811 i(o GA TRACK #8 SCREW 2 TOP t BOTTOM DBL 12' DP, 16 GA BEAM V41TW 3 5/8", GA TRACK V TOP t BOTTOM #8 SCREW VERTICAL SLOTTED SLIP-TRACK "SLP-TRK" BY 3 5/8' DP BLOCKING ir 12"c/c DIETRICW SYSTEMS, INC. CONNECT VERT STUD TO SLIP 24'c/cl MAX. AT EACH TRACK WITH SCREWS PER MANUF RECOMMENDATIONS. VERTICAL SLOTTED SLIP-TRACK "SLP-TRK' BY END, CLIP FLANGES, DIETRIC14 SYSTEMS, INC. CONNECT VERT STUD TO SLIP 3 5/8" FRAMII G, BEND WEB AND CONNECT E DIAGONAL BRACE ZZ TRACK WITH SCREWS PER MANUF RECOMMENDATIONS. SEE SECTION 8/5101 TO JOIST W/(2) SCREWS PRD 0 @ 48" O.C.1 SEE 9: A/5102 (2)-#12 SCREWS @ Pi I P. CA I( I DIAGONAL BRACE V O.C. THROUGH @ 48' O.C., SEE 6 9'p FRG A&C 14%IT;2:WCT 116 E I El FIN15H INTO EXIST DIAGONAL A15102 BULKHEAD FRAMING, BRACE, SEE CONT 3 5/8", 20 GA TYP A/5102. SEE OREGON (2)-#12 SCREWS TRACK, T YIP PLAN FOR #5 SCREWS, 16" O.C. THROUGH CONT 3 5/8', 20 GA LOCATIONS CONT 3 6/8% 20 GA TYPICAL FINISH INTO EXIST STUD, TYP STUD, TYP SULK14EAD FRAMING, TYP 6"1 20 GA METAL STUDS ACROSS fm4TION O"M:to 1501 D - - - - -- - — - - - - - - - - OPENING. (INSTALL DBL 3 5/8% 0 A..I r------------T-r-i 20 GA JAMB STUDS AT EACH 0 SIDE OF OPENING, ATTACH 6" PAULJ. FORD 3 STUD TO EA JAMB STUD PJF & COMPANY io W/(3)-#B SCREWS) 250 E Broad St Ste 600•-Columbus,OH 43215 Phone 614.221.6679 www.pauljford.com o A48015-0010 PART ESR NUMBER '/8', 20 GA - — — — — — — — — — METAL STUDS DIAGONAL BRACE, Ito" O.C., TYP, ESR-2196III SEE A/5. 102. SEE HILTI SELF DRILLING AND SELF PIERCING SCREWS L PROJECT INFORMATION d FASTENERS 4: HILTI X-U UNIVERSAL KNURLED SHANK ESR-2f6-9 SEE DETAIL E/5101 PLAN FOR LOCATIONS ,q BUILD-A-BEAR V C HILTI"HUSW CONCRETE SCREW ESR-3056 111111 METAL STUDS ESR-3064P 11111 C==- WASHINGTON SQ. A - -- - - - - - - - - - 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD, VA— PORTLAND,OR 97223 PROJECT - - - - - - - - - - - - - - F L 29349.000 3 =7 U V DIAGONAL BRACE PER SHEET INFORMATION - TYP 8 5,CREN51 B DETAIL A15102. SEE 3 5/8", 20 GA TYPICAL TYPICAL PLAN FOR LOCATIONS. DIAD BRACE, ALL1111 3 5/8", 20 GA STOREFRONT 1111 METAL STUDS DIAGS TO ALIGN 11 FRAMING PLAN, 1111 116, O,C./ TYP. SECTIONS & NOTES 2 0,157" DIA POWDER ACTUATED 1111 3 5/1501 20 GA 41lx 4"x I" GA x 0-0 LONG 3 5/8", 20 GA DIAG BRACE, ALL FASTENERS (HILTI X-U OR DRAWN BY. 8 METAL STUDS EQUIVALENT) 12- O.C. B.Goodwin I A.Davis 9 (BENT) FRAMING CLIP P 161'" 01C., TYP. Illi DIAGS TO ALIGN REVIEWED BY. 2 uil(4)-#10 SCREWS EACH LEG J.Rolke SCALE: A E-1�BRACING DETAIL B STOREFRONT SECTION As Noted AVTHORIZED FOR. 5101 )scale. 1"=V-011 S1 scale: 10=11-09 ( C '�STOREFRQNT SECTION rD '�STORIEFRONT SECTI-ON I.L./Peratit -V I scale: 1*=I'-0" Si-61 )"4-0, 10 V S101CA AAl A, AL A 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 - SEE PLAN FOR BEAMS THAT PASS OVERFRCH COLUMNS Z._ . r :M DESIGN WORLDWIDE L BEFORE INSTALLING ANCHORS, I _ _ 3 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH MALL _ i 1' CONNECT TO EXISTING 311 Elm Street Suite&00 MANAGEMENT THAT ATTACHMENT SHOWN 15 ACCEPTABLE. STRUCTURE PER Cincinnati OH 45202 DETAILS ON THIS -� �; 513 2413000 ! SHEET www.frch.com Q 4"x4'x0'-b" LG, 12 GA FRAMING CLIP (BENT) W/(4)-#12 5CREWS INTO STUD d (3)-0.157" DIA POWDER EXIST MTL 1 O©.y I I qr ACTUATED FASTENERS (H1LTI X-U ROOF DECK f I NOTE: FOR DOUBLE STUD OR EQUIVALENT) INTO BEAM , / DIAGONALS, SECOND" STUD SHALL ' — END AS CLOSE AS POSSIBLE TO END - r- Zzz ` 1 i -� ~ ' -I- I CONNECTION, TOP t BOTTOM. 1 / BUILT-UP BEAM, SEE PLAN 18 GA TOP TRACK DIAG BRACE PERPENDICULAR +} (TRACK DEPTH SHALL 000. TO ROOF BEAMS. + MATCH STUD DEPTH). /VIEWS A-A4. 18 GA. PLATE �•_ EXIST STL BM EACH SIDE WITH J {8)-#B PAN HEAD STOP FULL LENGTH SCREWS. TRACKS OF BUILT-UP COLUMN SNORT OF TOP (4)-#12 SCREWS _4 TRACK _ STOREFRONT FRAMING _ BUILT-UP COLUMN, SEE SECTIONS 1y SEE PLAN DIAGONAL. BRACING OPTIONS DIAG BRACE PARALLEL TO STEEL BEAMS. 20 GA. DIAGONAL. BRACE OPTIONS: ti - H DIAG BRACE CONNECTION TO DIA ONAL LENGTH- i�IAC�„ONAL LENGTP- ?8'-1" TO 27'-0" DIAGONAL LENGTH- STEEL BEAM UP TO 10'-t?" 10'-la TO V-0" " 101 DBL 3 5/8 , 20 GA. STUDS WITH • SINGLE 3 5/8", DBL 3 5/80, 20 GA. STUDS 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES AND 3 5/8"1 20 GA. DIAGONAL - — WIT14 1 5/8" WIDE FLANGES ~~-- 18 GA. DEEP LEG TRACKS (2" FLANGE) 1 5/8" 1 5/8" 2 I ('D-� TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING TO EXISTING NEZZ STOP FULL LENGTH TRACKS of [411 #8 SCREWS #8 SCREWS @ 5102 BUILT-UP COLUMN SHORT OF BASE 120c/c 12"c% scale=N.T.S. TRACK VIEN A—A VIEW B--B VIEW C—C ISSUE INFORMATION G _�� 18 GA BASE TRACK SPACING OF DIAGONAL BRACING 4<CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FOR LENGTHS 05108115(2)-#5 PAN HEAD INTERIOR PARTITIONS - 48" O.C, MAX LONGER THAN 27'-01 . /,_..... — ._... -,. — _..., _. ._.. — ._... _ — _ ._.._ _ — — — (TRAGIC DEPTH SCREWS EAC14 SIDE STOREFRONT FRAMING - 48" O.C. MAX REVISIONS SHALL MATCH STUD , 1 LANDLORDf OWNER CHANGES 05/29/15 DEPTH). 2 SID SET 08/12/15 I _... ._... __ M _ _ I � SES DETAIL. E15102__FvR 0P : IONAL SPLICE IN DIAGONAL. BRACE. 3 PERMIT COMMENTS 07/01/15 I F CONCRETE A TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING - I ! CONCRETE SCREWS - c.,�ld2 scale: N.T.S. _DIAGONAL — _ � ' rC ' BEAM TO CQLU�'IN CONNECTION F EXIST JOIST CHORD ATTAC14 (D TO EXIST EXIST MTL DECK OR I CONNECTION AT ATTAC14 TO EXIST 5102 scale:N.T.S. OR BEAM FLG E2 STL W/(3)-#12 SCREWS COMP CONC SLAB I EXIST BEAM STL W/(3)-#12 SCREWS 5102 __ — — — _.._ _ — — — _ — _ I I BEFORE INSTALLING ANCHORS, CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER FORU. — CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY WITH MALL REVISED DETAILS IF EXISTING BEAM _ MANAGEMENT THAT ATTACHMENT SPACING EXCEEDS 8'-0" _ SHOWN IS ACCEPTABLE. DIAG BRACE / _ _ 1 `• -- - - — -- '� 2 l'1 — ' punt-- 2 x2"x0'--6" LG, 12 GA FRAMING CLIP f 2 `�, EXIST JOIST W/(3)-#12 SCREWS INTO STUD t - ! I MAX `, CHORD OR 1 BEAM FLG (3)-0.157" DIA POWDER ACTUATED /-- EXIST MTL FASTENERS (WLTI X-U OR ROOF DECK FRCH DIAG INTO BEAM BRACE DIAG BRACE fs�TION ECTtoN _ �-� OR S. N. (E::2:rN.T.S. ._._ __,. ._ _.. _ _ _.. _.. — _. — CONTACT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER D FOR REVISED DETAILS IF JOIST OR DIAGONAL PERPENDICULAR EXIST BAR .FOISTS OR EXIST BAR JOISTS BEAM SPACING EXCEEDS 6'-8" 3 ,/ p(AIApTK1N MTE'�p�3O,( $ TO EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS @ b'-0" DING BRACE /.� _ 6'-8" MAX STEEL BEAMS ------- O.C. MAX BEFORE INSTALLING ANCHORS, CONTRACTOR PERPENDICULAR PAUL. J. FORD OR STEEL BEANS PJF & I 6'-0" O.C. MAX SHALL VERIFY WITI 1 MALL MANAGEMENT T° R' F DAM • a COMPANY THAT ATTACHMENT SHOWN 15 ACCEPTABLE. Al 250 E Broad St,Ste 600•Columbus,OH 43215 g EXIST STL BM Phone 614.221.6679 www.pautjford.com 1 1 A48015-0010 - E1 X (6)-#12 SCREWS AT EXIST MTL DECK OR slag d EACH ATTACPMENT COMP CONC SLAB r'f —~ SEE VIEW E2/5102 PROJECT INFORMATION ---- o a FOR CONNECTION BUILD-A-BEAR Q — WASHINGTON SQ. - Ifni ii,� E2 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. r slot I 1 _ DIAG BRACE PARALLEL PORTLAND,OR 97223 DIAGONAL PARALLEL l TO STEEL BEAMS. - - LL TO EXIST BAR .,015T5 SEE VIEWDIAG $-FACE i PROJECT#: OR STEEL BEAMS B2/S102FOR E3 _ -- — CCINNECTIONTO II CONNECTION ��Y• .BEA_M 29349.000 PARTIAL PLAN VIEW s1o2 DIAG BRACE DIAGONAL$- PARALLEL-To1 EXIST BAR JOUSTS OR STEEL BEAMSCSHEET INFORMATION � B 1 � CONTINUOUS, I I ��µ 1 MAx ��� B � STOREFRONT ° _ TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACING TO�EXISTING ROOF FRAMING FRAMING PLAN CODED NOTES: SEE VIEW E2/5101 3 ;.�ECTlON 5102 scale:N.T.5. - ' U u N.% SECTIONS & NOTES 6 , 16 GA MTL STUD WITH 6 , FOR CONNECTION 16 GA DEEP LEG TRACK. B�Goodwin/A � PARTIAL PLAN VIEW Davis DIAGONALS PERPEJOISTS Dtt�ULAR .T0 _ �'`� T..- �� r �"-M f �-���,�� REVIEWED ft � CONTRACTOR NOTE � ,`�' EXIST BAR JOISTS OR STEEL BEAMS �... STUD AND TRACK "' J.Rolke GAGE REQUIRED. ' p As Noted SCALE: A � �#12 SCREWS @ b O.C. MAX a = 2 x 2 x 12 GA x 6" LG AND 2" FROM EACH AtSTIiQRIZEDFOR END ILL/Permit � FRAMING CLIP, ONE TYPICAL DIAGONAL BRACE CONNECTIONS m 4_ SIDE OF DIAG, E -� L- _ m W/(3)-#12 SCREWS 5102 scale:N.T.S. EACH t£G. S102 � r i 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 EXISTING CONDITIONS/DEMOLITION GENERAL NOTES ELECTRICAL SYMBOL LEGEND (SOME MAY NOT BE USED) ABBREVIATIONS AND MODIFIERS (SOME MAY NOT BE USED) A. ANY EXISTING CONDITIONS INDICATED IN THIS SET OF DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION FRICH INFORMATION PROVIDED BY OTHERS AND POSSIBLE LIMITED FIELD DEM WORLDWDE VERIFICATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST FOR ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS PANELBOARD, U1IUTY POWER -a WALL MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR NEMA NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER. POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL OR B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE PROJECT SITE, REVIEW EXISTING ® SWITCHBOARD, UTILITY POWER GJ F FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX AFG ABOVE FINISHED GRADE UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES $11 Elm gift Situ CONDITIONS AGAINST THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF CiL'fCi!rat CIH 45X2 WITH THE WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF THE WORK. BY SIGNING THE METER AND SOCKET (DC CEILING MOUNTED JUNCTION/OUTLET BOX BF BELOW FLOOR NRTL NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED TESTING LABORATORY 5132413= CONTRACT, THE CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES THE SITE VISIT HAS BEEN COMPLETED AND THE EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE ACCEPTED. WALL MOUNTED SINGLE RECEPTACLE �CEIUNG MOUNTED PHOTOCELL NIC NOT IN CONTRACT +XX" MOUNTING HEIGHT MODIFIER www.tch.coD C. IT IS NOTED THAT NOT ALL ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE DEMOLISHED ARE SWITCH. SPST UNLESS INDICATED WITH MODIFIER. HORSEPOWER NECESSARILY SHOWN. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO FIELD VERIFY WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE $MOD LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE LC LOCKABLE IN CLOSED POSITION MODIFIER AND FIELD DETERMINE THE SCOPE OF THE DEMOLITION WORK PRIOR TO BID. RATED WHEN USED FOR MOTOR CONTROL OR DISCONNECTING MEANS. REFER ALL QUESTIONS TO THE A/E PRIOR TO BID FOR CLARIFICATION. WALL MOUNTED QUADRUPLEX RECEPTACLE N.F. NON-FUSED LO LOCKABLE IN OPEN POSITION MODIFIER D. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DEMOLITION OF EXISTING EQUIPMENT, SWITCH MODIFIERS. INCLUDING COMBINATIONS THEREOF: DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES AS INDICATED AND/OR AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR WALL MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE 2 T• GFCI GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER ST SHUNT TRIP MODIFIER INSTALLATION AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE NEW WORK. REMOVE ALL EQUIPMENT, 3: 3-WAY (SPDT). WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE, ONE RECEPTACLE 4: 4-WAY. DEVICES, LUMINAIRES, CONDUITS, SUPPORTS, HANGERS, ETC. THAT ARE NOT SWITCHED D: DIMMER. GFPE GROUND-FAULT PROTECTION OF EQUIPMENT EM EMERGENCY OR EMERGENCY LIGHT MODIFIER SHOWN AND ARE REQUIRED TO BE REMOVED IN ORDER TO COMPLETE THE NEW F: BOX COVER UNIT BUSSMANN SSU OR STY SERIES. K WORK. • FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE G: GLOW HANDLE (FIANDLE GLOWS WHEN SWITCH IS OFF). SPST SINGLE POLE, SINGLE THROW NL UNSWITCHED NIGHTLIGHT LUMINAIRE MODIFIER E. PHASING OF ELECTRICAL DEMOUTION SHALL FOLLOW THAT OF THE GENERAL H: HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED. _ K: KEY OPERATED. CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF ELECTRICAL WORK WITH OTHER OF FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED DEDICATED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE M: MANUAL MOTOR CONTROLLER WITH OVERLOAD HEATER. DPST DOUBLE POLE, SINGLE THROW WP WEATHERPROOF MODIFIER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER. OST: OCCUPANCY SENSOR. F. WHERE ITEMS ARE SHOWN HATCHED, ITEMS ARE TO BE DEMOLISHED ALONG WITH ® OS2: DUAL-RELAY OCCUPANCY SENSOR.FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED QUADRLIPLEX RECEPTACLE P: PILOT LIGHT (PILOT ON WHEN SWITCH IS ON). 3PST THREE POLE, SINGLE THROW RS RIGID STEM MOUNT (PEDESTAL FROM FLOOR) MODIFIER THEIR ASSOCIATED BOXES, CONDUITS, CONDUCTORS, SUPPORTS, AND HANGERS T. TIMER. UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. 0C CEILING MOUNTED DUPLEX RECEPTACLE VS: VACANCY SENSOR. 4PST FOUR POLE, SINGLE THROW RP RIGID PENDANT MOUNT (FROM CEILING) MODIFIER G. ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE REMOVED SHALL BE REMOVED IN THEIR LV: LOW VOLTAGE. (� WALL MOUNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION OR: OVERRIDE. ENTIRETY. CONDUCTORS SHAD. BE REMOVED FROM THE ITEM TO BE DEMOLISHED -�}OR-{� AS NOTED OT: OVERRIDE WITH TIMER. SPDT SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW DC DROP CORD MOUNT (FROM CEILING) MODIFIER TO THE SOURCE OVERCURRENT DEVICE. RACEWAYS WHICH ARE INSTALLED IN OR WALL MOUNTED RANGE RECEPTACLE NEMA 14-50R UNLESS WP: WEATHERPROOF BELOW FLOORS OR WITHIN WALLS MAY BE ABANDONED, BUT ALL OVERHEAD OR INDICATED OTHERWISE DTC: SPDT CENTER OFF MAINTAINED CONTACT. DPDT DOUBLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW PT POKE-THRU MODIFIER EXPOSED RACEWAYS SHALL BE REMOVED. EXPOSED RACEWAYS TO BE ABANDONED DIM: SPDT' CENTER OFF. MOMENTARY CONTACT. SHALL E REMOVED AND SHALL BE CUT OR CHISELED AT LEAST 2" INTO THE AS NOTEDNTED SPECIAL RECEPTACLE, NEMA CONFIGURATION LOWERCASE LETTER: CONTROL LUMINAIRE WITH SAME LETTER. 3PDT THREE POLE, DOUBLE THROW H HORIZONTAL MOUNT MODIFIER - WALL OR FLOOR AND THE OPENING GROUTED SMOOTH. H. THE OWNER SHALL HAVE SALVAGE RIGHTS TO ANY ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE PEDESTAL MOUNTED RECEPTACLE, SEE PLAN FOR TYPE XX jX 4PDT FOUR POLE, DOUBLE THROW HG HOSPITAL GRADE MODIFIER r J DEMOLISHED. THOSE ITEMS THAT THE OWNER WISHES TO SALVAGE SHALL BE �XXA SAFETY SWITCH, SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN CAREFULLY REMOVED AND STORED IN A LOCATION AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER. MULTI-OUTLET ASSEMBLY FUSES NO NORMALLY OPEN TR TAMPER RESISTANT MODIFIER ALL OTHER ITEMS OF DEMOLITION SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. _,r^`{� CORD AND PLUG XX/X NC NORMALLY CLOSED IG ISOLATED GROUND MODIFIER 1. WHERE DEMOLITION WORK WILL INTERRUPT CIRCUIT CONTINUITY TO OTHER AREAS XXA COMBINATION MAGNETIC MOTOR STARTER AND S DISCONNECT SWITCH, SIZE AS INDICATED ON PLAN OF THE FACILITY THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION, THEN RACEWAY AND M MOTOR FUSEGND GROUND IF ILLUMINATED FACE MODIFIER WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED TO MAINTAIN THOSE AREAS IN COMPLETE OPERATION. PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE ANY ,,•--�� BRANCH CIRCUITING, CONCEALED IN WALL OR CEILING TELEPHONE OUTLET, FLOOR EGC EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR P PILOT LIGHT MODIFIER L� INTERRUPTIONS WITH THE OWNER AT LEAST TWO WEEKS PRIOR AND ACCOMMODATE THE OWNER'S NEEDS AS REQUIRED. ,.•--�, BRANCH CIRCUITING, CONCEALED IN OR UNDER FLOOR �C TELEPHONE OUTLET, CEILING IGC ISOLATED GROUND CONDUCTOR SP SURGE PROTECTION MODIFIER J. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF EXISTING CIRCUITS AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE POWER TO REMAINING EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES THAT ARE NOT BEING BRANCH CIRCUITING, EXPOSED v TELEPHONE OUTLET, WALL GEC GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR GFCI GROUND-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER MODIFIER REMOVED. K. WHERE EXISTING DEVICE OR JUNCTION BOXES MUST REMAIN IN EXISTING WALLS HOMERUN TO PANEL. THE NUMBER OF ARROWS ® DATA OUTLET, FLOOR AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AFCI ARC-FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER MODIFIER • OR CEILINGS (SUCH AS FOR CIRCUITS THAT MUST BE MAINTAINED TO OTHER ��� INDICATES THE NUMBER OF CIRCUITS. TWO WIRES H AREAS), THEN THEY SHALL BE FITTED WITH BLANK COVERPLATES. REQUIRED NOTED NOT COUNTED INUHASH MARKS. ® DATA OUTLET, CEILING A/E ARCHITECT/ENGINEER SR SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE MOUNTED WITHIN 18 INCHES OF L WHERE DISTRIBUTION OR BRANCH CIRCUIT EQUIPMENT (PANELBOARDS, C TOP OF SHOW WINDOW SWITCHBOARDS, ETC.) IS TO BE REMOVED, THEN ALL CIRCUITS WHICH FEED CONDUIT STUB Q DATA OUTLET, WALL NEC NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE (NFPA 70) CR CONTROLLED RECEPTACLE MODIFIER ITEMS TO REMAIN SHALL BE RECONNECTED TO NEW DISTRIBUTION OR BRANCH CIRCUIT M. EXISTINGEQUIPMENT. REFER ALL QUESTIONS TO THE PANEL DIRECTORIES SHALL BE UPDATED TO ACCURATELY ATELY RFOR IEFLEC�N O CIRCUIT TURNING UP ® COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, FLOOR GENERAL LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE NOTES CONDITIONS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. UNUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE J111' CIRCUIT TURNING DOWN ®C COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, CEILING LABELED AS "SPARE" A. SEE THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FOR EXACT LOCATIONS OF 0. LUMINAIRES SHALL BE LISTED FOR INSTALLATION IN THE ENVIRONMENT IN N. IF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS (I.E. ASBESTOS, PCB'S, ETC.) ARE ENCOUNTERED AT MD BELL COMBINATION TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLET, WALL ALL LUMINAIRES. THE ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHALL TAKE WHICH THEY ARE LOCATED. LUMINARIES SHALL CARRY DAMP LOCA11ON AND/OR ANY TIME DURING CONSTRUCTION IN THE WORK AREA, STOP WORK IMMEDIATELY � PRECEDENCE OVER THE LIGHTING PLAN IN REGARDS TO LUMINAIRE LOCATIONS. WET LOCATION RATINGS AS REQUIRED. AND CONTACT THE A/E OR THE OWNER. t_I' BUZZER SIZE AS ILNKUI PLYWOOD BDRAIBMIONGS F B. COORDINATE THE MOUNTING HEIGHT OF ALL LUMINAIRES WITH THE ARCHITECT P. WHEN REQUIRED, PROVIDE FIRE-RATED LUMINAIRE COVERS (LUMINAIRES TENTS) . 0. ANY EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN OPERATION THROUGHOUT PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. FOR LUMINAIRES INSTALLED IN FIRE-RATED CEILING ASSEMBLIES OR PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION. AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTORS IN THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION CHIME Q TELEVISION OUTLET, FLOOR C. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE CEILING-MOUNTED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. WHERE FIRE-RATED BOXES AROUND EACH LUMINAIRE. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIRE- ISSUE INFORMATION SHALL BE DISCONNECTED AND TEMPORARILY REPLACED WITH HEAT DETECTORS WALL-MOUNTED EXIT SIGNS ARE INDICATED ABOVE A DOOR OR TO THE SIDE OF A RATED CEILING ASSEMBLIES WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. WHEN THE SPACE IS STAFFED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPEAKER, CEILING TV TELEVISION OUTLET, CEILING CORRIDOR, THE EXIT SIGN SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE SIGN 6 Q. PROVIDE LUMINAIRES THAT ARE INSULATED CEILING (IC) RATED WHEN RECESSED G APPROVED FIRE SAFETY PROCEDURES OF THE OWNER AND THE LOCAL FIRE INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE DOOR FRAME. INTO INSULATED CEILINGS. IF THE FIXTURE CAN NOT BE PROVIDED WITH AN 05/0$/15 MARSHAL, BUT SHALL BE REACTIVATED WHENEVER THE SPACE IS NOT OCCUPIED SPEAKER, WALL TELEVISION OUTLET, WALL D. CONFIRM ALL LUMINAIRE FINISHES WITH THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING. IC RATING, INSULATION SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE OR WITHIN 3 INCHES BY THE CONTRACTOR. AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM E. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDING TRIM RINGS, STEMS, CANOPIES, CORDS, OF THE LUMINAIRE. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF INSULATED CEILINGS WITH THE REVISIONS DUST AND DIRT ACCUMULATION BY REMOVING THE DEVICE FROM ITS BASE DURING OG SPEAKER, GROUND-MOUNTED p PUSHBUTTON STATION, ONE BUTTON MOUNTING HARDWARE, RESTRAINTS, HURRICANE CUPS, ETC., NECESSARY TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS. THOSE TIMES WHEN THE SYSTEM IS ALLOWED TO BE OUT OF OPERATION. MOUNT THE FIXTURE IN A COMPLETE, PROPER, AND APPROVED METHOD. R. ALL EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH INTEGRAL EMERGENCY BATTERIES Q1 P. REMOVE ALL TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING NO LONGER IN USE BACK TO ITS VG VOLUME CONTROL •• PUSHBUTTON STATION, TWO BUTTON F. PROVIDE ANY SEISMIC BRACING AND/OR RESTRAINTS REQUIRED BY THE THAT PROVIDES A MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTES OF RUN TIME. SOURCE. AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. S. COORDINATE MOUNTING LOCATION, NUMBER OF FACES, AND DIRECTIONAL ARROWS 2 Q. LUMINAIRES MARKED "EX" ARE EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN FA-M-P1 SOUND SYSTEM AMPLIFIER ••• PUSHBUTTON STATION, THREE BUTTON G. PROVIDE CHAIN HANGERS FOR ALL SUSPENDED CHANNELS AND/OR STRIPLIGHTS IN - OF EXIT SIGNS AS REQUIRED TO MARK PATHS OF EGRESS TO THE SATISFACTION - PLACE. ALL EXISTING LUMINAIRES WITHIN THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION UNFINISHED AREAS. OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 3 SHALL BE REPAIRED TO A UKE-NEW CONDITION, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND ® LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL TRANSFORMER ® RELAY H. PROVIDE DRYWALL FRAMES FOR ALL LINEAR FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES THAT ARE = T. PROVIDE A FACTORY-INSTALLED OR FIELD-INSTALLED EMERGENCY BATTERY THAT RELAMPED. ANY EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT ARE DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR RECESSED INTO DRYWALL CEILINGS, PROVIDES A MINIMUM OF 90 MINUTES OF RUN TIME IN EACH LUMINAIRE 4 SHALL BE REPLACED WITH AN IDENTICAL LUMINAIREI TC AUTOMATIC TIMECLOCK PC PHOTOCELL 1. PROVIDE A DISCONNECTING MEANS THAT OPENS ALL SUPPLY CONDUCTORS TO ANY INDICATED AS EMERGENCY LUMINAIRE. R. LUMINAIRES MARKED "RR" ARE EXISTING LUMINAIRES THAT ARE TO BE OR HAVE BALLAST SERVING FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES THAT UTILIZE DOUBLE-ENDED LAMPS U. PROVIDE FLUORESCENT EMERGENCY BALLASTS (FEB) FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT 5 BEEN RELOCATED. ALL LUMINAIRES DESIGNATED FOR RELOCATION SHALL BE FRCP 1 FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL FIRE ALARM HORN, WALL MOUNTED AND THAT CAN BE SERVICED IN PLACE. THE DISCONNECTING MEANS SHALL ALSO LUMINAIRES WHERE THEY ARE USED FOR BOTH NORMAL AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING. DISCONNECTED FROM EXISTING BRANCH CIRCUIT, REMOVED FROM EXISTING AREA, OPEN THE NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR TO THE BALLAST WHEN THE LUMINAIRE IS SERVED V. PROVIDE AN EMERGENCY LED DRIVER FOR LED LUMINAIRES WHERE THEY ARE USED - ci F STORED, REPAIRED TO A LIKE-NEW CONDITION, INSTALLED IN REMODELED AREA, rE-V-AC-1 FIRE ALARM VOICE EVACUATION PANEL FIRE ALARM SPEAKER, WALL MOUNTED BY A MUL11WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT. FOR BOTH NORMAL AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING. a RECONNECTED, THOROUGHLY CLEANED, AND RELAMPED. ANY RELOCATED J. PROVIDE MULTIPLE BALLASTS FOR FLUORESCENT LUMINAIRES WHERE INDICATED W. EMERGENCY BATTERIES FOR LINEAR FLUORESCENT AND/OR LONG COMPACT - LUMINAIRES THAT ARE DAMAGED BEYOND REPAIR SHALL BE REPLACED WITH AN rF_A_A_j FIRE ALARM REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR ® FIRE ALARM STROBE, WALL MOUNTED TO HAVE MULTI-LEVEL SWITCHING. FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE RATED AT A MINIMUM OF 1400 LUMENS. THE IDENTICAL LUMINAIRE. FIRE ALARM COMBINATION HORN K. SUPPORT ALL LUMINAIRES COMPLETELY INDEPENDENT OF ANY SUSPENDED EMERGENCY BATTERY SHALL POWER TWO LAMPS WHERE THE ASSOCIATED LUMINAIRE - ' ZAM FRE ALARM ZONE ADDRESSABLE MODULE � AND STROBEWALL MOUNTED CEILING. IS EQUIPPED WITH MORE THAN ONE LAMP. L WHEN REQUIRED, PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS, X. EMERGENCY BATTERIES FOR COMPACT FLUORESCENT LAMPS SHALL BE RATED AT A LEGEND ,FIRE ALARM COMBINATION SPEAKER Q FIRE ALARM MANUAL PLILLSTATiON AND STROBE, WALL MOUNTED CONNECTORS, MOUNTING HARDWARE, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE LOW-VOLTAGE MINIMUM OF 700 LUMENS. THE EMERGENCY BATTERY SHALL POWER TWO LAMPS = _ EXISITNG LIGHTING SYSTEM. INSTALL REMOTE LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS IN A WHERE THE ASSOCIATED LUMINAIRE IS EQUIPPED WITH MORE THAN ONE LAMP. - NEW WORK -{ } AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR, WALL MOUNTED 01C FIRE ALARM HORN, CEILING MOUNTED CONCEALED ACCESSIBLE AREA... Y. PROVIDE GENERATOR TRANSFER DEVICES (GM) FOR LUMINAIRES THAT ARE USED - M. WHEN REQUIRED, PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY MOUNTING HARDWARE, FITTINGS, FOR BOTH NORMAL AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING WHERE A GENERATOR OR CENTRAL m NEW TD EX1571NG cowrnoN (D AUTOMATIC SMOKE DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED 04C FIRE ALARM SPEAKER, CEILING MOUNTED CONNECTORS, PENDANT FEEDS, END CAPS, ETC. FOR A COMPLETE TRACK INVERTER IS USED FOR EMERGENCY POWER AND LUMINAIRES ARE CONTROLLED BY - LIGHTING SYSTEM. LOCAL SWITCHING OR RELAYS. z SVD FIRE ALARM RELAY INTEGRALAUTOMATIC SMOKE . OR FIELD-INSTDUCT ALLED) ®C FIRE ALARM STROBE, CEIUNG MOUNTED N. PROVIDE EXTENSIONS FOR RECESSED LUMINAIRES WHERE REQUIRED BY THE Z. ALL EXIT SIGNS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS, AND NIGHT UGH SHALL BE - 3 CEILING THICKNESS. COORDINATE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS. CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ANY SWITCHING. GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES RTS DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOTE TEST SWITCH �C ANDS oBECCEIUNGRMOUNTOED - o E AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR, WALL MOUNTED FIRE ALARM COMBINATION SPEAKER A. WHERE THE MECHANICAL DESIGN UTILIZES A PLENUM RETURN AIR CEILINGn4C AND STROBE, CEILING MOUNTED - LL DESIGN, ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED WITHIN THE PLENUM RETURN AUTOMATIC HEAT DETECTOR, CEILING MOUNTED PIV FIRE SPRINKLER ELECTRONICALLY CEILING MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPED RATINGS OF SUPERVISED POST INDICATOR VALVE _ ° 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN CEILINGS. COORDINATE FIRE SPRINKLER FLOW SWITCH F FIRE SPRINKLER ALARM BELL ° PLENUM CEILING LOCATIONS WITH THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. LUMINAIRES F FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. .o THAT ARE MANUFACTURED WITH A METAL HOUSING MEET THIS REQUIREMENT AND FIRE SPRINKLER TAMPER SWITCH AND CORROSION 4 FIREALARM MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDER m ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE PLENUM RATED UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE. F MONITORING SYSTEM SUPERVISORY CONNECTION Q PROF£s _- B. COORDINATE ALL DEVICE LOCATIONS AND CIRCUIT ROUTING WITHIN ANY `F,EzE s r MILLWORK WITH MILLWORK VENDOR PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. OCCUPANCY SENSOR SCHEDULE �� G L NF �O C. COORDINATE THE CONNECTIONS OF ALL EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY OTHERS WITH C� THE CONTRACTOR PROVIDING THE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO ROUGH—IN. THIS SYMBOL OCCUPANCY SENSOR MFR./MODEL NUMBER DESCRIPMON/FUNCTION w 16947PE T_ 169 o INCLUDES, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT, KITCHEN DIGITAL DUAL TECHNOLOGY (PASSIVE INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC) CEILING o EQUIPMENT, AUDIO/VISUAL EQUIPMENT, FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM EQUIPMENT, WATTSTOPPER #DT-300 WITH #BZ50 ��, CEILING-MOUNTED OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY SENSOR TURNS LIGHTS ON AND OFF BASED ON OCCUPANCY D FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT, ETC. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE 401-'`r"� POWER PACK, OR EQUAL, UNLESS 8 TO PROVIDE THE APPROPRIATE DISCONNECTING MEANS FOR, AND TO MAKE THE ^r^ SENSOR, DUAL TECHNOLOGY NOTED OTHERWISE INTEGRAL PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN EG FINAL CONNECTION TO, ANY HARDWIRED EQUIPMENT. THE ELECTRICAL ADEQUATE NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILABLE CONTRACTOR IS ALSO RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE AN APPROPRIATE CORD AND PLUG 120V OR 277V SINGLE RELAY WALL SWITCH SENSOR AUTOMATICALLY TURNS c'p m FOR ANY CORD-AND-PLUG CONNECTED EQUIPMENT THAT IS NOT EQUIPPED WITH AN ALL LIGHTS ON AND OFF BASED ON OCCUPANCY; MANUAL SWITCH �Q . INTEGRAL CORD AND PLUG. �" WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY WATTSTOPPER #DSW-301 OR EQUAL, OVERRIDES AUTOMATIC FUNCTION UNTIL NEXT AUTOMATIC EVENT; INTEGRAL Y D. SEE PANEL SCHEDULES FOR INFORMATION ON CIRCUITS THAT ARE TO BE ROUTED ,pOS1 SENSOR - ON/OFF UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN ADEQUATE THROUGH CONTACTORS OR RELAYS FOR CONTROL NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILABLE EXPIRES: JUN. 30. 2016 E. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PRESERVING THE FIRE W RATING OF ANY FIRE-RATED CEILING ASSEMBLIES BY PROVIDING THE 120V OR 277V DUAL RELAY WALL SWITCH SENSOR AUTOMATICALLY TURNS Date." 05108/0s APPROPRIATE FIRE-RATED LUMINAIRE TENTS AS MANUFACTURED BY TENMAT OR PARTIAL LIGHTING ON BASED ON OCCUPANCY AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS; 3 NELSON FIRESTOP OR BY BUILDING FIRE-RATED ENCLOSURES AROUND EACH WALL SWITCH OCCUPANCY WATTSTOPPER #DSW-302 OR EQUAL MANUAL SWITCH TURNS REMAINING LIGHTING ON AS INDICATED ON THE LUMINAIRES THAT IS RECESSED INTO THE ,LRE-RATED ASSEMBLY. COORDINATE $OS2 SENSOR, DUAL RELAY UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PLANS, WALL SWITCH SENSOR TURNS ALL LIGHTING OFF AFTER TIMEOUT; z FIRE-RATED CEILING ASSEMBLY LOCATIONS WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. INTEGRAL PHOTOSENSOR PREVENTS LIGHTS FROM TURNING ON WHEN PROJECT INFORMATION F. ALL EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, AND LUMINAIRES SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR THE ADEQUATE NATURAL LIGHT IS AVAILABLE r ' a C SHALL BEENVIRONMENT IN NEMA R WHICH THEY ARE DEVICES MOUNTED INSTALLED.DA PQUIPMENT MOUNTED OR WET LOCATIONS SLL OUTDOORS E BUILD-A-BEARri WEATHERPROOF. RECEPTACLES RATED 15- OR 20-AMPS AND 120 VOLTS WHICH LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE WASHINGTON SQ. ARE LOCATED IN DAMP OR WET LOCATIONS SHALL BE GFCI PROTECTED AND m EQUIPPED WITH A SUITABLE WEATHERPROOF COVERPLATE (WHILE-IN-USE IN WET MOUNTING i = LOCATIONS). 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. G. ALL LUGS, TERMINALS, ETC. IN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SHALL CEILING WALL GRADE PORTLAND,OR 97223 BE LISTED FOR A MINIMUM OF 75 DEGREE C CONDUCTORS. TERMINATIONS w o LISTED FOR ONLY 60 DEGREE C CONDUCTORS ARE NOT PERMITTED. LAMP SPECIFICATION c z H. BRANCH CIRCUITS RATED AT 20 AMPS AT 120 VOLTS THAT ARE LONGER THAN 75 (SEE KEYED NOTE A) w w o w w PROJECT#: m FEET SHALL BE #10 AWG MINIMUM TO OFFSET VOLTAGE DROP. cn ¢ w (n ¢ = csi } w w CL w w cn 0 29349.000 = I. BRANCH CIRCUITS RATED AT 20 AMPS AT 120 VOLTS THAT ARE LONGER THAN 150 LAMP LAMP LAMP VA v cn v ae .15 FEET SHALL BE #8 AWG MINIMUM TO OFFSET VOLTAGE DROP. MARK DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER CATALOG NUMBER QUAN DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTS LOAD � V) V) � N � cn 0- o REMARKS 3 J. BRANCH CIRCUITS RATED AT 20 AMPS AT 277 VOLTS THAT ARE LONGER THAN 150 FEET SHALL BE #10 AWG MINIMUM TO OFFSET VOLTAGE DROP. A SALES INDIRECT 1X4 JUNO LIGHTING S1X4BL 39 30 U WH 3 1 3000K LED LED 120 36 X o o K. CONDUCTORS #12 AWG AND SMALLER SHALL BE SOLID. CONDUCTORS #10 AWG AND SHEET INFORMATION = B LARGER ARE PERMITTED TO BE STRANDED. B WALL WASH/FLOOD JUNO LIGHTING T257LED 3K WH 1 3000K LED LED 120 70 X L CIRCUITS SERVING EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT SUCH AS EMERGENCYSCHEDULES ANDLL BATTERIES SHALL NOT SHARE A NEUTRAL (SHALL NOT BE PART OF A MULTINRE C TRACK HEAD JUNO LIGHTING T263LG2 3 N WH 1 3000K LED LED 120 27 X ° BRANCH CIRCUIT) WITH ANY OTHER CIRCUIT. PROVIDE A SEPARATE NEUTRAL T25z6 3K s WH ELECTRICAL NOTES a FOR EVERY CIRCUIT THAT SERVES EMERGENCY LIGHTING EQUIPMENT. D TRACK HEAD AT STOREFRONT JUNO LIGHTING T252L 3 1 3000K LED LED 120 18 X 2 CL F 2" ADJUSTABLE LED DOWNUGHT JUNO UGHTING 2A 830 N 1 WH 1 3000K LED LED 120 10 X G 4' LED DOWNUGHT JUNO LIGHTING HOUSING: L4 15 30 1 G2 1 3000K LED LED 120 19 XDRAWN BY: U TRIM: L400 P W a H 2X2 LED IN RESTROOM JUNO LIGHTING S2X2BL 39 30 U-WH 3 1 3000K LED LED 120 36 X JMS ZL1N L48 700OLM FST MVOLT 30K REVIEWED BY: 1 BOH LED STRIPLIGHT UTHONIA LIGHTING 80CRI WH ZACVH-M10O 1 3000K LED LED 120 70 X GRS m v; - L EM1 EMERGNCY LIGHT NAVILITE N4WHHO 2 5.4W 6V IND 120 22 X ��+���4�} *� SCALE: Q A A6 allOWD w Xt EXIT SIGN NAVIUTE NXESBA 1 R WH — INCLUDED LED 120 5 X w N APPROVED wlfiI THIS PERmrr o X2 EXIT SIGN NAVIUTE NXPBA 3 R WH - INCLUDED LED 120 4 X AUTHORIZED FOR: +� F♦ Q - LL/Permit CL LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE KEYED NOTES: �` NOTE A: FL=FLUORESCENT, CFL=COMPACT FLUORESCENT, IND=INCANDESCENT, MH=METAL HALIDE, HPS=HIGH PRESSURE SODIUM, LED=LIGHT EMITTING DIODE a e_ El - Lu N (n O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Lrgff.[AC PLM WTES FRCH 1. ALL WIRING FOR &EWQEWY, EXIT AAV Nr&HT LMNAMES SHALL BE DEM VIORLDVME UAS#rMhED. L 2. PROV1DEF Lr6HTING CaV7Ra S#170YGAAK =DETAIL 21E2 FOR ADDITIONAL MIORMA 7101V LOWERCASE LETTERS Aa1A CENT TO 311 Elm Street Su!e6X LUMINAIRES ON PLANS CORRESPOAD TO TFE ASSOCIATED SWITCH aV Cirrinrat CH 45= (a) (b) (d) (e) TDA LE7AIL. COWrRU SffrTaBAAK ffrLL. FrT NITHM (c) THYS DESIGNA 7EV AREA AND S TACK XL TrPLE Sffr TCYRAAKS AT THIS 5132413000 0 0 0 0 0 L OCA 710N IF A SrACY-E Sffr TCY-BAW WILL AOT FIT WITHIN THIS www.frch.c= DESrW 7ED AREA. J. COM/ECT L r6wrw ciRcur T VIA sffr TCH(ES) L OCA TED IN L rGHTrNG CONTRa SWI MEAAK LOWERCASE LETTERS ADLJAaENT TO LUMINAIRES MWCATE MMESPOWrAG CaV77?OL SWITCH. 4. CaOECT LrGHrTAtG CIRCUIT TO E"LST FAN -'ZRVIAC TkE IESTA'00Y. SALES AREA SALES AREA SALES AREA STOREFRONT SALES INSPIRE ME SEF EJ FOR L OCA TraV OF EXHAUST FAN. LIGHTING LIGHTING TRACK LIGHTING TRACK LIGHTING DOWNLIGHTS LIGHTING 5. FIXTURES DES19VA TED EM SL14LL BE ROUTED THROUGH L r6HTrW INVERTER FOR EAEROTWY BA064P = WIRING DIAGRAM 3/E2 FOR K ADDITIONAL rAFORAM TrCVV. 6. PROVIDE TR40K SECTIM WITH A 5 AAF CLPRENT LIMITIAG DEVICE. 7. PROVIDE TRACK SECTIM WITH A 9 AAP CLRRDVT LIMMAG DEVICE SWI TCHPLATE ELEVATION 3 ?. NOT TO SCALE ELECTRICAL PANEL IOTA INVERTER IIS-375-LED A-4 120V ww NEUTRAL NEUTRAL LIGHTING LOAD L (CONTACTOR 7 -1 13 --FLYING LEADS SPST "a" ISSUE INFORMATION G 05/08115 @EMERGENCY LIGHTING INVERTER WIRING DIAGRAM REVISIONS-1 4 EMERGENCY NOT�NNOT TO SCALE 3 4 5 F a. NOTA ' 4— NOTE 6 7 Z' Hc c c — ____4 ____9 — �–Fi I\ I I c FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. *c EM1 g R c R B e G B 1-�072 5 B PROP B EM LM EM G I N Tky 17 b t FI< 1 b E I ) D ........IT12 x GON e ic v to 1 0. . 1 e _T_ e BF .......... k,-y I e 10 8II e e G -24 EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 Data: 0510810,9 E HC C c Ic I I E loe EM1 EM1 c \0 F -28 NO 5e F d -Ed PROJECT INFORMATION ci B Of --E C NO 7F BUILD-A-BEAR No EFF 5 - - r_ PANEL 18" —y V71v- NO 7F 1, �' hq WASHINGTON SQ. (TVP/CAL) EM EM EM 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. c PANEL '�4 t t I// b bj ' 07E- c 4 I I I I N021 54 1 t NO 5 E PORTLAND,OR 97223 A I c d LL �z -F- B B B B B B [B B PROJECT#: /7N07r 2 3: c c c c c c c c c 29349.000 X1 f fNOTE r I is B EM1 No 7-1 SHEET INFORMATION rT 11 IF LIGHTING PLAN E CL e CL cc ~ I ( ( DRAWN BY: 0 ims REVIEWED BY: 7 GRS !9 PLAN NORTH SCALE: A LIGHTING PLANW(ED REFERENCE ONLY ASK 4 Lu NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZED FOR: SCALE: 1/4" V-0" LL/Permit C e Eo2 cn 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1. PROVIDE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR INTERACTIVE DISPAY SCREEN. FRICH MOUNT TO HEIGHT AS SHOWN ON PLAN. DEIGN VIIORLDWDE L OUADRUPLEX 2. PROVIDE LOW VOL TACE TRANSFORMER A T 9'-0" A.F.F., BUZZER RECEPTACLE ABOVE MANAGER'S DESK AT 9'-0" A.F.F., AND PUSHBUTTON AT 4'- AT 42" A.F,F, 0" A.F.F. FOR DOOR BELL SYSTEM. ALL WIRING TO BE IN 112" 311 Elm Shied Ste= CONDUIT. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING L OCA TIONS AND HEIGHTS B Y E.C. WITH OWNER/ARCHITECT. REFER TO DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMA TIC. CiilCi>ZIli OH 45202 1 h CONDUrT THIS SHEET. 513 2413= J. PULL BOXES ABOVE CEILING LINE FOR CONNECTION TO CASHWRAP www.fmh.com STUB-UPS. MANAGERS DESK 4. EMT STUB-UP FOR ALL CASHWRAP SYSTEMS. (I.E., RECEPTACLES, L ICH TING, PHONES, AND LOW VOL TAGS SYSTEMS. EXTEND TO THE DEVICES AS REQUIRED. GANG ALL CONDUITS TOGETHER AND RUN TO THE DEVICE IN AN INCONSPICUOUS MANNER. 5. ROUTE 314" CONDUITS FOR POWER AND DATA UNDER SLAB AND STUB- UP IN CASHWRAP AS DIRECTED BY THE LANDLORD. 6. PROVIDE A 3'-0" x 10'-0` x 3/4" UL-LABELED FIRE-RETARDANT PLYWOOD BACKBOARD FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE K GROUND BAR MOUNTED ON BACKBOARD WITH EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR CONNECTED TO POWER SYSTEM'S GROUNDING ELECTRODE so SYSTEM. 7. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO SHOPPER TRACKER. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. l I I I 8. MAINTAIN EXISTING CIRCUITING AND CONTROLS TO STOREFRONT s SIGNAGE. OUADRUPLEX 9. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO HAND DRYER. COORDINATE ALL DATA/COMM RECEPTACLE REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH--IN. 0 ✓UNC PON AT 18" A.F.F. 10. CONNECT EXHAUST FAN TO LIGHTING CIRCUIT SERVING RESTROOM. BOX By E.C. SEE SHEET E2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 11. PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION TO STUFFING MACHINE. VERIFY EXACT ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. I oft 1, J MANAGER S DESK ELEVATION NOT TO SCALE iLZ W • REAR DOOR REAR DOOR PUSHBUTTON H TRANSFORMER EDWARDS EDWARDS #598 #1786C-B 120V 24V STOCKROOM 00 BUZZER PRIMARY SECONDARY EDWARDS #874-G5 ISSUE INFORMATION G DELIVERY BUZZER SCHEMATIC 05/08/15 3 NOT TO SCALE 0 REVISIONS 1 2 3 4 _ 5 ' U F NOTE 4 a AdO 20 NOTE 3 A-16,18 NOTE 9 I I I I A-26 I - Yaf72 IG TE �_.. _��,._._.-:- - •a = . , I I - __ ... _ +104 v +44" I \ I i I I - F l NOTE 5 A-23 _ ` s �- - _� � T - I I I ( _ � � SEE SHEE e _-I_.. ', ..._. 6 ( E2 FOR A-21 , ,p E _ ---- - ` i (gip 11 / EL EVA TIONK A->5 - - - `� \\ AND L1-12 4 1 1 E I IG IG,+24" \\ LOCATION LL OTE 10 16 1 I .__. r — y FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. € r -- - I - ._m I I _. / - C KN. 1 I A-7 I \ss 12 i // I3 N0;7F 7 L - �l e16947 PROFFS.». - _> .._,..— ,_,,,_...__..— - ,. iaww+r.�nwq S I 11 oTE N+42j -39 , I; _ WP _.. _ � // / \ \ G Cl �_$ �I F ��y� �j / � ��, P \ F1 `-�i_ �#g W/RE i / l / I �` IPE '� rGFCI r A-9 IG � NOTE 8 U i D s --' ; 77 � �� J (#8 W/RE� �� OREGON o 3 A-11 1 "I# 6013 / F gpcL F A-3,5 4 Y _ -_ \ 10 ,. o 5 \ \\ /Irl EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 - — A-13 NOTE 2 - - - - ice- �\ - - -� �� t. — j — — Date: OS/G18/09 ._.. s NOTE 2 i � //' .r., , • d 3' PANEL "B'" � � � � �I d��\ IG +84' PANEL A" -17, /! 'I10 � � � � � I ? \\ A-1 1 (#10 WIRE) //£ I I ~ NOTE 6 TR I A-1012 - \ �, I s PROJECT INFORMATION a C - �___._ BUILD A BEAR I ► II � =_1,� , ,,��„ WASHINGTON SQ. A-17 I I I I NOTE 2 A-14 _ — '' 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. PORTLAND, OR 97223 U q 4 LL .. � 1 ,h i 7 F 1, g F:` 3 a A PROJECT#• LL r i 29349 000 3 B SHEET INFORMATION POWER PLAN iLo a n a cL U T DRAWN BY: JMS T REVIEWED BY: GRS SCALE: a A AS If�fD PLAN REFERENCE ONLY POWER PLAN AUTHORIZED FOR: J NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT LUPermit a 1 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" w E3 N U 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY KEYED NOTES- TO PLACE RJ-21X WIRING CABINET 1. PROVIDE (2) J" COLLARS WITH BUSHINGS FROM 1" ABOVE CEILING AT THIS POINTDESIGN WORLDIMDE L TO 6 BELOW CEILING. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE 10'-0" TELEPHONE BACKBOARD OF CABLE COILED AT COMPUTER RACK LOCATION. 311 ElmSltlek&jte6W 2. PROVIDE CONDUIT UP TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. BEND x CONDUIT ABOVE CEL.TING 90 DEGRESS TOWARDS CPU RACK AND Cincinrmti OH 45202 N o INSTALL PLASTIC BUSHING ON END OF CONDUI T. REFER TO DA TA 513 2413000 z w SYSTEMS LEGEND FOR MORE INFORMATION, www.t&.� F 8 J. FURNISH AND INSTALL 4-1/2'X2-1/2'X2-1/2" JUNCTION BOX WITH a Z SINGLE GANG PLASTER RING MOUNTED FLUSH IN WALL BEHIND N (n L_ DATA SYSTEM LEGEND SACKWRAP. EXTEND I" CONDUIT TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. 24 PORT CA T 5 SEE DATA SYSTEM LEGEND FOR MORE INFORMATION. VOICE CABLET T T T PATCH PANEL 0 (1) CAT 5e IN 3/4" CONDUIT 4. 1" CONDUIT UP TO ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING. BEND CONDUIT 90 ROUTING (BY OWNER) DEGREES TOWARDS CPU RACK AND INSTALL PLASTIC BUSHING ON END bw Q2 (2) CAT 5e IN 3/4" CONDUIT OF CONDUIT. EXTEND 1" CONDUIT IN OR BELOW SLAB AND STUB-UP K 000000000000 3 UNDER CASHWRAP AND TERMINA TE A T JUNCTION BOX. ' 000000000000 (3) CAT 5e IN 3/4" CONDUIT 5. 1" CONDUIT FOR DATA/COMMUNICATION SHALL BE INSTALLED = V (4) CAT 5e IN 1" CONDUIT CONCEALED IN OR UNDER SLAB AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD. V 64K ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO TERMINATE I" CONDUIT UNDER FRONT CIRCUIT 6 WRAPPING COUNTER WITH A 4-1/2'X2-1/2'X2-1/2" JUNCTION BOX RJ-45 Q (6) CAT Se IN 1" CONDUIT WITH FLAT SINGLE GANG COVER MOUNTED HORIZONTALLY. PROVIDE (BY OWNER) NOTE: ALL CAT 5e CABLES TO BE LABELED NUMERICALLY AT (4) CAT 5e FROM CASHWRAP TO COMPUTER RACK. 0 EACH END. COORDINATE THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR 6. DATA FOR FLOOR FIXTURE TO RUN UNDER SLAB FROM NEAREST FULL TO INSTALLATION. HEIGHT WALL TO THE DATA DEVICES. VERIFY SLAB PENETRATION REQUIREMENTS WI TH LANDL ORD. REFER TO DA TA SYSTEM LEGEND FOR MODULAR SURFACE QUANTITY OF CAT 5e AND CONDUIT SIZE. MOUNT RJ-11 JACK 7. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL SPEAKERS FURNISHED BY OWNER. PROVIDE 2 BY OWNER #18 AWG WIRES PER SPEAKER PAIR. LEAVE 8'-0" OF WIRE COILED AT J COMPUTER RACK. S. FURNISH AND INSTALL CONDUIT DOWN IN WALL TO 4-112"X2-112"X2- 112" JUNCTION BOX IN WALL A T +18" A.F.F. BEL OW MANAGERS SWING-AWAY DATA RACK DESK. REFER TO DATA SYSTEM LEGEND FOR QUANITITY OF CAT 5e QUADRUPLEX (BY OWNER) AND CONDUIT SIZE. RECEPTACLE 9. CA T 5e DA TA L INE COMING OUT OF CEILING DIRECTL Y BEHIND A T 84" A.F.F. �(� CIRCULAR CEILING FIXTURE FOR WIRELESS ACCESS POINT. V i BY E.C. (� 10. PROVIDE CAT 5e CABLE FOR SHOPPER TRACKING DEVICE WITH 5'-0" moo EXTRA CABLE COILED ABOVE CEILING 000 • • H a Vol ISSUE INFORMATION G 05/08/15 NOTE: 25 PAIR INCOMING PHONE CABLE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE TENANT'S TELEPHONE REVISIONS SERVICE PROVIDER 1 2 3 TELEPHONE BOARD DETAIL _4 2 5 NOT TO SCALE U F n 5 U N L yU Q _ U LL — o 'UO — 3 a 0 NorE 2 E V „ -� -4- 7__ .... __....,._.... III ' k a I,II; � , ,.e�,.�----•-I-_._ __i h s,..k €-_ ... I , g Q F e s � ,.... ., �.,� FRCH I ARCHITECTURE INC. P.C. € — ' a 1 I L r E 1 { PROFF +7 16947P 0 } ( \I N�7F 9 �� D I [ I \ \ \ I I I �z - m �- _.._... .__v_. . f� I \\ EGON j!TT:1 vl�G gg^� NOTE 10 K I o0 I "NOTE s / / ` r mJ L ` �I Y / S a� I I \ - - EXP 0, 016 ,, EXPIRES: JUN. 09 2 4 NOTE 6Y y- / / NOTE 8 I i _ PROJECT INFORMATION c , y ' rr '' BUILD _ 07F 6 k l N NOTE 6 t t I - WASHINGTON SQ. 7 NOTE 1 - - F :. _. / / \FE 1i — � %/ ' - i I WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. - - \.., ,,....... / i - - - Lt" I r PORTLAND, OR97223N n g PROJECT#: QS I OS I (TYP/CAL) 29349.000 o .N B SHEET INFORMATION �- — COMMUNICATION E a �t �.-�__._ PLAN CL m — I o 3 I a c k (9 :. tea..�.,.,.... W�i� �..—.._�. ? _'•__..� � 4I �m� £ R.mkOI s I �rew I N i n, 2 U L w, : 2 U DRAWN BY: JMS �a N REVIEWED BY: GRS CD A REFERENCE ONLY ARAINI�ED NORTH NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT AUTHORIZED FOR: a DATA COMMUNICATION PLAN LL/Permit 1 3 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" Lu 62 E4 N w r 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH ass vvoffi DMVDE L 312 Elm Shd Suite WO Cifl fMd CH 45202 513 2413000 www.ftch.com K C) J $s* • Olt w • HVolf s— v ISSUE INFORMATION G 05/08/15 REVISIONS Ai2 3 4 5 F SERVICE EQUIPMENT OR ISOLATED GROUND SEPARATELY DERIVED SYSTEM PANELBOARD (SEE NOTE 4) _ a EOUIPMENT GROUND BAR BONDED TO OUTLET BOX EQUIPMENT PANELBOARD CAB/NET GROUND TERM/NAL _ t GC 8 e MOUN77NG SCREWS BOND ONLY — THE RECEPTACLE FRAME TO METALLIC OUTLET BOX LL NOTE 1 — METALLIC q EGC OUTLET BOX — INSULATED � Q 3 NEUTRAL BAR ORANGE COLOR FACE 0 IDEN77f7ES ISOLA TED E — m C GROUND NOT CONNECTED TO RECEPTACLE FRAME — LL NOTE 2 U. IG SILVER GROUNDED GROUNDING 0 Q (NEUTRAL) TERM/NAL TERMINAL = FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. __GC_ a - e e � Ep MorFSS NOTE 3 ISOLATED GROUND TERMINAL IS R NOT CONNECTED TO THE ."� G I N E �p RECEPTACLE FRAME AND IS t,,� F y9 m v NO 7'F 5 THEREFORE INSULATED fROM THE 16947PE g cccw��� OUTLET BOX GROUNDING PATH c D I ISOLATED GROUND BAR g 1 SN ULA TED FROM) E ONDED 70 (I ? PANELBOARD CABINET 19 42MM M?TFS APPLM4&E 771 THIS LIETAIL: G Y S A. THIS DETAIL IS DIA&?AAA(ATIC IN M nRE AAD IS Av T IN7vwxD TO IADICATE PROPOSED CIRCUIT ROUTING. PHASE ClAaCTGIRS AM RACEWAYS ARE AVT SHOWN FOR CONDUCTOR LEGEND EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 CLARITY. ALL RACEWAYS smLL BE SECURELY BoAcED TO Tw E7ICLOSGRES 1hE RACEWAYS ClaV1 ECT. —GC— GROUNDED CONDUCTOR (NEUTRAL) Date: 05/x9/09 B. A GREEN EOUIPMENT GRG" CDA1XC7CR IS REOUIRED FOR EVERY APPLIANCE BRAACH 3 CIRCUIT, EVERY GI9WERAL-PU?POSE BROACH CIRCUIT, EVERY IADIVIDUAL BRAAC"Y —EGC— EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTOR ° CIRCUI T, AAD EVERY A/GL TI-WIRE BRANCH CIRCUIT. UVER Ab CIRCUMSTAMCES WILL A AETALLIC RACEWAY SYSTEM BE AXED= AS TtE SOLE MFAAIS CAS EOUIPAENT —IG— ISOLATED GROUNDING CONDUCTOR PROJECT INFORMATION C. I (AEUTRAL) G�CTORS ARE OILY REQUIRED FOR 120V LOADS OR POLYPHASE —CEG— GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR a C LOADS THAT RSOUIRE 120V POWER. BUILD-A-BEAR D. WhLN INSTALLED fER 7,E CU4RENT NATIONAL EZEC7RICAL CODE RE0UIR&d5VTS, AT LEAST TWO Gwa M CAIDGCTAR PATHS ARE REQUIRETk aVE FOR RE RECEPTACLE WASHINGTON SQ. ts GRIXIAD AND 011E FOR PC RECEPTACLE. t 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. WW om YIETfAcNT�IGRSIX/I1DI/AWI"LCDIIIx/CTORS SHALL TERMINATE ON THIS EGXIIPMDVT PORTLAND,OR 97223 oGROM BAR. lA1L ER NO CIRCY/AlSTAAA:. 5 S7IALL ANY ISOLATED GRODUDING O4 LL GROlA1DED COACWTOR (AEUTRAL) COAUCTORS TERMINATE OV THIS BAR. 2. CA1L Y CR094XD (AEUTRAL) CO1Lx,CTORS SMLL TERMINATE ON THIS AEU77?AL BAR. PROJECT M g LACER AV CIRaAOSTANCES .SHALL ANY TSC-A TED 0RlXW1AG OR EQUIfMFNT 29349.000 .3 GROMINC CaVXTORS 7ERMIAIATE OV THIS BAR. o J. OALY ISOLATED GROLWING C01DLG70RS SHILL TERMINATE ON THIS ISOLATEDcc 3 GRaw BAR. UADER A/O CIRCUMSTAACES SHALL ANY EOUIPMENT GRALAIOIAC ORGROLWED B �CA lIDO T T SE,)GIS SERVED B THIS�IPAAEZ THIS BS1�4LL BE - o ROUTED IN DEDICATED RACEWAYS AAD SHALL NOT BE COIlBIAED IN Th£SAME SHEET INFORMATION 4. UALAID o RACEWAY WITH AVN-ISCLA TED GROUAD CIRCUITS. ELECTRICAL o 5 IBUT AKIST ITE AThEAG TS�V CE EOUOR IS. IIf�tFVT GROUVDlQTZED TO PASS T100" AA�FLBOARDS DETAILS CL 77E CROUAVING TERMINAL 09' 77-E SEPARATELY DERIVED SY57EK IF APPLICABLE, a GIhLES'S INDICATED OTAERWISE. cc t CL T DRAWN BY: JMS t ISOLATED GROUND SYSTEM DETAIL REVIEWED BY: GRS m cm A NOT TO SCALE ASCD a REFERENCE ONLY AUTHORIZED FOR: 0 NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT LL/Permit CL 3 m H W E5 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 U 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRICH L LEGEND mm EXISTING 311 Elm Stind Suds 6M NEW WORK OftMid CH 45= NEW TO EXISTING CONNEC17ON 51324130M www.lth-com 3 - g K 3 O J EXISTING PANEL "A" SCHEDULE aw-LjwDrl mw,uvy `ef 11 Y. IF F'7SSIa.E, 77£AEN'ISLLATM QiMWIAG COAaCTOR 5471 6F • FED FROM: METER CENTER MOUNTING: SURFACE MOUNTED PLLLED ThVOGGH T7f WSTIAG CaWYJIT NITHaff REWYIAG ThE VOLTAGE: 120/208V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 EXISTIAG CIRCUIT COACWTORS. VE ELECTRICAL COWRACTO? IS - BUS MATERIAL: EXISTING FAULT CURRENT: EXISTING AEarPGI61RE TO CETERVrAE 77E FEASIBILITY OF FULIAG 7W AEN' BUS LOAD: 90 AMPS AIC RATING: MATCH EXISTING ISixA7ED GROUIDIAG GYa1Cx7a? Tkmai 7w EXIST.IAG CL�AOUIT PRIOR TO BID. IF FULIAG 7FE AEN' ISOLATED 0fiVWrAV BUS RATING: 250 AMPS OPTIONS*: BONDED AND ISOLATED GROUND BARS a7vtr7w 7waAw 7w ExIsTIAG avvjir IS AbT FFISIEIL 7w MAIN: 100/3 MAIN BREAKER ELECTRICAL C6WTRAC7tR 9NALL RIEWIAE 77f D(ISTIhG CIROVIT CO10t TORS AAO Pb.LL ThEW Boa( Th� Nr7H 7W AEN' 15MA7ED w LOAD (VA) LOAD (VA) Q?awrx cazvCTOR. ANY ExISTIAG CIRCUIT CGYV7lA:7A?S NOTES CKT. LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C BREAKER BREAKER A B C LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT. NOTES DAMAGED IN 7E kL�Ik7VAL Pir RES (B?Q�N H Aiv DS, NICKED IA6CCATIQV, E7C.) SMALL �FEPLACED N71H AN E2;K/IYALEM' 1 HEAR ME FLOOR RECEPT 360 20/1 20/1 1200 SIGNAGE 2 TC _ CaDILCTA?. 3 MICROWAVE 1500 20/1 20/1- 720 SALES LIGHTING 4 TC 5 REFRIGERATOR 700 20/1 20/1 1664 TRACK LIGHTING 6 TC H 7 MANAGER'S DESK QUAD 360 20/1 20/1 167 SALES DOWNLIGHTING 8 TC TO EXISTING UTILITY TRANSFORMER 9 MANAGER'S DESK I.G. 500 20/1 20/1 360 NAME ME STATION 10 lot 11 WATER COOLER 200 20/1 20/1 360 NAME ME STATION 12 &� 13 SERVER CABINET 100020/1 20/1 540 GIFTING/BONDING RECE 14 15 STOREFRONT MONITOR 500 20/1 20/1 250 CASHWRAP I.G. 16 _ _ _ _ _ EXISTING 120/208V, 3PH, 4W 400A METER SECTION_ 17 SHOW WINDOW RECEPT 180 20/1 20/1 250 CASHWRAP I.G. 18 EXISTING SERVICE CONDUCTORS 19 GENERAL RECEIPTS 540 20/1 20/1 300 DISPLAY SCREEN 20 400/3 21 RESTROOM RECEPT 180 20/1 20/1 360 BACKWRAP I.G. 22 ( CTs 400E FUSES 23 HAND DRYER 1500 20/1 20/1 72 STOREFRONT TRACK 24 TC ---� 25 SPARE 20/1 20/1 500 INSPIRE ME MILLWORK 26 100/3 200/3 100/3 ( ISSUE INFORMATION 27 SPARE 20/1 20/1 894 BOH LIGHTING 28 TC M 100A 200A 100A G 29 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 30 METER FUSES' FUSES FUSES 05/08/15 31 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 32 SOCKET 33 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 34 _ J REVISIONS 35 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 36 EXISTING 4 — #3/0, 1 37 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 38 4 _ 3 N6 2 ROUND#8 GROUND 2 39 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 40 NEW #8 IG (NOTE 1) CONDUIT 41 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 42 IN 2" TOTALS: 2260 2680 2580 2707 2584 2346 EXISTING CONDUIT 4 NOTES: 5 * PROVIDE HANDLE TIES FOR ALL MUL71WiRE BRANCH CIRCUITS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER OPTIONS REQUIRED. TC CIRCUIT CONTROLLED VIA EXISTING TIMECLOCK PANEL PANEL — F „A„ B a U - C - 7 U Lyq- _ x - EXISTING PANEL "B” SCHEDULE 0 FED FROM: METER CENTER MOUNTING: SURFACE MOUNTED 0 VOLTAGE: 120/208V, 3 PHASE, 4 WIRE ENCLOSURE: NEMA 1 — a BUS MATERIAL: EXISTING FAULT CURRENT: EXISTING 3 BUS LOAD: 116 AMPS AIG RATING: MATCH EXISTING BUS RATING: 250 AMPS OPTIONS*: BONDED EQUIPMENT GROUND BAR E MAIN: MAIN LUG ONLY N.E.C. LOAD ANALYSIS FOR EXISTING PANEL "A" (INCLUDING SUBFEEDS) x LOAD (VA) LOAD (VA) DEMAND PHASE A (VA) PHASE B (VA) PHASE C (VA) TOTAL (VA) — LL NOTES CKT. LOAD DESCRIPTION A B C BREAKER BREAKER A B C LOAD DESCRIPTION CKT. NOTES LOAD DESCRIPTION FACTOR CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND 1 VAV-1 342040/3 40/3 3420 VAV-2 2 LIGHTING: 125% 1867 2334 1614 2018 1736 2170 5217 6522 3 ------ 3420 --- --- 3420 ------ 4 RECEPTACLE: 100% 3100 3100 3650 3650 1690 1690 8440 8440 FRCH t ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. m 5 ------ 3420 --- --- 3420 ------ 6 OTHER NONCONTINUOUS: 100% 0 0 0 0 1500 1500 1500 1500r 7 SPARE 20j3 20 j3 SPARE 8 12'-0" SHOW WINDOW AT 200 VA/FT: 125% 800 1000 800 1000 800 1000 2400 3000 ��RED PROFf3,, 9 ------ --- --- —`--- 10 132'-0" TRACK LTG. AT 150 VA/2 FT. 125% 3300 4125 3300 4125 3300 4125 9900 12375 �� �G 11 ------ --- --- ------ 12 TOTAL 9067 10559 9364 10793 9026 10485 27457 31837 `� 16947PE 9?I oLD 13 SPARE 20/1 20/1 360 HVAC SERVICE REC. 14 EQUIVALENT AMPS: 76 88 79 90 76 88 77 89 U 0 15 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 16 PHASE BALANCE: —1% D 17 STUFFIER 6240 80/2 20/1 SPARE 18 —1% 39' 29 —2% —2� ORE e 19 ------ 6240 --- 20/1 SPARE 20 C� LD IC 21 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 22 C 0 23 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 24 25 SPARE 20 j1 20/1 SPARE 26 g EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 27 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 28 Date. O3/A8/O9 m 29 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 30 = .3 31 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 32 33 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 34 35 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 36 PROJECT INFORMATION 37 SPARE 20/1 20/1 SPARE 38 N.E.C. LOAD ANALYSIS FOR EXISTING PANEL "B" (INCLUDING SUBFEEDS) a c BUILD-A-BEAR 49 --- -1 1500 20/2 30/2 SPARE0— 1500 — 4LOAD DESCRIP11ON DFACTOR CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECT. DEMAND CONNECTEMAND PHASE A (VA) PHASE B (VA) PHASE C (VA) . DEMAND WASHINGTON SQ, TOTALS: 9660 1 4920 111160 3780 34203420 RECEPTACLE: 89% 6600 5871 0 0 6240 5550 12840 11420 9 B WATER HEATING: 100% 0 0 1500 1500 1500 1500 3000 3000 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. OYES. * PORTLAND,OR 97223 PROVIDE HANDLE TIES FOR ALL MULTINRE BRANCH CIRCUITS. SEE SPECIFICATIONS FOR OTHER OPTIONS REQUIRED. HEATING ONLY: 100% 6841 6841 6840 6840 6840 6840 20521 20521 g TOTAL- 13441 12711 8340 8340 14580 13890 36361 34941 = EQUIVALENT AMPS: 113 106 70 70 122 116 101 97 PROJECTM m PHASE BALANCE: 11% 10% —32% —29% 21% 20% 29349.000 0 3 m B SHEET INFORMATION mrE RISER DIARAM AND v PANEL SCHEDULES CL coW AND DETAILS m U DRAWN BY: JMS t REVIEWED BY: m Mo GRS m C3 SCALE: Afi INOMD s 0 A REFERENCE ONLY AUTHORIZED FOR: r I= NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT LlJPemlit ci gcs a >— E 6 u W N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SECTION 260000 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL CONDITIONS D. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting interior of all boxes, enclosures. and cabinets to remove dirt, permitted where not otherwise prohibited, except for branch requirements of the Drawings and/or Specifications. debris, and other material . circuits fed from ground fault circuit interrupter (GFCI) and arc �� PART 1 GENERAL E, Conform to requirements of NEPA 70 and the requirements of utility B. Adjust all flush mounted equipment, boxes, cabinets. and enclosures fault circuit interrupter (AFCI) circuit breakers, branch 1.01 SUMMARY companies. such that they are flush with finished wall or flooring material. circuits fed from feed-through protection of GFCI receptacles, A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING C. Replace or refinish damaged equipment, devices, luminaires, materials, branch circuits with dimming controls, when circuits serveN ` � Division 26, Division 27, and Division 28 and shall apply to all A. Accept all equipment. devices, luminaires, and materials on site and and surfaces where marring or disfigurement has occurred and replace emergency lighting equipment such as emergency batt®ries or L phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the Drawings, or inspect for damage; protect all equipment, devices, luminaires, and any lamps and ballasts that expire before the Owner's acceptance of emergency lighting unit equipment, or when indicated by the wire required to provide a complete installation of approved electrical materials from corrosion and entrance of debris by storing in a clean, the project. counts shown on the drawings. 311 Elm Sftt Sub SM systems. dry space above grade and maintaining factory wrapping. 3.08 TESTING AND INSPECTION B. Installation in Raceway: Tape ends of canductars and cables to B. The Drawings, General Conditions and General Provisions of the B. Handle all equipment, devices, luminaires, and materials in accordance A. Testing: Test the entire system under operating conditions aver o prevent infiltration of moisture and other contaminants. Pull all CIflC1�l OH 4� Contract apply to this Section and the other Sections of Division 26, with manufacturer`s instructions. Li#t only with lugs provided far sufficient period of time to prove the proper capacity, operation, and conductors and cables together into raceway at same time. Da not 513 24 1 SIM Division 27, and Diiivision 28 of the specifications. Where conflicts the purpose. Handle carefully to avoid damage to internal components, performance of all equipment, devices, systems, etc, damage conductors and cables or exceed manufacturer's recommended arise between these documents, the mare stringent provision wilt be enclosures, and finishes. Exercise the necessary precautionary B. Inspection: Obtain all required certificates of inspection and maximum pulling tension and sidewall pressure, Use suitable wire WWW.fR�3-cm applicable, subject to the interpretation of the Engineer. methods to prevent scratching or defacing of all equipment, devices, approval #ram all City and State Authorities Having Jurisdiction. pulling lubricant where necessary, except when lubricant is not C. Furnish all labor. material , services, and skilled supervision luminaires, and materials. 3.09 PROJECT CLOSEOUT recommended by the manufacturer. necessary for the construction, erection, installation, connections, 1.11 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish a complete A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed C. Secure and support conductors in accordance with hF PA 70 using testing, and adjustment of all materials and electrical equipment parts and labor warranty and guarantee on all systems installed under this copy and one electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. suitable supports and methods approved by the Authority Having specified herein, or shown or noted on the Drawings, and its delivery Contract for a period of one year from Owner acceptance of the completed These as-built drawings shall remain at the construction site Jurisdiction. Provide independent support .from building structure. to the Owner, complete in all respects and ready for use. facility. This warranty and guarantee shall cover all failures of any throughout construction and shall be updated on a daily basis. These Do not support from raceways, piping, ductwork, or other systems. Do 6 D. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by this equipment, materials or installation, unless such failure is directly drawings shall be available for review by the Architect/Engineer at not provide support from suspended ceiling support system. Do not }t\ Contractor for installation by other Contractors, this Contractor attributable to vandalism, or causes other than de#acts in material or all times. Information contained on project record drawings shall provide support from suspend ceiling grid or allow conductors and �••+� shall furnish all such equipment, complete in all respects and ready workmanship. include, actual locations of all equipment, devices, and luminaires, cables to lay on ceiling tiles. I( for installation. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with actual circuiting arrangements, actual routing of all underfloor D. Terminate cables using suitable fittings. Use listed fittings and equipment shall be carefully preserved and turned over to the PART 2 PRODUCTS conduits, actual routing of conduits Icrger than 2 inches, actual anti-short, insulated bushings where applicable. Cut cable armor only installing Contractor. 2.01 CONDUCTOR TERMINATIONS locations and mounting heights of outlet, pull, and junction boxes, using specialized tools to prevent damaging conductors or insulation. E. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by A. Provide canductar terminations rated at a minimum of 75 degrees C in actual locations of all items requiring maintenance and inspection, Do not use hacksaw or wire cutters to cut armor. Do not use direct- i!/ others, this Contractor shall provide all rough-in and supplies and all equipment. and actual Locations of components and circuiting and switching bearing set-screw type fittings for cables with aluminum armor, t r shall connect such equipment to the electrical system. Drawings, 2.02 SUBSTITUTIONS arrangements of lighting controls. E. Install canductars with a minimum of 12 Inches of stock at each sem' instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment shall be care#idly A. The manufacturers listed ore listed to set minimum standards for $. Operation and Maintenance Dota: At project closeout, submit to the outlet. Where conductors are installed in enclosures for future /� preserved and turned over to the Architect. quality, design, and functionality. The products of other ArchitectjErtgtneer two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance termination by others. provide a minimum of 5 feet of slack. 6 1.02 DEFINITIONS manufacturers may be submitted, at the Contractor's option, during and operation data for all equipment, devices, luminaires. and F. Neatly train and bundle conductors inside boxes, wireways, panelboards 0 A. "Work' is hereby defined as, 'The construction and services required shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. The products of other materials used. Include maintenance procedures, intervals, wiring and other equipment enclosures. by the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and manufacturers shall meet or exceed all requirements of the Contract diagrams, and parts list of each item installed under this contract. G. Make wiring connections using specified wiring connectors. Make includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to Documents. The Contractor accepts all responsibility for costs and All manufacturers' warranty information, certificates, and test splices and taps only in accessible boxes: Do not pull splices into ► be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor s obligations. coordination issues arising out of the substitution of materials or reports shall be included with this submittal . All information shall raceways or make splices in conduit bodies or wiring gutters. Do not __ -- The work may constitute the whole or a part of the project.' equipment, and the coordination of such substitutions with all other be neatly bound in a three ring binder with tabs separating this remove conductor strands to facilitate insertion into connector. - B. 'Furnish" is hereby defined as, "To supply and d®liver, unload, and contractors and subcontractors. information organized by specification section. If applicable, H. Insulate splices and taps that are made with uninsulated connectors inspect for damage." B. The Contractor may use any of the following materials at his option, include detailed fire detection and alarm system troubleshooting guide using methods suitable for the application, with insulation and „�it }, J C. 'Instal{ �s hereby defined as, To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, provided the selected material meets with the approval of at{ State and large scale input/output matrix, one printed copy and one mechanical strength at least or equivalent to unspliced conductors. place, finish, cure, protect, clean, connect, and place into operation and focal authorities and any utility company requirements. electronic cagy of fire detection and alarm system preventive Use insulating covers specifically designed for the connectors, � '� � - - into the work." Yeri#ication of compliance of the selected material is the sole maintenance, inspection, and testing schedule complying with NEPA electrical tape, or heat shrink tubing for dry and damp locations. D. 'Provide' is hereby defined as, 'To furnish and install.' responsibility of the installing Contractor. 72,and detailed but easy to read fire detection and alarm explanation Apply outer covering of moisture sealing electrical tape for damp r_ -- E. "Connect' is hereby defined as, 'To bring service to the equipment and of procedures to be used by non-technical administrative personnel in locations, Use heat shrink tubing for wet-locations. ^- - - make final attachment including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, PART 3 EXECUTION the event of system trouble. when routine testing is being conducted I. Field-Applied Calor Coding: Where vinyl color coding electrical tape terminations, etc." 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK and for fire drills. is used in lieu of integrally colored insulation, apply half F. 'Concealed' is hereby defined as, 'Hidden from sight in chases, furred A. Work lines and established heights shall be in strict accordance with C. Maintenance Materials: At project closeout, furnish to the Owner two overlapping turns of tape at each termination and at each location spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl architectural drawings and specifications insofar as these drawings of each different enclosure and cabinet key, including panelboard keys conductors are accessible. U" spaces, or buried." and specifications extend. Verify all dimensions shown and establish and fire alarm cabinet keys, two spare fuses of each type and size and J. Color Code Legend: Provide identification label identifying color G. "Exposed' is hereby defined as, "Not installed underground nor all elevations and detailed dimensions not shown. one fuse puller, and, if applicable, ail tools, software, and code for ungrounded conductors at each piece of feeder or branch- concealed as defined by the Specifications." B. Promptly report to the Architect/Engineer any delay or difficulties documentation necessary to modify the fire detection and alarm system circuit distribution equipment with premises has feeders ar branch H. 'Drawings" is hereby defined as, 'All plans, details, equipment encountered in the installation of the work, which might prevent using Owner's personnel , one CD-ROM copy of all fire detection and circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. schedules, diagrams, sketches. etc. issued for the. construction of the prompt and proper installation, or make it unsuitable to connect with alarm software not resident in read-only-memory and the maintenance K. Provide wire and cable markers identifying circuit number or other 4e work.' or receive the work of others. Failure to so report shall constitute contract for the fire detection ono alarm system. designation indicated at each source and load connection, within boxes 0 I. 'Conduit` is hereby defined as, "Conduit, and all required fittings, an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit and proper for D. Test Reports: At project closeout, submit to the Architect/Engineer when more than one circuit is present. and within equipment enclosures - II pu!{ boxes, hangers, and other supports and accessories related to the execution of this work. the Earth Resistance Test Report for grounding and bonding. and if when conductors and cables enter or leave the enclosure. IN such conduit." C. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in applicable, the completed NEPA 72 'Inspection and Test Form' and L. Untess specifically indicated to be excluded, provide final 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS advance so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work completed hFPA 72 "Record of Completion' for fire detection and alarm connections to all equipment and devices, including those furnished by A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, that has not been completed and work that is in progress. Inform all systems, others. as required far o complete operating system. Electrical Code, Fire Cade, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy trades of openings required far the work and provide all special E. Certificates: All certificates of compliance with testing or END OF SECTION N. Code, and all other applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. #tames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The electrical layout may regulatory requirements shall be submitted to the Architect far ', Also perform all work in accordance with the Americans with be altered to suit the conditions with Engineer approval, prior to the review. A copy of all certificates shall be included in the operation SECTION 260526 - GROUNDING AND BONDING Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) installation of any work and without additional cost to the Owner. and maintenance manuals. including Fire Marshalls). Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's END OF SECTION PART 1 GENERAL B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any responsibility. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for all extra 1.01 Grounding System Resistance: 5 ohms maximum. Tenant Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. cutting and patching made necessary by his failure to properly direct SECTION 260519 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies such work at the correct time. PART 2 PRODUCTS serving the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies D. Wherever conduit runs in or on ceilings or walls, this Contractor PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED 2.01 ELECTRODES: Use copper, 3/4 inch, 10 foot long rods for rad electrodes and for proper coordination of the work. shall arrange the run of conduit in such a manner that it does not 4 AWG, 20 foot long bare copper wire for concrete encased electrodes, where D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of interfere with grilles, diffusers, outlet boxes, luminaires, or other PART 2 PRODUCTS applicable. ISSUE INFORMATION installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the items while providing for maximum headroom, where no ceiling height is 2.01 ALL CONDUCTORS AND CABLES 2.02 CONNECTORS AND ACCESSORIES: Use bronze mechanical connectors. Wire shall G requirements of these Specifications shall conform to the latest established or indicated on the Drawings. Maintain access to A. Provide single conductor building wire installed in suitable raceway be stranded copper wire sized to meet NEPA 70 requirements. 05/08/1 5 publications or standard rules of Institute of Electrical and equipment requiring service when selecting mounting elevations. unless otherwise indicated, permitted, ar required. Electronic Engineers (IEEE}, Notional Electrical Manufacturers E. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and a#ford B. Armored cable (Type AC) may be substituted for wire and conduit PART 3 EXECUTION Association (NEMA), Underwriters Lab�atoriss, Inc. (U.L.}, National other trades reasonable opportunity far the execution of their work. systems at the Electrical Contractor`s option, only in concealed 3.01 INSTALLATION REVISIONS Fire Protection Association (NEPA} American Society far Testing and Properly connect and coordinate this work with the work of other locations and where approved by local and national codes and A. Provide all components necessary to complete the grounding systems) Materials (ASTM}. American National Standards Institute {ANSI), trades at such time and in such a manner as not to delay or interf ere amendments. AC cable in exposed locations is not permitted. consisting of metal underground water pipe, metal frame of the A 1 National Electrical Code (NEC}, National Electrical Safet Code with their work. C. Metal clod (Type MC) cable may be substituted for wire and conduit building, concrete-encased electrode, metal aboveground water piping (NESC), National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA�. and F. Manufacturer's instruction sheets shall be followed explicitly in the systems at the Electrical Contractor's option, only in concealed system, metal aboveground gas piping system, rod electrode(s), and 2 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC). installation of all equipment. Where manufacturer's instruction locations and where approved by local and national codes and isolated grounding system as applicable to this project per NEPA 70 - E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract sheets conflict with requirements of these specifications or the amendments. MC cable in exposed locations is not permitted. requirements. 3 Documents exceed code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards Drawings, such conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the D, Use solid conductors for all conductors 12 AWG and smaller. Conductor B. Equipment Grounding Conductor: Provide separate, insulated equipment requirements. Architect/Engineer for clarification. size 10 AWG is permitted to be solid or stranded. Use stranded grounding conductor within each feeder and branch circuit raceway. 4 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES: Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements G. Although all such work is not specifically indicated, provide all conductors for all conductors 8 AWG and larger and far control Terminate each end on suitable lug, bus, or bushing. No exceptions. required for the work under this Contract shall be obtained by the supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices circuits. C, Provide isolated grounding conductor for circuits supplying circuits 5 Contractor at his expense, unless otherwise indicated. incidental to or necessary for a sound, secure and compete E. Use 12 AWG conductors, minimum, for oil branch circuits unless designated as 'IG on the Drawings. Irt addition to the conduit 1.05 TEMPORARY SERVICE The Contractor is responsible to provide a temporary insta{lation. indicated otherwise or as modified as follows: grounding system, install a separate green, insulated conductor and a _ F electrical service os required by all trades. Coordinate power H. Verify and coordinate all requirements and installation details a# all 1. 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 75 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage separate green with yellow stripe, insulated, isolated ground a requirements #or the temporary service with the General Contractor and the materials and equipment that are to be furnished under other Divisions drop. conductor within each branch circuit raceway. Isolated grounding entity that will be delivering the temporary power. The Contractor is and installed or connected under Division 26, Division 27, or Division 2. 20 A, 120 V circuits longer than 150 feet: 8 AWG, for voltage conductors shall be electrically cantinuaus and isolated from the - Q responsible to develop alt temporary service plans and specifications as 28 prior to rough-in. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination drop. isolated grounding receptacle to the isolated ground bus in the to required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, submit those plans and shall be this Contractor's responsibility. As such, the Contractor is 3. 20 A, 277 Y circuits longer than 150 feet: 10 AWG, for voltage upstream panelboard or load center. - il specifications as required by the Authority Honing Jurisdiction, and to pay responsible to obtain and review shop drawings, product data, drop. 3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL: Measure grounding resistance using a 3 point Megger for all temporary service energy consumption. manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and manufacturer s instructions for F. Use the larger of the manufacturer's recommendations or 14 AWG test. Maximum acceptable grounding resistance shall be 5 ohms. If tested 1.06 CONTRACT DRAWINGS equipment furnished under other sections, determine connection conductors for all control circuits. grounding resistance exceeds 5 ohms, provide additional electrodes as i A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and locations and requirements, sequence rough-in of electrical G, Conductor Color Coding: Color code conductors as follows unless required to reduce grounding resistance to 5 ohms or less. - Ir coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any connections to coordinate with installation of equipment, sequence otherwise required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. For END OF SECTION required corrections, including all associated costs, arising from electrical connections to coordinate with start-up of equipment, and modifications or additions to existing wiring systems, comply with issues caused by the Contractor s failure to understand and/or verify that proper power supply is available prior to subcontractors existing color code when existing code complies with NEPA 70 and is SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS V coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents are ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, phase and current rating approved by the Authority Fkaving Jurisdiction. Maintain consistent the Contractor's sole responsibility. of power supply and inform Engineer of arty deviations prior to order, calor coding throughout project. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USm _ ° B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise connection of equipment or start-up. Responsibility for verification 1. 480Y/277 V, 3 Phase, 4 Wire System Phase A - Brown; Phase B - - 3 and is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general of proper power supply voltage and any damage resulting from incorrect Orange; Phase C - Yellow; Neutral/Grounded - Gray. PART 2 PRODUCTS E arrangement of equipment. conduit, and outlets. Follow these Drawings connections shall rest with this Contractor. 2. 208Y/120 Y, 3 phase. 4 Wire System: Phase A - Black; Phase B - 2.01 MATERIALS - o in laying out the work and verify spaces for the installation of these 3.02 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS Red; Phase C - Blue; Neutrol/Grounded - White. A. Bangers, Supports, Anchors, and Fasteners - General: Corrosion- U materials and equipment. Wherever a question exists as to the enact A. Fire Rated Assemblies: The Contractor shall familiarize himself with 3. Equipment Ground, All Systems: Green. resistant materials of size and type adequate to carry the loads of - w intended location of outlets or equipment, obtain instructions from all fire rated construction and install his work so as to maintain the 4. Isolated Ground, All Systems: Green with yellow stripe. equipment and conduit, including weight of wire in conduit. o - the Architect/F�gineer before proceeding with the work. integrity of the fire code rating. Maintain rating of fire rated and 5. Travelers #or 3-Way and 4-Way Switching: Pink. B. Supports: Fabricated of structural steel or formed steel members; g C. Notify the Architect/Engineer #or resolution if a discrepancy is smoke rated construction. Seal annular space around conduits. Far 6. For control circuits, comply with manufacturer's recommended galvanized or painted. I discovered within the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor fire and smoke rated floors, walls and partitions, use uL listed color code. C. Anchors and Fasteners: Obtain permission from the Structural Engineer FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. € to notify the Architect/Engineer of discrepancies shall result in the material that maintains fire rated wall and floor integrity. 2.02 SINGLE CONDUCTOR BUILDING WIRE: Copper conductor with 600 V insulation before using powder-actuated anchors. Use precast inserts, expansion a resolution becoming the Contractor's responsibility and subject to the B. Roof Penetrations: Route conduit through roof openings for piping and rated at 90 degrees C. type TIR N for dry locations and type XHiW for damp anchors, or preset inserts as approved by the Structural Engineer for Architect/Engineer s review and possible rejection. Should the ductwork wherever possible. Where separate roofing penetration is or wet locations. concrete structural elements. Use beam clamps, steel spring clips, �,g o PROre Architect/Engineer reject a discrepancy resolution of which they were required, coordinate location and installation method with roofing 2.03 ARMORED CABLE: NFPA 70 Type AC cable with copper conductors with 600 V steel ramset fasteners, or welded fasteners for steel structural S'� ' N 19 r _ not notified, the Contractor is fully responsible to correct the installation. Whtre required, roofing penetrations shall be flashed insulation rated at 90 degrees C, type TFI6� aluminum or steel armor; elements. Use self-drilling anchors or expansion anchors as approved Ca E O � - installation, including all associated costs, until approval of the and weather sealed by the roofing manufacturer s authorized roofing sheath listed and identified for grounding. Provide a separate equipment by the Structural Engineer for concrete surfaces. Use toggle bolts or 4,U '� F yy 's installation is given by the Architect/Engineer. contractor at this Contractor's expense. grounding wire for all AC cable used. Nb exceptions. hollow wall fasteners for hollow masonry, plaster, and gypsum board 16947PE ` g 1.07 EXISTING CONDITIONS 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 2.04 METAL CLAD CABLE. NEPA 70 Type MC cable with copper conductors with 600 V partitions. Use expansion anchors or preset inserts for solid masonry A. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, insulation rated at 90 degrees C, type TH N or type XFifIW; aluminum or steel walls. Use sheet metoE screws for sheet metal elements and wood 8 D conditions against the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself completed status, and suitable operation of each system. armor; sheath listed and identified for grounding. Provide a separate screws for wood elements. GON 8 with the work prior to bidding and start of the work. By signing the B. Protect and safeguard any existing service lines and utilities equipment grounding wire for all MC cable used. Nb exceptions. Provide Contract, the Controctar acknowledges the site visit has been structures, the lavation of which is known to the Contractor. additional isalatedjinsulated grounding conductor where indicated or PART 3 EXECUTION iD completed and the existing conditions are accepted. G. Paint all electrical equipment and materials located on exterior walls required. Provide PVC jacket applied over cable armor whets indicated or 3.01 INSTALLATION c1P . t B. Maintain continuity of existing circuits as required to provide power or an the roof where exposed to view, where visible from 6'-0' above required far the environment of installed location. A. Do not fasten supports to pipes, ducts, mechanical equipment, or �'Q Y i to remaining equipment, devices, and luminaires that are not being grade form any property line, to match the surrounding surfaces. 2.05 WIRING COMECTORS conduit. S $ removed. Coordinate paint calor with the Architect. A. Wiring Connectors for Splices and Taps: Use twist-on insulated spring B. Obtain permission from Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting __ C. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer of field D. Install all equipment. devices, luminaires. and materials securely and connectors, mechanical connectors, or compression connectors for structural members. _° EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 discrepancies. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of in a neat and workmanlike manner in accordance with all applicable conductor sizes 8 AWG and smaller. Use mechanical connectors or C. Support independent of ceiling suspension wires. E adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect/Engineer is not NECA standards and all applicable NEMA standards. compression connectors far conductor sizes 6 AWG and larger. Do not D. Rigidly weld support members or use hexagon-head bolts to present neat Dote. 05/08/09 E' informed. E. Install all equipment, devices, luminaires, and materials plumb and use push-in wire connectors as a substitute for twist-on insulated appearance with adequate strength and rigidity. Use spring lock F 1.08 SHOP DRAWINGS level and align and adjust for satisfactory operation. spring connectors. washers under all nuts. A. Furnish the Architect/Engineer shop drawing portfolios containing F. Aim and adjust all luminaires to provide illumination levels and B, Wiring Connectors for Terminations: Use mechanical connectors or E. Install surface-mounted cabinets and panelboards with minimum of four m names of manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on the distribution as directed. Inc{ude all equipment and personnel compression connectors where connec`.ors are required for conductor anchors. � project. Use manufacturer`s specification sheets identified by number expenses required for adjustment of luminaires with aiming or focusing sizes 8 AWG and larger. Use crimped terminals for all control circuit F. In wet and damp locations use steel channel supports to stand cabinets PROJECT IN FORMATION c. indicated an drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number on the capabilities. conductor connections. and panelboards 1 inch off wall. a C cut sheets. Provide shop drawings for metering equipment, 3.04 ERECTION 1. Provide terminal lugs for connecting conductors to equipment G. Use sheet metal channel to bridge studs above and below cabinets and B UIL Q-A-BEAR 5 panelboards, luminaires, wiring devices, Fighting controls, enclosed A. Rigging: Arrange for all tabor and equipment required far the proper furnished with terminations designed far terminal lugs and panelboards recessed in hollow partitions. - ��++ switches, surge protection devices, and fire detection and alarm installation of the electrical equipment in the locations indicated an compression adapters for connecting conductors to equipment H. Install cable supports for all law voltage wiring not routed in >t11t lti7 H 1 N GTO N �7 i systems, including fully engineered drawings, voltage drop the Drawings. Where crane rental or other erection is required, such furnished with mechanical lugs when only compression c�nectors conduit. Random installation of wiring will not be acceptable. il calculations, and battery calculations. Fire detection and alarm costs shall be included in the Electrical Contract unless specific are specified. END OF SECTION drawings shalt bear the review stamp of the Authority Having arrangements are made with the General Contractor to cover these 2. Where over-sized conductors are larger than the equipment - 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Jurisdiction. costs. terminations can accommodate, provide connectors suitable for SECTION 260534 - CONDUIT PORTLAND,OR 97223 X B. Shop Drawings ore reviewed only for general compliance with the B. Supplemental Framing: Provide any supplementary structural framing reducing to appropriate size, but not less than required for the ? o Contract Documents. Dimensions, quantities, and details are not required for attachment of hangers or other devices supporting rating of the overcurrent protective device. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED "R g checked during submittal review. Review of the submittals does not electrical equipment. Coordinate all required supplemental framing C. Twist-on Insulated Spring Connectors: Rated 600 V, 105 degrees C for m relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing all with the Structural Engineer. standard applications and 150 degrees C for high temperature PART 2 PRODUCTS PROJECT M e - materials. equipment, and accessories necessary for a complete and 3.05 ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT: Install all equipment, starters, switches, applications; prefilled with sealant and listed as complying with UL 2.01 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS 29349.000 3 operational system meeting the requirements of the project and the receptacles, and boxes so that all parts are easily accessible for 486D for damp and wet locations. A. The Contractor may use any of the following conduit materials, at his 3 E intent of the Contract Documents. The responsibility for coordination inspection, operation, maintenance and repair. If concealed. provide D. Mechanical Connectors: Provide bolted or set-screw type. option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of alt of substituted materials and equipment lies solely with the access doors. Provide fire rated access doors where required by the fire E. Compression Connectors: Provide circumferentiae type, hex type, ar State, Local authorities and utility company requirements. �+ �� substituting Contractor. resistance rating of the wall or ceiling in which the door is installed. indentor type crimp configuration. Verification of compliance of the selected conduit material is the SHEET INFORMATION M v C. Approval shalt not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for 3.06 CUTTING, PATCHING, AM PIERCING F. Crimped Terminals: Nylon-insulated, with insulation grip and terminal sale responsibility of the installing Contractor. U B errors on the shop drawings. A. Cut openings through walls and surfaces In a neat workmanlike manner. canfiguratian suitable for connection to be made. B. Conduit Size: Comply with NFPA 70; 1/2 Inch minimum unless indicated 0 a D. If the shop drawings deviate from the contract documents, the Cut openings only as large as required far the installation and leave otherwise. ELECTRICAL t Contractor shall advise the Engineer of the deviations in writing surfaces around openings smooth and finished to match surrounding PART 3 EXECUTION C. Underground Installations: Use rigid steel conduit, intermediate �+ ° r accompanying the shop drawings, Including the reasons for the surface. 3.01 PREPARATION Clean raceways thorougfity to remove foreign materials before metal conduit, plastic coated conduit, thickwall nonmetallic conduit, S P ECIFICATiO NS deviations. 8. Obtain written permission of the Architect/Engineer before cutting or installing conductors and cables. or thinwall nonmetallic conduit; 3/4 inch minimum. o 1.09 QUALITY ASSURANCE piercing structural members. Use craftsmen skilled in their 3.02 INSTALLATION D. Outdoor Locations Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit, rigid a A. All components shall be listed and classified by Underwriters respective trades far cutting, fitting, repairing, patching of A. Circuiting Requirements: aluminum conduit, or intermediate metal conduit. Nonmetallic conduit Z Laboratories, Inc. as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated plaster, and finishing of materials including carpentry work, metal 1. Unless dimensioned, circuit routing indicated is diagrammatic. is not permitted above grade. °' F and free of all rust/corrosion or any visible damage. All items not work or concrete work required for this work. Arrange circuiting to minimize splices and include circuit E. In Slab Above Grade: Use rigid steel conduit. intermediate metal DRAWN BY• $ complying with this requirement shall be replaced without any change C. Do not weaken walls. partitions, or floors with cutting. Holes lengths required to install connected devices within 10 feet of conduit, electrical metallic tubing, or thickwall nonmetallic conduit, in the Contract amount. required to be cut in floors must be drilled without breaking out location shown. 3/4 inch minimum or 1/2 inch for conduits crossing each other. 'MS 6 ,,, B. Unless otherwise specified. all equipment. devices, luminaires, and around the holes. 2. Circuiting Adjustments: Unless otherwise indicated, when branch Coordinate with the Structural Engineer for restrictions and REVIEWED BY q o materials of the same type or classification and used for the same D. Patch alt openings resulting from the installation or removal of circuits are shown as separate, combining them together in a limitations on conduits installed in slab above grade. - purpose shall be products of the same manufacturer. Use only new, un- electrical equipment or materials. single raceway is permitted, under the following conditions: F. Wet and Damp Locations: Use rigid steel conduit, rigid aluminum �T GRS t o weathered, and unused material, except os specifically noted. E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to a. Provide not mare than six current-carrying conductors in a conduit, intermediate metol conduit, or thickwall nonmetallic conduit. r+ � �E i SCALE• o m C. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled an the prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. single raceway. Dedicated neutral conductors are considered Nonmetallic conduit is not permitted above grade. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT ASCD ° � A Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a F. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new current-carrying conductors, G. Dry Locations: Use rigid steel conduit, rigid aluminum conduit, prerequisite to Inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories materials matching existing materials and experienced Subcontractors. b, increase size of conductors as required to account for intermediate metal conduit, or electrical metallic tubing for both I "' specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. 3.07 CLEANING, ADJUSTING, AND REPAIR ampacity derating. concealed and exposed conduits. AUTHORIZED FOR: ,a oProvide all necessary accessories and connections as required for a A. Clean electrical parts to remove harmful materials, Clean exposed c. Size raceways, boxes, etc. to accommodate conductors. 2.02 METAL CONDUIT: Rigid steel conduit (ANSI C80.1 , rigid aluminum conduit LL/Perrnit iP a complete, functional system, including all required components surfaces of all equipment, devices, luminaires, and materials of all 3. Common Neutrals: Unless otherwise indicated, sharing of (ANSI C80,5) or intermediate metal conduit (IMC . Use NEMA FB 1 fittings � reasonably inferred to as necessary although such components may or dirt, debris: splatter, and other deleterious materials; follow the neutral/grounded canductars among up to three single phase branch and conduit bodies, material to match conduit. may not be specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. manufacturer s recommendations for cleaning as applicable. Clean circuits of different phases installed in the same raceway is 2.03 PVC COATm METAL CONDUIT: NEMA RN 1 rigid steel conduit with external PVC W 19 c 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 N.- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 89 10 11 112 13 14 15 - coating. Use FEMA FB 1 steel fittings and conduit bodies with external PVG apply the appropriate fire stopping materic.s and systems to maintain E. Alt multi-wire branch circuits utiltztng shared neutral conductors coating to match conduit. the fire rating of the partition, floor or assembly penetrated based shah be located in adjacent pals spaces and provided with handle ties PART 1 GENERAL FRCH 2.04 FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT- Interlocked steel construction with NEMA FB 1 on the construction conditions depicted. or other means of simultaneously disconnecting all ungrounded circuit 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE fittings. 1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS conductors. A. Verify all ceiling systems far proper coordination of luminaire types 2.05 LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: Interlocked steel construction with A. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for 3.02 ADJUSTING and accessories prior #o ordering luminaires, including any necessary PVC jacket with NEMA FB 1 fittings. temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain A. Measure steady state load currents at each panelbaard feeder; plaster frames, T-bar supports, flanges or trim strips required for a L 2.06 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): ANSI C80.3, galvanized tubing. Use NEMA minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation rearrange circuits in the panelboard to balance the phase loads to complete, finished installation. FB 1 fittings and conduit bodies; steel or malleable iron, compression or of materials. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured within 10 percent of each other. Maintain proper phasing for multi- $11 Elm Shad Wb 6W set screw type. materials are being installed. wire branch circuits. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.07 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: NEMA TC Z Schedule 40 or 80 PVC with FEMA TC 3 END OF SECTION 2.01 LUMINAIRES; Provide luminaires as-'scheduled on the Drawings or equal . The erne t& CH 4= fittings. PART 2 PRODUCTS luminaire catalog numbers listed on the Drawing Indicate manufacturer, 513 241�� 2.01 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES SECTION 262717 - EQUIPMENT WIRING luminaire design, appearance, etc., desired. These luminaires shall be PART 3 EXECUTION A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. Use any system modified, if necessary, to comply with the specification. Luminaires W"-*Ch-C= 3.01 INSTALLATION listed by UL or FM or tested in accordance with ASTM E 814 or ASTM E PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED specified will be the basis for comparison in the consideration of A. AI { conduit shalt be concealed in all areas except enclosed mechanical 119 that has F Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and luminaires of other manufacturers. The sols and final judgment of and electrical service rooms. Conduit shat) not be installed exposed minimum T Rating Equal to F Rating and that meets all other specified PART 2 PRODUCTS substitutions lies with the Architect/Engineer. in any areas, interior or exterior. without the specific written requirements. 2 01 MATERIALS 2.02 BALLASTS approval of the Architect or unless specifically indicated on the 2.02 MATERIALS A. Cords and Caps: Use Type S0, multi-conductor flexible cord with A. Fluorescent Ballasts: Electronic, ANSI X82.1, high frequency, 10 Drawings. Concealed conduit means concealed in all public areas A. Elastameric Silicone Firestopping: Single or multiple component amps and program start far e including exposed structure areas. with the excep#ion of mechanical, silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealvnt; locations; suitable for connected load of equipment, length of cord, T5 and compact fluorescent lamps, Class A sound toting, O.$8 or service. storage, and other non-public arras. permanent durability and longevity. and rating of branch circuit ovsrcurrent protection. Match card cap greater ballast factor, thermally protected, universal voltage. • B. Route all exposed conduit parallel and perpendicular to walls. B. Foam Firestoppping: Single ar multiple component foam compound; to receptacle configuration at outlet provided for equipment. Provide law temperature ballasts, dimming ballasts, and other special I{ Conduit tocated above ceilings (accessible or inaccessible} may be permanent durability and longevity. B. Other Materials: Provide disconnect switches, wiring devices, features as s G - routed point-to-point in the most efficient manner possible, subject C. Fibered Compound Firestopping: Formulated compound mixed with flexible conduit, wire and cable, and boxes and specified elsewhere. indicated. Dimming batlasts shall be compatible with the specified to proper support and compliance with all applicable Codes and other incombustible non-asbestos fibers; permanent durability and longevity. wall dimmers or centralized dimming system control units, j requirements of the specifications. D. Fiber Packing Material: Mineral or ceramic fiber packing insulation; PART 3 EXECUTION B. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Ballasts: Electronic. 93 percent V C. Route conduit in and under slab from point-to-point. Do not cross permanent durability and longevity. 3.01 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS efficient, Class A sound rating, 0.92 ballast factor, thermally \ conduits embedded slabs. Do not embed conduits in slabs on grade. E. Firestop Devices: Mechanical device with incombustible or silicone A. Make electrical connections in accordance with equipment protected. pie' Locate conduits a minimum of 2 inches below the bottom surface of the elastomer filler and sheet stainless steel jacket. collar, and flanged manufacturer's instructions. C. Fluorescent Lamp Emergency Power Supply: Emergency battery power slab to ovoid future damage from sawcutting of the floor slab. stops; permanent durability and longevity; suitable for pedestrian B. Make conduit connections to equipment using flexible conduit. Use supply, sealed lead calcium type rated for 10 year life, suitable for 0 70 requirements, local Code requirements, and utility company F. Intumescent Putty: Compound which expands on exposure to surface heat locations, power supplies providing a minimum of 1,100 lumens output for T8 or T5 requirements. Install conduits at the depths indicated on the gain; permanent durability and longevity; minimum 1000 percent C. Connect heat producing equipment using wire and cable with insulation fluorescent lamps or a minimum of 950 lumens output for compact Drawings where details indicate minimum depths in excess of regulatory potential expansion. suitable for temperaa I 010. -. requirements. G. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows; permanent durabtltty D. Provide receptacle outlet to accommodate connection with attachment Drawings. Include TEST switch and AC C1N1 indicator light, installed to E. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present neat appearance. and longevity. plug. be operable and visible from the outside of on assembled luminaire or Arrange supports to prevent misalignment during wiring installation. H. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, and Accessories: Type required for tested E. Provide cord and cap where field-supplied attachment plug is required. behind the tens of fluorescent troffer luminaires. 5uppart conduit using coated steel ar malleable iron straps, !ay-in assembly design. F. Install suitable strain-relief clamps and fittings for cord 2.03 LAMPS As specified or required for each Luminaire. Provide all 7!__ i, J adjustable hangers, clevis hangers, and split hangers. Group related connections at outlet boxes and equipment connection boxes. fluorescent lamps from the some manufacturer to match color phosphors. conduits and support using conduit rack. Construct rack using steel PART 3 EXECUTION G. Install disconnect switches, controllers, control stations, and Provide law mercury content type linear €fuorescent lamps. channel . 3.01 EXAMINATION: Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this control devices to camptete equipment wiring requirements. 2.04 ACCESSORIES F. Fasten conduit supports to building structure nd surfaces. Do not section. H. Install terminal block jumpers to complete equipment wiring A. Although such work is not specE#ically indicated, provide all _ a - attach conduit to ceiling support wires. Do not support conduit with 3.02 PREPARATION: Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil , loose requirements. supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices wire or perforated pipe straps. Remove wire used for temporary material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. I. Install interconnecting conduit and wiring between devices and incidental to ar necessary far a sound. secure and complete at supports. Remove incompatible materials which may affect bond. Install backing equipment to complete equipment wiring requirements. installation. Provide, complete in all respects, all luminaires shown G. Maintain adequate clearance between conduit and piping. Maintain 12 materials to arrest liquid material leakage. J. Cut and seal conduit openings in freezer and cooler waa < - inch clearance between conduit and surfaces with temperatures 3.03 INtSTAL1ATI0Nt Install materials in manner described in fire test report ceilings where applicable. rings and extensions, plaster frames, stems, canopies, cords, pendant LV exceeding 104 degrees F. and in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing END OF SECTION feeds, connectors, fittings, toggle bolts, restraints, etc., necessary H. Cut conduit square and de�urr cut ends, Bring conduit to shoulder of openings. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by Authority to mount the luminaire in a proper and approved method. Coordinate - fittings and fasten securely. Use conduit hubs or sealing locknote to Having Jurisdiction. Install labeling required by Code. SECTION 262726 - WIRING DEVICES the required accessories with the Architectural room finish schedule . fasten conduit to sheet metal boxes in damp and wet locations, and to 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION: Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials and details. - cast boxes. and protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED B. Provide a disconnecting means that opens all supply conductors, - I. Install no more than equivalent of three 90 degree bends between END OF SECTION including the neutral conductor of multiwire branch circuits, to boxes. Use conduit bodies to make sharp changes in direction, as PART 2 PRODUCTS ballasts that serve fluorescent Luminaires that utilize double-ended H around beams. SECTION 260910 - TIMERS AND RELAYS 2.01 WALL SWITCIES: Commercial grade, side wired, AC only general-use snap lamps and contain balfast(s) that con be serviced in place. N J. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, masonry walls and floors. switch; type as indicated on the Drawings; plastic body with plastic toggle C. Provide fire-rated luminaire covers (tents) for luminaires installed Seai and fire stop conduit and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED handle, coEor as selected by Architect unless indicated otherwise. Provide in fire-rated ceiling assemblies. 1J resistance equivalent to fire separation required. Seal all separate pilot strap with green lens where pilot light switches are penetrations through footings and floors water tigh#. PART 2 PRODUCTS indicated an the Drawings. Coordinate ratings to match branch circuit and PART 3 EXECUTION a. K. Avoid moisture traps; provide junction box with drain fitting at law 2.01 MAGNETIC CONTROL RELAYS: Square D Class 8501, Type C. or equal , unless load characteristics. 3.01 INSTALLATION - W5 points in conduit system. Provide suitable fittings to accommodate indicated otherwise. Provide with Form C contacts rated at 30 amperes 2.02 OCCUPANCY SENSORS A. Install suspended luminaires and exit signs using pendants supported expansion and deflection where conduit crosses seismic, control , and unless indicated otherwise. Coordinate coil valtags with the voltage of A. General: All sensors shall be selected to be suitable far the from swivel hangers. Provide pendant length required to suspend0 expansion joints. the control circuit. geometrical and environmental characteristics of the associated space luminaire at indicated Neigh#: L. Provide suitable pull string in such empty conduit except sleeves and 2.02 CLOCK TIMERS- As specified on the Drawings. Provide with Form C contacts and be suitable for the floor area to be covered. Provide multiple B. Support Iuminaires larger than 2 x 4 foot size independent of ceiling nipples. unless indicated otherwise. Coordinate input voltage with the voltage of sensors when necessary to meet the required room coverage. All framing. M. Use suitable caps to protect Installed conduit against entrance of the control circuit. sensors shall be selected at the proper voltage and shall carry a C. Install surface mounted luminaires and exit signs plumb and adjust to - dirt and moisture. 2.03 ENCLOSURES: Provide manufacturer's enclosure, Type 1 or 3R as applicable, current load rating greater than the controlled load. Sensors shall align with building lines and with each movement. � other. Secure to prevent N. Ground and bond conduit as required by NEPA 70. unless indicated otherwise. be appropriate far the load type switched. - END OF SECTION B. Wall Switch Mounted: As specified on the drawings, color as selected D. Exposed Grid Ceilings: Support surface mounted luminaires in grid ISSUE INFORMATION PART 3 EXECUTION by the Architect unless indicated otherwise. Provide dual relay type, ceiling directly from building structure. G SECTION 260537 - BOXES 3.01 INSTALLATION with dual manual override switches where necessary to control two E. Locate recessed ceiling luminaires as indicated on reflected ceiling 05/08/15 A. Install individual controls, relays, and time-delay relays in lighting loads from a single sensor. plan and install recessed luminaires to permit removal from below. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED enclosures adjacent to panelbaard serving controlled circuits and make C. Ceiling Mounted: As specified on the drawings. Provide all power F. Install clips to secure recessed grid-supported luminaires in place. electrical wiring interconnections as indicated. supplies required for a complete functional system. G. Install wall mounted Iuminaires and exit signs at height as indicated REVISIONS - PART 2 PRODUCTS B. Provide all relays. contactors, interposing relays and controls as 2.03 RECEPTACLES: Commercial grade, side wired, NEMA 5-15R unless indicated on Drawings. 2.01 OUTLET BOXES required to switch the loads in the manner indicated on the Drawings otherwise or required by the load served, suitable for the environment in H. Connect luminaires and exit signs to branch circuit outlets using Q 1 A. Sheet Metal Outlet Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel . Rated for whether such independent components are specifically indicated or mat. which it Es installed, color as selected by the Architect unless indicated flexible conduit. weight of equipment supported and snclude 1j2 inch mole fixture studs END OF SECTION otherwise. Provide Class A GFGI receptacles where indicated or required by I. Where Iuminaires ars indicated far installation on low density ceiftnq 2 where required far supporting luminaires and equipment. Use concrete Code. Provide isolated ground receptacles with green triangle on face material , mount on 1-1/2 inch ceiling spacers. unless UL approved for -. type boxes for concrete ceiling applications. SECTION 260919 - ENCLOSED CONTACTORS whets denoted "IG" on the Drawings. mounting directly to ceiling material. 3 B. Cost Boxes: NEMA FB 1, Type FD, aluminum or cast feralloy with 2.04 WALL PLATES Provide nylon wall plates unless indicated otherwise; talar J. Coordinate mounting location. number of faces, and directional arrows Basketed cover and threaded hubs. PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED as selected by Architect unless indicated otherwise. Use jumbo watt plates of exit signs with the Drawings. Position exit sign directional 4 2.02 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES only for outlets installed in masonry walls. Any other use must be arrows as indicated. A. Sheet Metal Boxes: NEMA OS 1, galvanized steel. PART 2 PRODUCTS approved by the Architect. Uss galvanized steel plates on outlet boxes and K. Coordinate luminaire dimensions with the wall and/or ceiling thickness 5 B. Surface Mounted Cast Metal Box: NEMA 250, Type 4; flat-flanged, 2.02 LIGHTING CONTACTORS: Square D Class $903, Type L or Type S. or equal , junction boxes located in unfinished area, above accessible ceilings, and prior to ordering. ' I_ F with ground flange, neoprene gasket, and stainless steel cover screws. normally closed contacts as indicated or required. Coordinate contact for all exterior locations and where denoted 'WP' on the Drawings. Provide M. Do mat use multiwire branch circuits far circuits serving emergency n: - 2.03 FLOOR BOXES: NEMA OS 1, fully adjustable, 1-1/2 inches deep minimum unless rating to match branch circuit overcurrent protection, considering derating weatherproof while-in-uss covers for all receptacles installed in wet lighting equipment such as emergency batteries ar emergency lighting indicated otherwise. Use cast metal in slab-on grade applications and for continuous loads. Coordinate coil voltage with the voltage of the locations. unit equipment. - - formed steel above grade. Use rectangular floor boxes with separate gang control circuit. Pravids manufacturer's enclosure, Type 1 or 3R as 2.05 FLOOR MOUNTED SERVICE FITTINGS: Use brass fittings unless indicated END OF SECTIONF - for each wiring device. unless indicated otherwise. and provide service applicable, unless indicated otherwise. Where the number of contacts otherwise. Confirm with Architect. Use duplex threaded opening fittings U fittings as specified. required exceeds the maximum capability of a single contactor, provide for receptacles unless indicated otherwise. Use 2-1/8 Inch by 1 inch SECTION 265600 - EXTERIOR LIGHTING multiple contactors to achieve the required number of contacts and connect combination threaded opening fittings for all telecommunications outlets PART 3 EXECUTION contactors in parallel with one another. unless indicated otherwise. Provide flanges where required by the floor PART 1 GENERAL = 3.01 INSTALLATION covering. Coordinate locations where flanges are required with the 1.01 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS: Furnish bolt templates and pole mounting - 0 A. Install in locations indicated and os required for splices, taps. wire PART 3 EXECUTION Architect. accessories to .instoller of pole foundations. LL pulling, equipment connections. and as required by NEPA 70. Install 3.01 INSTALLATION . - 8 pull boxes and junction boxes above accessible ceil`sngs and in A. Install enclosed contactors at 5 fest to tap, adjacent to panelboard PART 3 EXECUTION PART 2 PRODUCTS 'O unfinished areas only. serving controlled circuits. Provide supports as required and provide 3.01 EXAMINATION: Verify that outlet boxes are installed at proper height, wall 2.01 LUMINAIRES Provide luminaires as scheduled on the Drawings or equal . The - i B. Coordinate installation of outlet boxes for equipment connected. engraved plastic nameplate indicating contactor number. openings are neatly cut and will be completely covered by waa Coordinate mounting heights and locations of outlets mounted above END OF SECTION branch circuit wiring installation is completed, tested, and ready far luminaire design, appearance, etc., desired. These luminaires shall be - 3 - caunters, benches, and backsplashes. Set wall mounted boxes at cannectton to wiring devices, and modified, if necessary, to comply with the specification. Luminaires E elevations to accommodate mounting heights indicated. SECTION 262200 - LOW-VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS floor boxes are adjusted properly. specified will be the basis far comparison in the consideration of - o C. Use flush mounting outlet boxes in finished areas, secure to interior 3.02 PREPARATION: Provide extension rings to bring outlet boxes flush with Iuminaires of other manufacturers: The sole and final judgment of = wall and partition studs and accurately position to allow for surface PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED finished surface and clean debris from outlet boxes. substitutions lies with the Architect/Engineer. - w finish thickness. Do not install flush mounting box back-to-back in 3.03 INSTALLATION 2.02 BALLASTS o walls; provide minimum 6 inches and one stud separation. Provide PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Install switches with OFF position down and receptacles with grounding A. Fluorescent Ballasts: ANSI C82.1, high power factor type C minimum 24 inches and one stud separation in acoustic rated walls 2.01 TWO-WINDING TRANSFORMERS: Squats D Glass 7400, Type EE, or equal , air pole on bottom. electronwgnetic ballast, suitable for lams specified. Provide low- 'I containing insulation and install without damaging wall insulation or cooled, dry type transformer; NEMA TP-1 energy efficiency rating; aluminum B. Install wiring devices in outlet boxes and connect wiring device temperature ballast suitable for lamps specified. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. .€ reducing its effectiveness. Use stamped steel bridges to fasten flush windings; kVA and voltage ratings as indicated; insulation class 185 with grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor. B. High Intensity Discharge (HID) Ballasts: ANSI G$2.4, metal halide or a mounting outlet box between studs and adjustable steel channel 11S degrees C rise for transformers rated 1-15 kVA and class 220 with 150 Connect wiring dsvicss by wrapping conductor around screw terminal . high pressors sodium lamp ballast, suitable far lamp specified. fasteners for hung ceiling outlet box. degrees C rise for transf orrners rated 16-500 kVA; type 1 or 3R enclosure as Install decorative plates on all outlet boxes including blank outlets. 2.03 LAMPS: As specified or required for each luminaire. Provide all ��,v P R 0 0 o D, Locate flush mounting boxes in masonry walls to require cutting of applicable. ventilated, with lifting eyes or brackets. C. Install wall dimmers to achieve full rating specified and indicated fluorescent lamps from the same manufacturer to match color phosphors. s+ masonry unit corner only. Coordinate masonry cutting to achieve neat after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer where Provide law mercury content type Linear fluorescent lamps. a5 G I N F /O .1 I opening. PART 3 EXECUTION applicable. 2.04 POLES: Provide poles as scheduled on the Drawings, including pots bases by 4� �� F �f_ $ E. Orient boxes to accommodate wiring dsvicss oriented and install plumb 3.01 INSTALLATION the Electrical Contractor. Provide poles with handhole, anchor halts. and 169 g and levet. Align adjacent wall mounted outlet boxes far switches, A. Provide 3 inch thick concrete housekeeping pad for floor-mounted 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS anchor bolt covers. Provide poles that support the luminaire's weight and thermostats, and similar devices. Use gang box where mars than one transformers. A. Coordinate locations of outlet boxes to obtain mounting heights effective projected area (EPA at the design wind speed for the project. ° D device is mounted together. Do not use sectional box. B. Use 2 fest minimum flexible conduit for connections to transformer speced and indicated on drawings. All measurements ore to the GON F. Locate outlet baxss to allow luminaires to be positioned as shown on cuss. Make conduit connections to side pans) of enclosure. center of the box. PART 3 EXECUTION reflected ceiling plan and install outlet and junction baxss located C. Mount wall-mounted transformers using integral flanges or accessory B. Install wall switch, including wall limner switches and wall mounted 3.01 INSTALLATION G, 1 � in inaccessible areas na more than 6 inches from ceiling access panel brackets furnished by the manufacturer. occupancy sensor switches 46 inches above finished floor unless A. Provide concrete bases far lighting poles at locations indicated, in • 1 . -d or from removable recessed luminaire. D. Mount all transformers, except floor-mounted transformers on slab on indicated otherwise. accordance with details on the Drawings and as rscomnended by the Q N P G. Support boxes independently of conduit, except cast box that is grade, on vibration isolating pads suitable for isolating the C. Install receptacles 18 inches above finished floor and countertop €fixture manufacturer. Instakl all poles plumb. Provide shims or Y S 2 connected to two rigid metal conduits both supported within 12 inches transformer noise from the building structure. receptacles 6 inches above the counter backsplash unless indicated double nuts to adjust plumb. Grout around each base. - of box. Do not fasten boxes to ceiling support wires. E. Provide seismic restraints where required by Code. otherwise. C. Band luminaires, metal accessories, and metal poles to branch circuit = H. Maintain headroom and present neat mechanical appearance. F. Provide grounding and banding as required by Code and specified. D. Install telecommunications outlets including telephone, data, and equipment grounding conductor: Provide supplementary grounding EXPIRES: JUN. 30. 2016 ,, I. Uss asst outlet box in exterior locations exposed to the weather and 3.02 ADJUSTING television outlets 18 inches above finished floor unless indicated electrode at each pole. Date: 05/08/09 9 wet locations. A. Measure primary and secondary voltages and make appropriate tap otherwise. END OF SECTION 1 J. For large pull boxes, use hinged enclosure in interior dry locations, adjustments. E. Install telephone outlets for side-reach and forward-reach wall e surface-mounted cast metal box in other locations. ETD OF SECTION telephone 46 inches maximum above finished floor unless indicated SECTION 271005 - CABLING RACEWAYS FOR VOICE, DATA, AND TELEVISION m K. Install knockout closures in unused box openings. otherwise. � _ END OF SECTION SECTION 262416 - PANELBOARDS F. Modify these elevations in masonry walls as required to locate the box PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED PROJECT IN FORMATION 9 at the joint in the masonry unit to avoid multiple or split-cut - pp d - C SECTION 260553 - IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED masonry units. Coordinate with the Architect on the exact location of PART 2 PRODUCTS B UIL D-A-ID EAR PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED PART 2 PRODUCTS ENO OF SECTION a boxes in masonry walls to minimize the required number of cuts. 2.01 PATHWAYS As specified, provide pull cords in all conduit. Use PVC, Type r HTaEPC-40 conduit, galvnized rigid steel conduit, or intermediate metallic WASHINGTON S�i 2.01 LIGING AND APPLIANICE PANELBOAIRDS conduit (IMC) with extended sweep bends for ny service entrance conduits. 0 PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Description: Square D Type NIQ, or equal, for 240 volt class and SECTION 262813 - FUSES 2.02 ENCLOSURES As 75 2.01 NAMEPLATES AND LABELS Square D type NF, or equa I, f or 480 vo 1 t c t ass; a I uminum or capper A. Backboards: In i ar grade p I ywood without voids, 3/4 i nth thick; UL- 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. 7 A. Nameplates: Provide engraved three-layer laminated plastic, block bussing; ratings as indicated. Pravids equipment ground bus in each PART 1 GENERAL. - NOT USED labeled firs-retardant; size as indicated on Drawings. Do not paint s letters on white background at each electrical distribution and panelboard and rovide additional insulated PORTLAND,OR 97223 W p ground bus where the aver UL label. LL o control equipment enclosure, communication cabinet. and control device panelboard serves isolated ground loads. LL PART 2 PRODUCTS B. Outlet Boxes: Flush mounted'in walls, 4 inches square by 2-1/8 inches g10 station. Use 1/8 inch letters for identifying individual equipment B. Minimum Integrated Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR): As required 2.01 FUSES Use Class L, dual element, time delay fuses for all circuits larger deep unless indicated otherwise. Use boxes 4 inches high by 2 inches m and loads. Use 1/4 inch letters for identifying grouped equipment and for the available fault currant but no less than 10,000 amperes rms than 6O0 amperes. Use Class RK1, dual element, time delay fuses for all wide by 2-1/8 inches deep for wall mounted telephones. Provide cover PROJECT#; 8 r loads. symmetrical for 240 volt class panelboards and no less than 14,000 other circuits. Coordinate voltage rating of fuses with the voltage of the plates finished to match electrical devices specified elsewhere. 29349.000 n B. Warning Labels: Pro I 3 E warning labels on all electrical equipment, including high-voltage and available fault current is not indicated on the Drawings, the identifiers on the cover plate as to its function with a unique - W arc flash hazard labeling. Contractor is responsible to determine the available fault current. PART 3 EXECUTION numerical identifier. „, 2.02 WIRE MARKERS: Provide cloth, tape, split sleeve, or tubing type wire C. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Thermal magnetic trip circuit breakers, 3.01 INSTALLATION o markers at each conductor at panelboard gutters, pull boxes, outlet boxes, bolt-on type, with common trip handle for all poles; type SWD far A. Install fuses with label oriented such that manufacturer. type. and PART 3 EXECUTION SHEET IN FORMATION = - oB and junction boxes for each load connection. Indicate branch circuit or lighting circuits; type HACR far heating, air�onditioning, and size are easily read. 3.01 PATHWAY INSTALLATION � a feeder number indicated on Drawings and control wire number indicated on refrigeration equipment circuits; Class A ground-fault circuit END OF SECTION A. Underground Service Entrance: Install conduit at teost 18 inches ELECTRICAL o E shop drawings. interrupter circuit breakers where required. Do not use multi-pole below finish grade; encase in at least 3 inches thick concrete for at SPECIFICATIONS circuit breakers that mount in a 1-pole circuit breaker space (i.e. SECTION 262818 - ENCLOSED SWITCtES least 60 inches out from the building line. ,� PART 3 EXECUTION half-size circuit breakers). B. Provide a minimum clearance of 48 inches from motors, generators, o IR 3.01 INtSTALLATION: Install nameplates and labels parallel to equipment lines D. Enclosure: Type 1 or 3R as required; 6 inches deep, 20 inches wide PART 1 GENERAL - NOT USED frequency converters, transformers, x-ray equipment, and o m and secure nameplates to equipment front using screws, rivets, or adhesive. unless indicated otherwise; surface or flush mounted as indicated. uninterruptible power systems, 12 inches from power conduits and 0 Secure nameplates to inside surface of door on panelboards that are E. Cabinet Front: Surface or flush type as indicated, fastened with PART 2 PRODUCTS cables and panelboards, 5 inches from fluorescent and high frequency 0 recessed in finished locations. concealed trim clamps, concealed hinged doe..- with flush lock all keyed 2.01 ENCLOSED SWITCHES: Square D Glass 3130 or Class 3110, or squat, enclosed lighting fixtures, and 6 inches from flues. hot water pipes, and steam a - DRAWN BY: $ `- END OF SECTION alike, metal directory from�e, finished In manufacturer's standard gray load interrupter knife switch with externally operable handle tnterlacked pipes. * enamel. to prevent opening front cover with switch in ON position. Handle shall be C. Conduit: dMS 0 ,,, SECTION 260595 - FIRE STOPPING lockable in OFF position. Provide NEMA Type 1 or 3R enclosure as 1. Do not install more than two 90 degree bends in a single REVIEWED BY:o PART 3 EXECUTION applicable. Provide approp,-iote fuse clips for fusible switches. horizontal cable run. 9 PART 1 GENERAL 3.01 INSTALLATION 2. Leave pull cords in place where cables are not initially D *� GRS 0 - . r 1.01 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Install panelboards 6 flet to top of panelboard. Install panelboards PART 3 EXECUTION installed. REFERENCE �1V LY SCALE o W A A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which taller than 6 feet with bottom no more than 4 inches above float. 3.01 INSTALLATION 3. Conceal conduit under floor slabs and within finished walls, NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMTT SCALE: provide the scheduled or spec if Led firs ratings when tested in B. Provide filler plates far unused spaces in panelboards. A. Install fuses in fusible disconnect switches. ceilings, and floors except where specifically indicated to be o o accordance with ASTM E 814 and ASTM E 119. Listing in the current G. Provide typed circuit directory and engraved plastic nameplate for B. Provide sngraysd plastic nameplates indicating equipment tag, NEMA exposed. S W classification or certification books of UL or FM or current each panelboard. Revise directory to reflect circuiting changes fuse class, and fuse size installed. a. Conduit may remain .exposed to view in mechanical rooms, AUTHORIZED FOR: Q 1:Z reports published by CARO, ICBO, or SOCA will be considered required to balance phase loads. C. Mounting Height: 5 feet to operating handle. electrical rooms, and telecommunications rooms. Where LL/Permit 6 I as constituting an acceptable test report. D. Provide 5 empty 1 inch spare conduits out of each flush-rnountsd END OF SECTION exposed to view, install parallel with or at right angles to 8. The Contractor shall examine the Drawings for the architectural work panelboard to an accessible location above ceiling. Identify each as cengs, walls, and structural members. 0 to identify all fire rated. partitions, floors and assemblies and SPARE. SECTION 265100 - INTERIOR LIGFCEINlG b. Under floor stabs, locate conduit at 12 inches, minimum, E8 V Q' I to 0- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 below vapor retarder; seal penetrations of vapor retarder after correction of malfunction. At end of successful diagnostic around conduit. period, fill out and submit NEPA 72 "Record of Completion* form. D. Grounding and Bonding: Perform in accordance with ANSI/J-STD-607 and 3.03 PERSONNEL INSTRUCTION: Provide hands-on instruction for the Owner and NFPA 70. Owner's personnel . Furnish the services of instructors and teaching aids FRCH END OF SECTION and have copies of operation and maintenance data available during instruction. DEM VVORUWM L SECTION 283100 - FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM 3.04 CLOSEOUT A. Closeout Demonstration: Demonstrate proper operation of oil functions 311 Elm Strad Sufi 6M PART I GENERAL to Owner. Have at least one copy of operation and maintenance data. 1.01 SYSTEM DESIGN, INSTALLATION. AND MAINTENANCE copy of project record drawings, input/output matrix, and operator OWnrMt CH 4= A. Provide a fully engineered design of the fire detection and alarm instruction chort(s) available during demonstration. Demonstration 513.24 1 3= system from a qualified fire detection and alarm system designer may be combined with inspection and testing required by Authority unless indicated otherwise. Any fire detection and alarm information Having Jurisdiction. Repeat demonstration until successful . WWWAO.C= indicated on the Drawings is strictly for the purpose of establishing B. Substantial Completion of the project cannot be achieved until a minimum criteria to aid the fire detection and alarm system designer inspection and testing is successful, specified diagnostic period in the design of the fully engineered fire detection and alarm without malfunction has been completed, all aspects of operation have drawings. Designer shall be NICET Level III or IV (3 or 4) certified been demonstrated to Owner, final acceptance of the fire alarm system fire alarm technician or registered fire protection engineer, employed has been given by Authority Having Jurisdiction, the occupancy permit by fire alarm control unit manufacturer, Contractor, or installer, has been granted, and the specified pre-closeout Instruction Is with experience designing fire alarm systems in the jurisdictional complete. area of the Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Installer shall be on 3.05 MAINTENANCE employee of a firm with minimum 5 years experience installing fire A. Provide to Owner, a proposal as an alternate to the base bid for later K alarm systems of the specified type and providing contract maintenance acceptance, for a Maintenance Contract for two years, to include the service as a regular part of their business. Maintenance Contractor work described below. Include the total cost of contract, proposal to shall be some entity as installer, be valid at least until 30 days after date of Substantial Completion. B. Perform routine inspection, testing, and preventive maintenance PART 2 PRODUCTS required by NFPA 72, including maintenance of fire safety interface 2.02 NEW FIRE ALARM SYSTEM: Addressoble type. and supervisory devices connected to fire alarm system, and repairs A. Where the word "should' is used in NFPA 72, consider that provision required, unless due to improper use, accidents, or negligence beyond mandatory. the control of the Maintenance Contractor, and record keeping required B. Do not combine fire alarm system with other non-fire systems. by NFPA 72 and Authorities Having Jurisdiction. (31 C. Control Units: Notifier FireWarden 100-2(E), or equal, intelligent C. Provide trouble call-back service upon notification by Owner. Provide control unit capable of monitoring all required addressable initiation on-site response within two hours of notification and Include devices, operating all required notification appliances, and allowance for call-bock service during normal working hours at no initiating all required auxiliary functions. Provide with digital extra cost to Owner. Owner will pay for coil-bock service outside of alarm communicator transmitter (DACT) with two dedicated telephone normal working hours on an hourly basis. based on actual time spent at lines that communicate to a UL-listed remote supervising station. site and not including travel time; include hourly rate and definition Provide storage battery secondary power source, unless indicated of normal working hours in maintenance contract. J otherwise, and battery charger capable of operating entire system for D. Provide a complete description of preventive maintenance, systematic period of time specified by NFPA 72 and charging depleted batteries examination, adjustment, cleaning, inspection, and testing, with a within 48 hours of power restoration. Use semi-flush enclosures in detailed schedule. all areas except for unfinished areas. E. Maintain a log at each fire alarm control unit, listing the date and D. Trouble Sequence of Operation: System or circuit trouble places time of each inspection and call-back visit, the condition of the system in trouble mode, which causes visual and audible trouble alarm system, nature of the trouble, correction performed, and parts ale indicated at fire alarm control unit, trouble signal transmitted to replaced. Submit duplicate of each log entry to Owner's remote station, manual acknowledge function at fire alarm control unit representative upon completion of site visit. silences audible trouble alarm but visual alarm is displayed until END OF SECTION initiating failure or circuit trouble is cleared, and visual and audible trouble alarm indicated at remote annunciator panel if applicable. E. Alarm Sequence of Operation: Actuation of initiating device places circuit in alarm mode, which activates notification appliances, transmit coded signal to remote supervising station, transmit signal to building mechanical systems to initiate shutdown of fans and smoke H damper operation as applicable, transmit signals to building elevator control panel to initiate elevator recall as applicable, and indicate location of alarm on fire alarm control unit and on remote annunciator panel if applicable Val F. Surge Protection: In accordance with IEEE 062.41 B3 combination Dow. waveform and NFPA 70, maximum let through voltage of 350 VAC line-to- neutral and 350 VAC line-to-line. Do not use fuses. G. Connect control unit to a separate dedicated branch circuit with a separate, red, dedicated disconnect switch with lock-on accessory and label circuit as FIRE ALARM. 2.03 FIRE SAFETY SYSTEMS INTERFACES A. Supervision: Provide supervisory signals in accordance with NFPA 72 for fire suppression system control valves, flow switches, pressure switches, and corrosion monitoring probes where ever present. per NFPA 13, 13R and 72. ISSUE INFORMATION B. Alarm: Provide alarm initiation in accordance with NFPA 72 for fire G suppression system flow, kitchen hood fire suppression system 05/08/15 activation including disconnection of fuel source from cooking equipment, and all other initiation devices present or required for a complete NEPA 72 compliant system. REVISIONS C. Trouble: Provide trouble signals in accordance with NFPA 72. 2.04 INITIATION DEVICES. Provide initiation devices made by the some A I manufacturer as the control unit. Provide flush mounted initiation devices where installed in finished areas. Surface mounted initiation devices ore 2 acceptable for use in unfinished areas. A. Manual Stations: Semi-flush mounted. non-coded type, single action 3 manual station with break-glass rod. Provide manufacturer's standard back box. 4 B. Ceiling or Wall Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72, photoelectric type with visual indication of detector actuation, adjustable sensitivity. 5 and plug-in base suitable for mounting on 4 inch outlet box. C. Duct Mounted Smoke Detector: NFPA 72, photoelectric type with F auxiliary SPDTrelay contact key-operated NORMAL-RESET-TEST switch, duct sampling tubes extending width of duct, and visual indication of detector actuation. Include remote test/reset station for each duct S mounted smoke detector. including audible and visible alarm indication and reset capability. 75 D. Spot Heat Detector: Combination rate-of-rise and fixed temperature, rated 135 degrees F and temperature rate of rise of 15 degrees F. 2.05 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES- Provide all notification appliances made by the X same manufacturer. Provide flush mounted initiation devices where installed in finished areas. Surface mounted initiation devices ore acceptable for use in unfinished areas. Provide visible notification devices in all public and common use areas. Notification appliances shall be white unless the Authority Having Jurisdiction requires red appliances. A. Visible Appliances: NFPA 72, strobe lamp and flasher with clear lens 0 and red lettered 'FIRE" on lens or housing. B. Audible Appliances: NFPA 72, flush type fire alarm horn rated at 87 E dB at 10 feet. Provide integral strobe lamp and flasher with clear lens and red lettered 'FIRE" on lens or housing where combination appliances are indicated on the Drawings. LL C. Remote Annunciator: Where indicated on the Drawings or otherwise - 0 required, provide remote annunciator including audible and visual 0r_ indication of fire alarm, and audible and visual indication of system T trouble. Install in flush wall-mounted enclosure where indicated on FRCH ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. the Drawings, subject to the approval of the local Fire Marshal . CL 2.06 WIRE AND CABLE: Type FPL power-limited fire alarm cable or Type FPLP power- 0 limited fire alarm plenum cable where permitted by the Authority HavingREQ PR :5 'S I 0 Jurisdiction. All new fire alarm system wiring shall be new and shall be Sil supervised for open circuits, short circuits, and grounded conditions. G I N 0 3: jE Number and size of conductors shall be as recommended by the manufacturer, but shall be not less than 16 NWG for signaling line circuits and 14 AWG 16947PE yr' i;0 for notification appliance circuits. 2 2.07 INSTRUCTION CHARTS: Printed instruction chart for operators showing steps 0 D to be taken when a signal is received (normal , alarm, supervisory, and trouble). Provide stainless steel or aluminum frame with polycarbonate or EGON 2 glass cover. Coordinate mounting location with Owner. LDCL PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install all components in accordance with applicable codes, NEPA 72, NFPA 70, and the Contract Documents. EXPIRES- JUN. 30, 2016 B. Conceal all wiring, conduit, boxes, and supports where installed in finished areas. Install all concealed, inaccessible wiring, including Dote. 05108109 E 0 wiring installed in walls, and all exposed wiring in conduit in .9 accordance with NFPA 70. Conduits shall not enter the control unit or any other component provided except where entry is specified by the manufacturer. Where permitted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction, wiring may be installed without conduit where accessible and not PROJECT INFORMATION subject to damage. Plenum rated cable may be used only where concealed above accessible tile ceilings or accessible shafts. C C. Obtain Owner's approval of locations of devices, before installation. BUILD-A-BEAR D. Install instruction cards and labels. Provide legible, permanent labels for each control device, using identification used in operation WASHINGTON SQ. and maintenance data. E. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. F. Install control units with top at 72 inches above finished floor, PORTLAND,OR 97223 manual stations with operating handle 46 inches above floor, and o notification appliances with tops at 90 inches above finished floor or 6 inches below finished ceiling, whichever is lower, and automatic detectors per NFPA 72 requirements. PROJECTM G. Separate cables from any open conductors of Class 1 circuits and do 19349.000 3: "R not place in any conduit, junction box. or raceway containing Class 1 cables. W H. Make connections to sprinkler flow switches, sprinkler valve tamper P switches, fire suppression system control panels, duct smoke detectors, and corrosion monitoring systems as applicable. SHEET INFORMATION U_ B P I. Connect duct smoke detectors to close dampers as indicated and shut 3? down air moving fans on each unit rated equal to or greater than 2,000LL CL cubic feet per minute or on units serving the some room or area where ELECTRICAL 0 E the total aggregate capacity of the units Is equal to or greater than SPECIFICATIONS (D CL ca 2,000 cubic feet per minute, or as indicated on the Drawings. 2 CL Interlock duct smoke detectors and relays for global shutdown of all air moving fans sharing a common return air plenum or serving a common room or area where the total circulation equals or exceeds 2,000 cubic feet per minute. CL 0 J. Mount end-of-line device in box with lost device or separate box DRAWN BY: 0 adjacent to last device in circuit. ims 0 3.02 INSPECTION AND TESTING FOR COMPLETION Mo A. Inspection and Testing: Notify Authority Having Jurisdiction and REVIEWED BY: C6 V 7 comply with their requirements for scheduling inspections and tests REFERENCE ONLY GRS o and for observation by their personnel. Perform inspection and testing in accordance with NFPA 72 and requirements of local NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT SCALE: A 0 co CM 4 authorities. Document each inspection and test and correct defective AS KWED 6 work, adjust for proper operation, and retest until entire system LU complies with Contract Documents. AUTHORIZED FOR: 86 oB. Diagnostic Period: After successful completion of inspections and LL/Permit 0) tests, operate system in normal mode for at least 14 days without any system or equipment malfunctions. Record all system operations and malfunctions. If a malfunction occurs, start diagnostic period over > E9 Cn A, A, 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH D113111911 VVONDAML 311 Elm Street Steib 600 CiflOilrllit CH 45202 513 2413000 EXISTING LANDLORD SUPPL Y AIR DUCT WWW. l.00S>Z - K V, F-1 OTE 1 RESTROOM 0 103 5 CFM _ ^ 6 D-1 d - BACK OF HOUSE ^ A, Q __- E102 14114 G-2 1 CF 195 CTM8110 D - rs i F � 80D-1 - D 1 " K �� �, r/ /o, 10D Q 1419 \\ Upl 6 8 10/8 10/12 $4/12 114 s 10 ► 1 10 12 1 1 11 V— �� vAv— 7 ^°� MALL NOTE 5 I VD I I - I/la 5 - U 0 2212. G-1 `JJ • 11 ALE ARE II H / ` �o� �a I / !I I ------ Its NOTE 4 O \ \ s °0 �l '114 _ _ IhT - - - Vol IL - ` - - T - - j" i � ` - — � �� ^ NOTE 2 E �I 1 0 CFM - 8 � D-1 870 D-1 Q 8 � D 1 8OD-1 i i W ISSUE INFORMATION Uo - II - G I I I �' I I I I � I �— I I 05/08/15 - REVISIONS Q 1 I FFF711 2 3 I I I I I EXISTING LANDLORD 40112 EXISTING LANDLORD 4 EXHAUST AIR DUCT -'BALL SUPPL Y AIR DUCT 5 CORRIDIOR F - a Cl — C U L _ — U 2 — o m . a — 3 a z PLAN — 3 NORTH E ♦ HVAC "n� PLAN LEGEND SCALE: -- 1/4" = V-0" ExrsnNc LL - NEW WORK 0 ® NEW TO EXIS77NG CONNECTION FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. CL m HVAC GDYWAL Al77ES MALL COOMIN4T16k BRED PROFFS A. EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON RECORD DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY ✓. ALL DUCT CONNECTIONS TO HVAC EQUIPMENT MUST BE MADE WITH AA. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD'S TENANT si THE OWNER AND/OR L IMI TED FIELD VERIFICA TION BY OTHERS. FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS. CR17FRIA MANUAL. TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL IS AN INTEGRAL PART N CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDI TIONS AT NO K. DO NOT ATTACH ANYTHING To DECK ABOVE. ATTACH TO STRUCTURE OF THIS CONTRACT. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR �� 16947PE -9r o ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. (i.e. BEAMS, JOISTS) ONL Y. DUCT HANGERS SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPL YING WI 77-1 LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS A T NO ADDITIONAL COST o B. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFICATION OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE. ALL CONAECTIONS TO JOISTS TO THE TENANT. 8 D ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO SUBMITTING HIS BID. NO SHALL BE MADE AT THE TOP CORD. AB. PARTS OF THE BASE BUILDING SYSTEMS THAT FALL INTO LEASE LINE EGON ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE L. ALL DUCT DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE CLEAR INSIDE DIMENSIONS. SHALL REMAIN UNDISTURBED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. CL TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE PRIOR ALL SUPPLY AND UNTEMPERED OUTDOOR AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE AC. PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY WIRING, RELAYS,- DETECTORS, COMPOA ANTS, c� LD co TO SUBMITTING 77-E BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE LINED WITH 1-112- ACOUSTICAL DUCT LINER OR WRAPPED WITH 2- ETC., FOR FIRE ALARM OR CONTROL SYSTEM INTERLOCK IF y S IMMEDIA TEL Y REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER FOR RESOLUTION. THICK FIRE RETARDANT FIBERGLASS 1YI77-1 A REINFORCED ALUMINUM APPLICABLE. VERIFY WITH MALL PERSONNEL BEFORE BID. C. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH DEMOL I TION WORK FOIL JACKET AND SHALL BE APPROVED FOR USE BY SMACNA AND EXPIRES: JUN. 30. 2016 PRIOR TO BIDDING AND START OF WORK. CONTRACTOR IS NAIMA. RETURN AIR TRANSFER DUCTS AND RETURN DUCTWORK WITHIN HVAC PLAN Ab7FS " w RESPONSIBLE TO DEMOLISH ALL EXISTING AS REQUIRED FOR 10 FEET OF THE UNIT FAN SHALL BE LINED WITH I" ACOUSTICAL 1. PROVIDE NEW EXHAUST FAN AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULED ON Date: 05/08/09 INSTALLA TION/CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK. DUCT LINER. SHEET M2. D. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL M. TENANT'S CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FIELD 2. PROVIDE 670 EXHAUST AIR DUCT AAD CONVECT TO EXISTING MALL m APPLICABLE GOVERNMENT AND LOCAL CODES. VERIFICATION OF ALL UTILITY RUNS AND/OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS COMMON EXHAUST DUCT. PROJECT INFORMATION E. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL LOCATED ON THE PREMISES PRIOR TO BIDDING. TENANT'S J. CONTRACTOR SHALL UNDERCUT DOOR 3/4". CONTRACTOR FOR ALL POWER REQUIREMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL COSTS RELATING 4. PROVIDE NEW FULLY DIGITAL 7 DAY PROGRAMMABLE TYPE THERMOSTAT 0 F. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE OTHER TRADES SO THAT TO THE RELOCATION OF, DAMAGE To, REPAIR OF ANY EXISTING WI TH AUTO CHANGE OVER AND AUTO SET BACK AND REMOTE TEMPERA TORE BUILD-A-B EAR THE INSTALLA TION OF ALL EQUIPMENT MA Y BE PROPERL Y UTILITY RUNS AND/OR IMPROVEMENTS WHICH ARE DAMAGED AS A SENSOR. MOUNT THERMOSTA T AT 48" ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. WASHINGTON SQ. COORDINA TED. RESUL T OF TENANT'S WORK IN OR AROUND THE PREMISES. PROVIDE WITH CLEAR ACRYLIC LOCKING COVER. COORDINATE LOCATION 9 G. ALL EQUIPMENT FURNISHED SHALL FIT THE SPACE AVAILABLE WITH N. THIS PROJECT UTILIZES A PLENUM RETURN AIR CEILING DESIGN. WITH WALL GRAPHICS LAYOUT. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. CONVECTIONS IN THE REQUIRED LOCA TIONS AND WITH ADEQUA TE ALL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS INSTALLED IN THE PLENUM RETURN 5. REPLACE EXISTING VA V WITH NEW VARIABLE AIR VOLUME UNIT AS NOTED = PORTLAND,OR 97223 U SPACE FOR OPERATING AA49 SERVICING. THE DRAWINGS ARE CEIL INGS MUST MEET THE FLAME SPREAD AND SMOKE LEVEL OPED ON PLANS AND AS SCHED(LED ON M2. INSTALL NEW VA V IN LOCATION LL g GENERALLY DIA GRAMMA TIC AND IADICA TE Tr-E INTENT OF 77-IE RATINGS OF 25/50 AND BE APPROVED FOR USE IN PLENUM RETURN INDICA TED ON PLAN. FIELD VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH LANDLORD INSTALLATION WHILE 77-IE SPECIFICA TIONS AND EQUIPMENT LIST CEIL INGS. PRIOR TO INSTALLA TION. PROJ ECT M m - C, DENOTE THE TYPE AND QUAL I TY OF MA TER. AL AND WORKMANSHIP TO 0. ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY LANDL ORD'S APPROVED 6. MOUNT REMOTE TEMPERA TORE SENSOR A T 60" AFF A T LOCA TION 29349.000 BE USED. THE DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR EXACT ROOFING CONTRACTOR A T TENANT'S EXPENSE, IF REQUIRED IN LEASE INDICA TED ON PLANS. a MEASUREMENTS. WHERE A CONFLICT EXISTS BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS OR TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL. r W, ANO THE SPECIFICATIONS, THE HIGHER AND/OR MORE 0057L Y P. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TENANT WITH A WRITTEN o STANDARD WILL APPLY. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROMPTZ Y NOTIFY O1E (1) YEAR MANUFACTURER'S WARRANTY ON ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT SHEET INFORMATION ° B THE ENGINEER WHOSE DECISION SHALL BE FINAL. NO ALLOWANCE PROVIDED AND / OR INSTALLED. THE WARRANTY SHALL INCLUDE ALL � WILL BE MADE SUBSEQUENTLY IN THIS REGARD CN BEHALF OF THE LABOR, MATERIALS AND THREE (3) ROUTINE SERVICES INCLUDING HM.A.C. Plan CON7RACTOR AFTER AWARD OF THE CONTRACT. FILTER CHANGES DURING A ONE ((1) YEAR PERIOD. H. COORDINATE DUCT ROUTING AND I-EIGHTS WI TH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. Q. AT 77-IE COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION AN NEBB, AABC OR TABB o VERIFY ALL CLEARANCES BET=ORE STARTING WORK. CERTIFIED AIR BALANCE REPORT SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THECL I. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL ALL PIPING, DUCTWORK AND ENGINEER AND LANDLORD. THE BALANCING MUST BE COMPLETED BY - `-' EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO CONFORM TO TbE S7RUCTURE, AVOID AN INDEPENDENT, THIRD PARTY CONTRACTOR WITH NO TIES TO THE a OBSTRUCTIONS, PRESERVE CEILING HEIGHTS AND HEADROOM AND MAKE INSTALLING CONTRACTORS. DRAWN BY: • ALL EQUIPMENT REQUIRING MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR ACCESSIBLE. ARM Mo REVIEWED BY: GRS 5 Q REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: N A NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT AR9ED W o AUTHORIZED FOR: UPermi a a W 5 a M 1 d L W - co _ _ N O 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1w 'T FR CH L 311 Elm Strad Suds GIM Cincinrat CH 45= '—WALL TO 5132413000 STRUCTURE ABOVE-1 STRUCTURE ELECTRIC REA 77NG COIL www-fMh-CMn VAV BOX LL Y LINED VARIABLE AIR VOLUME TERMINALS TRANSFER DUCT TRANSFER GRILLE—,, DIS. RAD. COOL COOL HEAT ELECTRIC HEATING COIL DUCT SIZE TO MARK SERVES NC NC CFM CFM CFM MANUFACTURER MODEL NUMBER INTERNALE RNA 'E 7RANS F K A--------31. MATCH INLET SIZE DUCT SIZE TO MATCH MAX. MAX. MAX. MIN. KW STAGES VOLTS PHASE OUTLET SIZE. VAV-11 BUILD-A-BEAR 24 40 1500 825 2325 9 SCR 208 3 T1TUS DTQP-06-14 RETURN AIR TO CEILING SPACE ELEC 77?1C HEATER WRING VAV-2 BUILD-A-BEAR 24 40 1 1500 825 1 232.51 9 SCR 208 3 mus DTQP-06-14 AND CONTROL SECTION.`* PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING ACCESSORIES FOR ROOFTOP UNIT. I I I I I I DAMPER CONTROL SECTION, 1. TITUS IS THE BASE OF DESIGN. NO ALTERNATE ALLOWED. SEE PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL 2. PROVIDE WITH AEROCROSS SENSOR, 4Z INFORMATION. 3. PROVIDE WITH ELECTRIC COIL ATTENUATOR SECTION. 4. PROVIDE WITH STANDARD 1/2- LINING. 5. COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD AND BALANCER TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 300 CFM FRESH AIR TO EACH VAV THROUGH SUPPLY AIR. EXHAUST FANS RETURN AIR TRANSFER 6 1 - EXT. S.P. MOTOR DATA NOT TO SCALE TYPICAL VAV BOX DETAIL MARK LOCATION SERVICE CFM (IN W.G.) SONES I RPM MFR. REMARKS I I I HP VOLTS PH CYC. NOT TO SCALE 01. - NOT rE F-11 CEILING RESTROOM 100 0.50 2.8 129 W. 115 1 60 1050 GREENHECK MODEL SP-6150 (1) 113 NOTES: 1. FAN SHALL BE INTERLOCKED WITH LIGHT SWITCH, HAVE INTEGRAL BACKDRAFT DAMPER, SPEED CONTROL, ROOF CURB, AND ROOF CURB CAP. • H DIFFUSERS, GRILLES AND REGISTERS MARK SERVICE LOCATION CLG. TYPE MANUFAC. CATALOG NUMBER REMARKS 0- 9 D-1 SUPPLY CEILING AC TILE TITUS TMSA X 2424 3 26 AG-75 1 0 , 45 • D-2 SUPPLY DUCT N/A TITUS 300 R L 6x6 1 26 AG-15-55 1 qt loe G-1 RETURN/TRANS. CEILING AC TILE mus 50F X X 3 26 1, 2 ISSUE INFORMATION G t i TRANSFER WALL N/A TITUS 350 R L 10x6 1 26 1, 2 05/08/15 EXHAUST FAN NOTES: 90 BRANCH TAKE-OFF 45BRANCH TAKE-OFF 90*F7 VE SEC 77ON 45*7HREE SEC770N 1. SEE PLAN FOR NECK SIZE. REVISIONS ELBOW ELBOW SECURE FAN TO CEILING USING 2. WITH 1/2" x 1/2" x 1" CORE -1 W 0- TYPICAL ROUND DUCT FITTINGS FACTORY MOUNTING BRACKETS AND APPROPRIA TF FASTENERS AIR FLOW 2 7 7FRUINA TF EXHAUST 3 NOT TO SCALE DISCHARGE PER PLANS HN. A. C. SCHEDULES 4 FINISHED CEILING = EXHAUST DUCT 5 NOT TO SCALE MOUNT FAN FLUSH BACKORAFT DAMPER WITH TH RNISHED RECTANGULAR TO ROUND SURFACE OF CEILING 7RANS1770N (If REQUIRED) ID A CEILING FAN DETAIL 4 HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYMBOLS NOT To TO SCALE IR A 157' A OR LESS * B AIR SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION 0 AIR 0 15* OR LESS FLOW v\j 09 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER Q E THERMOSTAT WITH CONTROL WRING MOTORIZED DAMPER U. U. TRANSFORMATION EXPANSION CONTRACTION HUMIDISTAT (BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER) -C= FD FIRE DAMPER ROUND DUCT RISER OR DROP -C=I-M SMOKE DAMPER .2 T COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. -9 SUPPLY OR OUTDOOR AIR DUCT RISER OR DROP (SA OR OA) f SQUARE/RECTANGULAR DIFFUSER WITH TURNING PRope m q AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT 0 eo VANE RETURN OR EXHAUST AIR DUCT RISER 10�ML� DIFFUSER TYPE. PROVIDE SECTORIZING 0 D_X OR DROP (RA.OR EA) BAFFLES TO ACHIEVE AIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. CL io 7URNING RECTANGULAR DUCT WITH SIZE 16 E 0 FIRST FIGURE.IS SIDE SHOWN 0 VANES 'o MAX. OF 12" TO i7o- ROUND DUCT WITH SIZE 8 D BRANCH CONNEC 77ON CFM ROUND DIFFUSER WITH AIRFLOW TAG EGON 'D 2 ------v-- r UNLESS N07FD 07RERWSE '0*0 D-X SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE CL THREE 10,0 TURNING VANES 2/31) FLEXIBLE DUCT WITH SIZE �-D 90* ELBOW SQUARE/RECTANGULAR SUPPLY GRILLE 45* ELBOW SIMILAR L VA NIZED SHEET ' ELBOW HATH TURNING VANES 16 NO THROAT RADIUS SHORT RADIUS FULL RADIUS WITH AIRFLOW TAG. SEE SCHEDULE FOR 7 METAL DUCT EXACT DIFFUSER TYPE. ADJUST BLADES EXPIRES-.- JUN. 30, 2016 SE RIGID GAL VAN/ZED EXISTING OR PATTERN CONTROLLER TO ACHIEVE Dote.- 05108109 E 90 DEGREE ELBOW NEW WORK WAIRFLOW PATTERN SHOWN. N POINT OF CONNECTION BETWEEN NEW AND CFM EXHAUST AIR GRILLE WITH AIRFLOW TAG EXISTING WORK. 76'06-0e SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE PROJECT INFORMATION a. C 1,200 CFM OA,. MINIMUM OUTDOOR AIR RETURN AIR GRILLE WITH TAG BUILD-A-BEAR VOLUME DAMPER L OCA TFD METAL S77?AP CLAMP SEE SCHEDULE FOR EXACT GRILLE TYPE IN ACCESSIBLE LOCA170N. (TYPICAL) 2 PLACES FIBERGLASS WASHINGTON SQ. PROVIDE ACCESS D ORHATCH PATTERN INDICATES ITEMS BEING INSULA 77ON PER INSULA TED FLEXIBLE DUCT DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR REMOVED. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. CABLE OPERATOR IF T SPECIF7CA 77ONS Nv- (MIN. 2' MAX. 5, NO MORE PORTLAND,OR 97223 A CCESSIBL E. p D NOTE: NOT EVERY DEVICE OR SYMBOL IN THIS LEGEND MAY BE USED ON THIS PROJECT. Of SUPPLY OR RETURN WYE TURNING VANES OPPOSED BLADE THAN ONE 90- BEND) U. DAMPER A T (RECTANGULAR DUCT) PROJECT#: CD 'o DIFFUSER HEATING VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ABBREVIATIONS 3: 29349.000 77?ANS177ON RT77NG 0 o INSULA TF DIFFUSER AS REQUIRED ABBREVIATION TERM ABBREVIATION TERM Li BACK AND SEAL W TH AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR SHEET INFORMATION VAPOR BARRIER TAPE B zk, SUPPL Y AIR DIFFUSER 4e� CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE FA OR OA OUTDOOR AIR 1% Q) E EA EXHAUST AIR RA RETURN AIR HN.A.C. Schedules 0 2-- 01 TILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SA I and Details HVAC I HEATING VEN SUPPLY AIR CL CL CL /4 D 900 ELBOW TAKE—OFF P CL RETURN AIR BRANCH USE ONLY IN AREAS FULL RADIUS ELBOW DRAWN BY: 0 a FITTING WHERE SPACE IS LIMITED TAKE—OFF TYPICAL DIFFUSER CONNECTION H . V. A. C. SYMBOLS ARM 5 2 REVIEWED BY: V NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE GRS CDz Co DUCTWORK DETAILS REFERENCE ONLY SCALE: A0 NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERNUT AfAffted Uj &NOT TO SCALE AUTHORIZED FOR: o LLIPermit > fe M2 A 2 A 3 4 A 5 1 6 A 7 A 8 A 9 i10 11 12 13 14 15 A 0 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 . . I FRCH I - ,11, L 311 EIM Sit SUft= SECTION 230000 - HVAC GENERAL CONDITIONS outdoor storage, remove motors from equipment and store separately. must be performed on active equipment or systems, use personnel A. Qualifications: Submit name of adjusting and balancing agency and TAB 7. Design air flow CIlICillitd OH 45'LQ2 - 1.10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE experienced in such operations. supervisor for approval within 30 days after award of Contract. 8. Test final velocity PART 1 GENERAL A. Submit manufacturers warranty and ensure forms have been filled out D. Existing Utility Services: Maintain existing system in service until Provide TAB Agency qualifications. 9. Test �final3 air flow 513 241 3 in Owner's name and registered with manufacturer. new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to B. Final Report: Indicate deficiencies in systems that would prevent 10. Percent of design air flow INVNW.fRcl.O= 1.01 APPLICABILITY B. Provide one year manufacturer warranty for pumps. make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration. proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment to F. Terminal Unit Data: A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for C. Provide three year manufacturers warranty for solid state ignition 1. Obtain permission from Owner at least 48 hours before partially achieve specified performance. 1. Manufacturer Division 23 and shall apply to all phases of work hereinafter modules. or completely disabling system. 1. Submit to the Construction Manager within two weeks after 2. Type, constant, variable, single, dual duct specified, shown on the Drawings, or required to provide a complete D. Provide five year manufacturers warranty for compressors, heat 2. Make temporary connections to maintain service in areas adjacent completion of testing, adjusting, and balancing. 3. Identification/number installation of approved HVAC systems. exchangers, condensing units, and electronic air cleaners. to work area. 2. Provide reports in bound manuals, complete with index page and4. Model number 1.02 DEFINITIONS 3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING MECHANICAL WORK indexing tabs, with cover identification at front and side. 5. Size 6 = A. "Work' is hereby defined as, 'The construction and services required PART 2 PRODUCTS A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new Include set of reduced drawings with air outlets and equipment - 6. Minimum static pressure by the Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and construction. identified to correspond with data sheets, and indicating 7. Minimum design air flow includes all labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to 2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS B. Remove abandoned systems to source of supply. thermostat and equipment locations. 8. Maximum design air flow K be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractors obligations. A. The manufacturers listed are listed to set minimum standards for C. Remove exposed abandoned pipe and ductwork, including abandoned items 3. Include actual instrument list, with manufacturer name, serial 9. Maximum actual air flow - The work may constitute the whole or a part of the project" quality, design, and functionality. The products of other above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut pipes or ducts flush with number, and date of calibration. 10. Inlet static pressure = - B. "Furnish" is hereby defined as, "To supply and deliver, unload, and manufacturers may be submitted, at the Contractor's option, during walls and floors, and patch surfaces. 4. Form of Test Reports: Where the TAB standard being followed inspect for damage." shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. The products of other D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove equipment. Remove abandoned recommends a report format use that; otherwise, follow ASHRAE Std END OF SECTION C. "Install' is hereby defined as, "To unpack, assemble, erect, apply, manufacturers shall meet or exceed all requirements of the Contract equipment if systems servicing them is abandoned and removed. 111. place, finish, cure, protect, dean, connect, and place into operation Documents. The Contractor accepts all responsibility for costs and E. Disconnect and remove all abandoned mechanical equipment. 5. Include the following on the title page of each report: into the work." coordination issues arising out of the substitution of materials or F. Disconnect and remove mechanical devices and equipment serving a. Name, address and telephone number of Testing, Adjusting, SECTION 230595 - FIRE STOPPING FOR HVAC SYSTEMS wf _ D. "Provide" is hereby defined as, "To furnish and install.' equipment, and the coordination of such substitutions with all other utilization equipment that has been removed. and Balancing Agency. 6i E. 'Connect" is hereby defined as, 'To bring service to the equipment and contractors and subcontractors. G. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition b. Project: Name; location; Engineer; Contractor, Report date. PART 1 GENERAL 0 make final attachment including necessary ductwork, piping, wiring, B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork, piping or and extension work. 1.03 WARRANTY - etc.' insulation materials at his option, provided the selected material H. Maintain access to existing installations which remain active. Modify A. The Balancing Contractor shall be prepared to return to the site at no 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES F. 'Concealed" is hereby defined as, 'Hidden from sight in chases, furred meets with the approval of all State, local authorities and any installation or provide access panel as appropriate. additional cost to re-adjust air quantities as required to provide A. Firestopping materials. Firestopping of all penetrations and Z spaces, shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in crawl utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the I. Extend existing installations using materials and methods compatible uniform temperatures, eliminate drafts and objectionable noises during interruptions to fire rated assemblies, whether indicated on drawings spaces, or buried.' selected material is the sole responsibility of the installing with the existing systems and materials as specified and required by the first year of occupancy, including one full heating and one full or not, and other openings indicated. - G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as, 'Not installed underground nor Contractor. code. cooling season, after the acceptance of the final balancing report 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE _ concealed as defined by the Specifications.' 3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. Fire Testing: Provide firestopping assemblies of designs which _ J H. "Drawings" is hereby defined as, "All plans. details, equipment PART 3 EXECUTION A. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment which remain or are PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED provide the scheduled or specified fire ratings when tested in "� �' - schedules. diagrams, sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the to be reused. Provide new components or parts as required to restore accordance with ASTM E 814 and ASTM E 119. work.' 3.01 COORDINATION OF WORK operating conditions. PART 3 EXECUTION 1. Listing in the current classification or certification books of 1.03 CODES AND STANDARDS A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other UL or FM will be considered as constituting an acceptable test - _ - A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, trades. Coordinate all work accordingly. END OF SECTION 3.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS report. Electrical Code, Fire Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy B. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties encountered A. Perform total system balance in accordance with one of the following: i 2. Current evaluation reports published by CABO, ICBO, or BOCA will Ine - Code, and all other applicable codes, amendments, and ordinances. in the installation of the work, which might prevent prompt and proper 1. AABC MN-1, AABC National Standards for Total System Balance. be considered as constituting an acceptable test report. Also perform all work in accordance with the Americans with installation, or make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the SECTION 230548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 2. ASHRAE Std 111, Practices for Measurement, Testing, Adjusting and3. Submission of actual test reports is required for assemblies for Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) work of others. Failure to so report shall constitute an acceptance Balancing of Building Heating, Ventilation, Air-Conditioning, and which none of the above substantiation exists. w 0. including Fire Marshal(s). of the work of other trades as being fit and proper for the execution PART 1 GENERAL Refrigeration Systems. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any of this work. 3. NEBB Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting Balancing of of this section and: _ Tenant Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. C. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Environmental Systems. .. 1. Approved by Factory Mutual Research under FM Standard 4991, 0 C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies advance so that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work A. Vibration isolators. 4. SMACNA HVAC Systems Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. Approval of Firestop Contractors, or meeting any two of the 0 serving the project. Make all arrangements with the utility companies that has not been completed and work that is in progress. Inform all B. Equipment: B. Begin work after completion of systems to be tested, adjusted, or following requirements: for proper coordination of the work. trades of openings required for the work and provide all special 1. Fans, axial and centrifugal balanced and complete work prior to Substantial Completion of the . With minimum five years documented experience installing 0 D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The HVAC system layout 1.02 SUBMITTALS Project. - work of this type. installation of all apparatus and materials furnished under the may be altered to suit the conditions with engineer approval, prior to A. Product Data: Provide schedule of vibration isolator type with C. Where HVAC systems and/or components interface with life safety1. b. Where required, licensed by authority having jurisdiction. . H requirements of these Specifications shall conform to the latest the installation of any work and without additional cost to the Owner. location and load on each. systems, including fire and smoke detection, alarm, and control, C. Approved by firestopping manufacturer. (N publications or standard rules of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Conflicts arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor's coordinate scheduling and testing and inspection procedures with the C. Code requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this (U.L), American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM), American responsibility. - PART 2 PRODUCTS authorities having jurisdiction. section. National Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Electrical Code D. Perform all work in conformity with the Contract Documents and afford D. TAB Agency Qualifications: D. The Contractor shall examine the Drawings for the architectural work 01111111ft (NEC), National Fire Protection Association (NEPA), American Society other trades reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1. Company specializing in the testing, adjusting, and balancing of to identify all fire rated, partitions, floors and assemblies and of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE), and Properly connect and coordinate this work with the work of other A. Isolation Technology, Inc.; Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.; Mason systems specified in this Section with a minimum of five years apply the appropriate fire stopping materials and systems to maintain the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association trades at such time and in such a manner as not to delay or interfere Industries. experience. the fire rating of the partition, floor or assembly penetrated based - (SMACNA). with their work. 2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS 2. Certified by one of the following: on the construction conditions depicted. - 0 0. E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract E. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the A. Open Spring Isolators: a. AABC, Associated Air Balance Council; upon completion submit Documents exceed code. Landlord, utility, or recognized standards roofing manufacturers authorized roofing contractor at this 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent AABC National Performance Guaranty. _ PART 2 PRODUCTS requirements. Contractor's expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 b. NEBB, National Environmental Balancing Bureau. - 1.04 PERMITS AND FEES authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying C. TABS, The Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Bureau of 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the applicable to this Project. The use of an unauthorized roofing capacity. National Energy Management Institute. A. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc.; 3M Fre Protection Products; work under this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration 2. Spring Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch 3. The TAB Agency must be a completely independent, third party Specified Technologies, Inc.; USG; Pecora Corporation; Grace ISSUE INFORMATION • expense, unless otherwise indicated. systems at this Controctor s expense. thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware, balancing contractor with no financial, common owners or other Construe#ion Products; Nelson Firestop Products. G 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS F. All temperature control wiring, thermostat wiring, damper interlock 3. Sound Pods: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet ties to the installing contractors. 2.02 FIRESTOPPING ASSEMBLIES 05/08/15 A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and wiring, control panel interlock wiring and miscellaneous low voltage requirements for neoprene pad isolators. E. TAB Supervisor and Technicion Qualifications: Certified by some A. Firestopping: Any material meeting requirements. coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any wiring associated with the equipment furnished or installed under this 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and organization as TAB agency. - 1. Fre Ratings: Use any system listed by UL or FM or tested in required corrections, including all associated costs, arising from contract shall be furnished and installed by the mechanical contractor neoprene coated springs. 3.02 ADJUSTMENT TOLERANCES accordance with ASTM E 814 or ASTM E 119 that has F Rating equal REVISIONS issues caused by the Contractors failure to understand and/or or his sub-contractor. All wiring installed under this contract shall B. Restrained Open Spring Isolators: A. Air Handling Systems; Air Outlets and Inlets; Hydronic Systems: to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum T Rating Equal coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents are be in full compliance with the National Electrical Code, all State and 1. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent Adjust to within plus or minus 15 percent of design. to F Rating and that meets all other specified requirements. Q 1 the Contractor's sole responsibility. local codes and requirements of the Electrical Specifications for this vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 3.03 RECORDING AND ADJUSTING 2.03 MATERIALS - B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise project. of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying A. Permanently mark settings of valves, dampers, and other adjustment A. Elostomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single or multiple component 2 - and is intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the general 3.02 EXAMINATION capacity. devices allowing settings to be restored. Set and lock memory stops. silicone elosto aeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; - arrangement of ductwork, piping, equipment, and accessories. Follow A. Verify field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. 2. Spring Mounts: Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch B. Marie on the Drawings the locations where traverse and other critical conforming to the following: 3 - these drawings in laying out the work and verify spaces for the B. Verify all equipment locations prior to rough-in. Maintain adequate thick neoprene sound pads, and zinc chromate plated hardware. measurements were taken and cross reference the location in the final - 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. - _ installation of these materials and equipment Wherever a question equipment service clearance per manufacturer and code. 3. Sound Pads: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 inch; meet report. 2. Color. Manufacturer's standard color. 4 exists as to the exact intended location of ductwork, piping, or C. Verify routing of all ductwork and piping In field prior to requirements for neoprene pad isolators. 304 AIR SYSTEM PROCEDURE B. Foam Firestoppping: Single or multiple component foam compound; - equipment, obtain instructions from the Architect before proceeding fabrication or installation. Verify adequate clearance with 4. Restraint: Provide heavy mounting frame and limit stops. A. Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or _ conforming to the following: 5 with the work. structure, light fixtures, and ceiling heights. 5. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and design supply, return, and exhaust air quantities. 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. C. Notify the Architect for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered D. Verify that proper fuel and power supply is available for connection. neoprene coated springs. B. Make air quantity measurements in ducts by Pitot tube traverse of 2. Color Manufacturers standard color. within the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notify 3.03 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS C. Closed Spring isolators: entire cross sectional area of duct. C. Fbered Compound Firestopping: Formulated compound mixed with - u F the Architect of discre ancies shall result in the resolution becomin A. Install all ductwork, i e, c ui ment, and accessories to reserve 1. T e . Closed s rip mount with to and bottom housin se arated C. Measure air quantities at air inlets and outlets. incombustble non-asbestos fibers; conformin to the followin ° R 9 pipe, equipment, P YP spring P 9 P q 9 g= the Contractor's responsibility and subject to the Architect's review fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using with neoprene rubber stabilizers. D. Adjust distribution system to obtain uniform space temperatures free 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. - r_ and possible rejection. Should the Architect reject a discrepancy materials and methods specified. 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent from objectionable drafts and noise. 2. Color: Manufacturer's standard color. 3 resolution of which they were not notified, the Contractor is fully 3.04 F€ELD QUALITY CONTROL vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 E. Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extend D. Fiber Packing Material: Mineral or ceramic fiber packing insulation; - - o . responsible to correct the installation, including all associated A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality. safety, of maximum deflection. Calor code springs for load carrying that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound conforming to the following: costs, until approval of the installation is given by the Architect completed status, and suitable operation of each system. Tests shall capacity. levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices such as 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. - 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS be conducted under the supervision of the Architect 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting dampers and splitters. Do not use diffuser, grille or register E. Firestop Devices: Mechanical device with incombustible or silicone i A. Verify all existing conditions prior to beginning work. 3.05 CLEANING AND REPAIR requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side integral dampers for balancing adjustments unless the plans do not elostomer filter and sheet stainless steel jacket, collar, and flanged - 0 B. Any existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based A. Clean fire suppression parts to remove harmful materials. stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance. indicate duct mounted devices. - stops; conforming to the following: iL on information drawings provided by others and possibly limited field B. Clean exposed surfaces of all ductwork pipe, equipment, and 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and F. Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Provide 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent; suitable for pedestrian - o - verification. The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions accessories of oil dirt, debris, splatter, and other deleterious neoprene coated springs. drive changes required at no additional expense to the Owner. Vary . traffic or vehicular traffic where necessary. a at no additional expense to the Owner. materials. Follow the manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning as D. Restrained Closed Spring Isolators: branch air quantities by damper regulation. F. Intumescent Putty. Compound which expands on exposure to surface heat - a C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing applicable. 1. Type : Closed spring mount with top and bottom housing separated G. Measure static air pressure conditions on air supply units, including gain; conforming to the following: o conditions against the Contract Documents, and familiarize himself C. Repair or replace damaged ductwork, pipe, equipment, and accessories, with neoprene rubber stabilizers. filter and col pressure drops, and total pressure across the fan. I1. Potential Expansion: Minimum 1000 percent. - 3 - with the work prior to bidding and start of the work. By signing the as directed by and to the satisfaction of the Architect, where marring 2. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent Make allowances for 50 percent loading of filters. 2. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. - 2 E Contract, the Contractor acknowledges the site visit has been or disfigurement has occurred. All pipe, equipment, and accessories vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 H. Adjust outside air automatic dampers, outside air, return air, and 3. Gator. Manufacturers standard color. a completed and the existing conditions are accepted. shall be new. of maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying exhaust dampers for design conditions in all operating modes as G. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows; conforming to the x D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in 3.06 PROJECT CLOSEOUT capacity. indicated in the sequence of control. following: - 0 wr€ting so the appropriate modifications to the design can be made A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed 3. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting 1. Measure temperature conditions across outside air, return air, and 1. Durability and Longevity. Permanent. U. without delay to the project. The Contractor assumes full copy and one electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. requirements for neoprene pad isolators, and neoprene side exhaust dampers to check leakage. H. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, and Accessories: Type required for tested o responsibility of adjusting for discrepancies of which the Architect Information contained on project record drawings shall include, as a stabilizers with minimum 0.25 inch clearance and limit stops. J. Where modulating dampers are provided, take measurements and balance assembly design. is not informed. minimum: 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and at extreme conditions and at all intermediate operating conditionsFRCH I ARCHITECTURE INC. P.C. 1.07 SUBMITTALS 1. Actual locations of all equipment, ductwork, air inlets/outlets, neoprene coated springs. specified in the sequence of control. Balance variable volume systems PART 3 EXECUTION ' € 06 A. Shop Drawings: accessories, etc. E. Spring Hanger at maximum air flow rate, full cooling, and at minimum air flow rate, _ M 1. Furnish the Architect shop drawing portfolios containing names of 2. Actual routing of ductwork with sizes and elevations. L Springs. Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent full heating. 3.01 INSTALLATION REO PROre manufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on the 3. Actual locations of control devices including valves and vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 3.05 WATER SYSTEM PROCEDURE A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in �R SS a project Use manufacturer's specification sheets identified by volume dampers. of maximum deflection. Calor code springs for load carrying A. Adjust water systems to provide required or design quantities. = accordance with manufacturer's instructions, completely closing �5 G I N - �p number indicated on drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog B. Operation and Maintenance Dote: At project closeout, submit to the capacity. B. Use calibrated Venturi tubes, orifices, or other metered fittings and � openings. tV C� F y9 m number on the cut sheets. As applicable, provide construction Architect two copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and 2. Housings: Incorporate neoprene isolation pad meeting pressure gouges to determine flow rates for system balance. Where B. Do not cover installed firestopping until inspected by authority tt/ V Q data, weight and dimensional data, voltage ratings. performance operation data for all hvoc equipment, controls systems, accessories. requirements for neoprene ad isolators or rubber hanger with flow metering devices are not installed, base flow balance on - haven jurisdiction. 16947PE 8 9 9 9 P oPYs eq P R 9 9 9 ju ii data, listing data, pump curves, fan curves and sound data as and materials used. Include maintenance procedures, intervals, and threaded insert. temperature difference across various heat transfer elements in the C. Install labeling required by code. a D part of the shop drawing submittal. parts list of each item installed under this contract. Include all 3. Misalignment: Capable of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment. system. D. Comply with firestopping manufacturer's recommendations for 8 2 Submittals are reviewed only for general compliance with the manufacturers guarantees and warranties. 4. For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and C. Adjust systems to provide specified pressure drops and flows through temperature and conditions during and after installation. Maintain WEGONnContract Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not C. Maintenance Materials: At project closeout, furnish to the Owner the neoprene coated springs. heat transfer elements prior to thermal testing. Perform balancing by minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation achecked during submittal review. Review of the submittals does following: F. Neoprene Pad Isolators: measurement of temperature differential in conjunction with air of materials. e not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility for providing 1. One set of replacement filters for all hvac equipment 1. Rubber or neoprene waffle pods. balancing. E. Provide ventilation in areas where solvent-cured materials are being 00all materials, equipment and accessories necessary for a complete 2. The maintenance contract for the hvoc system, if applicable. a. Hardness: 30 durometer. D. Effect system balance with automatic control valves fully open to heat installed. 3 - and operational system meeting the requirements of the project D. Test Reports: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two copies I b. Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch. transfer elements. S and the intent of the Contract Documents. The responsibility for of the following: C. Maximum Loading: 50 psi. E. Effect adjustment of water distribution systems by means of balancing END OF SECTION g coordination of substituted materials and equipment lies solely 1. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing Report d. Rib Height: Maximum 0.7 times width. cocks. valves, and fittings. Do not use service or shut-off valves EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 is _ 10. with the substituting Contractor. 2. Configuration: Single layer. for balancing unless indexed for balance point. Date: 05/03/09 E _ 3. Electrical Characteristics- Verify that proper power supply is END OF SECTION G. Rubber Mount or Hanger. Molded rubber designed for 0.4 inch F Where available pump capacity is less than total flow requirements or SECTION 230713 - DUCT INSULATION C, _ available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, deflection with threaded insert individual system parts. full flow in one part may be simulated by I phase and current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of H. Glass Fiber Pads: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded glass temporary restriction of flow to other parts. PART 1 GENERAL O any deviations prior to order, connection of equipment or start- SECTION 230501 - MECHANICAL DEMOLITION fiber. 1 3.06 SCOPE - = up. Responsibility for verification of proper power supply A. Equipment Requiring Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (if present on _ 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES PROJECT INFORMATION voltage and any product returns or damage resulting from PART 1 GENERAL PART 3 EXECUTION the project): A. Duct insulation. a incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. 1. HVAC Pumps; Bolters; All Air Handling Equipment; All Packaged B. Duct liner. BUILD-A-BEAR 0 C B. Project Record Documents: Provide as specified. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 3.01 INSTALLATION Heating and/or Cooling Equipment; All Coil; All Heat Exchangers; C. Insulation jackets. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include manufacturer's descriptive A. Mechanical demolition. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Terminal Heat Transfer Units; Air Terminal Units; Air Inlets and D. Supply. return or exhaust ducts in ceiling spaces. t 9 literature, operating instructions, installation instructions, P B. On closed spring isolators. adjust so side stabilizers are clear under Outlets E. Sul , return or exhaust ducts in interior unconditioned areas. WASHINGTON SQ. maintenance and repair data, and parts listing. PART 2 PRODUCTS normal operating conditions. 3.07 MINIMUM DATA TO BE REPORTED F. Supply, return or exhaust ducts in exposed locations. Is Is - D. Test Reports: Provide as specified. C. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights A. Report (as applicable to the project): 1.02 FIELD CONDITIONS 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. 1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE 2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment 1. Summary Comments: A. Maintain ambient temperatures and conditions required by manufacturers i A. Manufacturer Qualifications- Company specializing in manufacturing A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified with temporary shims to final height. When full load is applied, a. Design versus final performance of adhesives, mastics, and insulation cements. PORTLAND OR 97223 Ir P Y P 9 � 9P g 9 P P Y g PP� g P Ir o the Products specified in this section with minimum five years in individual sections of the architectural specifications, adjust isolators to load to allow shim removal. b. Notable characteristics of system B. Maintain temperature during and after installation for minimum period U. 3 experience. D. Provide flexible connections on all piping and ductwork connections to C. Summary of outdoor and exhaust flows to indicate amount of of 24 hours. PROJECT#' W B. installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work PART 3 EXECUTION equipment Refer to other sections of this Specification for the building pressurization of this section, with minimum five years experience. acceptable types of flexible connectors to be used. d. Nomenclature used throughout report and test conditions. PART 2 PRODUCTS 29349.000 a C. Products 3.01 EXAMINATION E. Selection of type, thickness and deflection of vibration isolation B. Electric Motors and drives: o !i 1 . Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as A. The demolition work indicated on the Drawings is Intended to convey shall be by the vibration control manufacturer based on the specific 1. Manufacturer, Model/Frame; HP/BHP; Phase, voltage, amperage; 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION 3 suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. the scope of the demolition work involved. Remove all items shown equipment type and size, as scheduled on the Drawings and indicated nameplate, actual, no load; RPM; Service factor, Sheave A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index C, �, D. All equipment and components shall be free of all rust/corrosion or hatched on the Drawings including all miscellaneous appurtenances and below. Make/Size/Bore. of 25/50, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, NFPA 255, 0 C3 any visible damage. All items not complying with this requirement accessory Items. Remove all incidental items not necessary for the 3.02 SCHEDULES 2. V-Belt Drives: Identification/location; Required driven RPM; or UL 723. SHEET INFORMATION = LL B shall be replaced without any change in the Contract amount completion of the new work and systems. Cap all remaining openings in A. Equipment Isolation Schedule: (Minimum deflection as sized by the Driven sheave, diameter and RPM; Belt, size and quantity, B. Manufacturer. Knauf Fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens oE. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the existing systems. Isolation equipment manufacturer.) C. Cooling and Heating Coils: Corning Corp.; CertainTeed Corporation. u A FF - E Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a B. Verify field measurements and piping or duct arrangements are as shown 1. Fans, axial and centrifugal 1. Identification/number, Manufacturer 2.02 GLASS FIBER, FLEXIBLE H•�•~•�• prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment and accessories on Drawings. a. Small fans up to 22 diameter wheel: 2. Air flow, design and actual A. Insulation: ASTM C 553; flexible, noncombustible blanket. SnecifieationS m specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. C. Verify that abandoned piping and equipment serve only abandoned 1) Rubber Mount or Hanger 3. Air pressure drop, design and actual 1. 'K' value: 0.31 at 75 degrees F. when tested in accordance with M C CL Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required fora facilities. 4. Entering and leaving air DB and WB temperature, design and actual ASTM G 518. a complete, functional system. including all required components D. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing END OF SECTION 5. Water flow, design and actual (if applicable) 2. Maximum Service Temperature: 450 degrees F. m 0 reasonably inferred to as necessary although such components may or record documents when available. 6. Water pressure drop, design and actual (if applicable) 3. Maximum Water Vapor Sorption: 5.0 percent by weight a may not be specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. E. The existing buildings, structure and utility information indicated on 7. Entering and leaving water temperature, design and actual (if B. Vapor Barrier Jacket: ii F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting the Drawings are based on as-built information and/or survey documents SECTION 230593 - TESTING. ADJUSTING. AND BALANCING FOR HVAC applicable) 1. Kraft paper with glass fiber yam and bonded to aluminized film. DRAWN BY: 3 requirements of this section. provided by the Owner. The Contractor shall adjust for minor field D. Air Moving Equipment: 2. Moisture Vapor Permeability. 0.029 ng/Pa s m (0.02 perm inch), ARM 0 I � 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING variations without additional expense to the project If major PART 1 GENERAL 1. Manufacturer, Model number; Serial number, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 96/E 96M. W A. Rooftop Equipment Protect units from physical damage by storing off discrepancies are found the Contractor shall advise the Engineer of Arrangement/Class/Discharge 3. Secure with pressure sensitive tape. REVIEWED BY: 4i site until roof mounting curbs are In place, ready for immediate such deviations In writing so that the appropriate modifications to 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 2. Air flow, specified and actual C. Vapor Barrier Tape: GRS 1 ` V installation of units. the design can be made without delay to the Project. A. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of air systems. 3. Inlet; Discharge; Total static pressure (total external), 1. Kraft paper reinforced with glass fiber yarn and bonded to t CD B. Protect insulation from weather and construction traffic, dirt, water. F. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions. 1. Air handling units; Packaged heating and/or cooling equipment; specified and actual aluminized film, with pressure sensitive rubber based adhesive.T�� T�� SCALE: o - co N A chemical, and mechanical damage, by storing in original wrapping. 3.02 PREPARATION Fans. (Exhaust and supply); Coils; Terminal equipment; Air inlets E. Air Distribution Tests: D. Outdoor Vapor Barrier Mastic: 1 r:FE1lGNCE ONLY IN��e oC. Protect dampers and accessories from damage to operating linkages, A. Disconnect mechanical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be and outlets. (Diffusers, grilles, louvers, etc.) 1. Air terminal number 1. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with T a W blades and finishes. removed. B. Testing, adjustment, and balancing of hydropic systems. 2. Room number/location insulation, black color. TiOT APPROVED WITH THIS PE AUTHORIZED FOR: g k: D. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company and the Owner. 1. Pumps; Boilers; Coils; Heat exchangers; Terminal equipment. 3. Terminal type E. Tie Wire: Annealed steel, 16 gage. LL/Permit m 2 Maintain in place until installation. C. Provide temporary piping, duct and connections to maintain existing C. Measurement of final operating condition of HVAC systems. 4. Terminal size 2.03 DUCT LINER 1 E. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining systems in service during construction as required for the sequencing D. Independent agency requirements. 5. Area factor A. Insulation: Incombustible glass fiber complying with ASTM C 1071; 0 �& � I factory covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended of the work or the Owners need for continued operations. When work 1.02 SUBMITTALS 6. Design velocity flexible blanket, rigid board, and preformed round liner board; d, 1 . �vM3 Z! LU 9 = .& A I& 1 1 1 1 1 1 i i i . -1 1 1 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRCH DOM VVOMDML 311 Elm SbW Suit SM impregnated surface and edges coated with acrylic polymer shown to be applicable energy codes. aluminum construction; with individually adjustable blades, mounting SECTION 233600 - AIR TERMINAL UNITS rile(MMM OH 4= fungus and bacteria resistant by testing to ASTM G 21. 6. UL 181, Class 0, interlocking spiral of aluminum foil; fiberglass straps. 513 241 3= 1. Apparent Thermal Conductivity Maximum of 0.31 at 75 degrees F. insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. 2.02 VOLUME CONTROL DAMPERS PART 1 GENERAL 2. Service Temperature: Up to 250 degrees F. a. Pressure Rating: 8 inches WG positive or negative. A. Manufacturers: Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; W".tch-c= 3. Rated Velocity on Coated Air Side for Air Erosion: 5,000 fpm, b. Maximum Velocity. 5000 fpm. Ruskin Company, Prefco Inc. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES minimum. C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 250 degrees F. B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - A. Single duct terminal units. 4. Minimum Noise Reduction Coefficients: d. Minimum R-Volue: 4.2 or greater as required by the Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. B. Fan powered terminal units. a. 1/2 inch Thickness: 0.30. applicable energy codes. C. Single Blade Dampers: Fabricate for duct sizes up to 6 x 30 inch. C. Integral heating coils. b. 1 inch Thickness: 0.45. E. Joint Sealers and Sealants: Non-hardening, water resistant, mildew D. Multi-Blade Damper. Fabricate of opposed blade pattern with maximum 1. Electric resistance. C. 1-1/2 inches Thickness: 0.60. and mold resistant. blade sizes 8 x 72 inch. Assemble center and edge crimped blades in 1.02 SUBMITTALS x d. 2 inch Thickness: 0.70. 1. Type: Heavy mastic or liquid used alone or with tape, suitable prime coated or golvanized channel frame with suitable hardware. A. Product Data: Provide data indicating configuration, general B. Adhesive: Waterproof, fire-retardant type. for joint configuration and compatible with substrates, and E. End Bearings: Except in round ducts 12 inches and smaller, provide assembly, and materials used in fabrication. Include catalog C. Liner Fasteners: Galvanized steel, self-adhesive pad or impact recommended by manufacturer for pressure class of ducts. end bearings. On multiple blade dampers, provide oil-impregnated performance ratings that indicate airflow, static pressure, and NC K applied with integral, or press-on head. 2. VOC Content: Not more than 250 g/L, excluding water. nylon or sintered bronze bearings. designation. Include electrical characteristics and connection 3. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread of zero, smoke F. The contractor shall provide either a mechanical or electrical cable requirements. PART 3 EXECUTION developed of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. operated system wherever dampers are located in non-accessible areas. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate configuration, general assembly, and 4. For Use With Flexible Ducts: UL labeled. 1. Mechanical cable operator system shall be similar and equal to materials used in fabrication, and electrical characteristics and 3.01 INSTALLATION 5. Ductwork Exposed to the Weather. Hard cost VersaGrip 102, (VG- Young Regulator Company, Bowden Cable Control" system including connection requirements. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and NAIMA 102), UL 181-AM compliant duct joint sealer, as manufactured by damper, flexible cable with casing and concealed ceiling 1. Include schedules listing discharge and radiated sound power National Insulation Standards. Carlisle, with fiberglass scrim tape reinforcement on all seams regulator control. level for each of second through sixth octave bands at inlet B. Insulated ducts conveying air below ambient temperature: and joints, lateral and longitudinal. 2. Electrically operated damper control system shall be similar and static pressures of 1 to 4 inch wg. 1. Provide insulation with vapor barrier jackets. F. Hanger Rod: ASTM A 36/A 36M; steel; threaded both ends, threaded one equal to United Enertech Corporation, "Power Balance" system O 2. Finish with tape and vapor barrier jacket end, or continuously threaded. including motor operated damper, RJ-11 plenum rated cabling and PART 2 PRODUCTS 3. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, hangers, and other 2.02 DUCTWORK FABRICATION flush ceiling or wall mounted RJ-11 jack in remote plate. duct penetrations. A. Fabricate, support and seal in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Include one hand held battery pack operator pack to be delivered 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 4. Insulate entire system including fittings, joints, flanges, fire Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. to the Owner upon completion of the balancing. A. Carnes Company HVAC; Krueger, Price Industries; Titus, The Trane __- dampers, flexible connections, and expansion joints. Provide duct material, gages, reinforcing, and sealing for operating 2.03 FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS Company. -- C. Insulated ducts conveying air above ambient temperature: pressures indicated. A. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - 2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS 1. Provide with or without standard vapor barrier jacket. B. Construct Ts, bends, and elbows with radius of not less than 1-1/2 Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. A. Ceiling mounted supply air control terminals for connection to central s J 2. insulate fittings and joints. Where service access is required, times width of duct on centerline. Where not possible and where B. Flexible Duct Connections: Fabric crimped into metal edging strip. air systems. 1} bevel and seal ends of insulation. rectangular elbows must be used, provide turning vanes. Where 1. Fabric: UL listed fire-retardant neoprene coated woven glass B. Identify each terminal unit with cleariy marked identification label D. External Duct Insulation Application; acoustical lining is indicated, provide turning vanes of perforated fiber fabric to NEPA 90A, minimum density 30 oz per sq yd. and airflow indicator. Include unit nominal airflow, maximum factory 1. Secure insulation with vapor barrier with wires and seal jacket metal with glass fiber insulation. a. Net Fabric Width: Approximately 2 inches wide. set airflow, minimum factory set airflow, and coil type, if any. joints with vapor barrier adhesive or tape to match jacket. C. Increase duct sizes gradually, not exceeding 15 degrees divergence 2. Metal: 3 inches wide, 24 gage thick galvanized steel. 2.03 SINGLE DUCT TERMINAL UNITS 2. Secure insulation without vapor barrier with staples, tape, or wherever possible; maximum 30 degrees divergence upstream of equipment 2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS A. Basic Assembly. wires. and 45 degrees convergence downstream. A. Manufacturers: Acudor Products Inc.; Nailor Industries Inc.; Ruskin 1. Casings: Minimum 22 gage galvanized steel. 3. Install without sag on underside of duct. Use adhesive or D. Fabricate continuously welded round and oval duct fittings two gages Company, SEMCO Incorporated. 2. Lining: Minimum 1/2 inch thick neoprene or vinyl coated fibrous mechanical fasteners where necessary to prevent sagging. Lift heavier than duct gages indicated in SMACNA Standard. Joints shall be B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - glass insulation, 1.5 Ib/cu. ft density, meeting NEPA 90A {.V duct off trapeze hangers and insert spacers. minimum 4 inch cemented slip joint, brazed or electric welded. Prime Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. requirements and UL 181:erosion requirements. 4. Seal vapor barrier penetrations by mechanical fasteners with coat welded joints. C. Fabrication: Rigid and close-fitting of galvanized steel with sealing 3. Air Inlets: S slip and drive connections for duct attachment vapor barrier adhesive. E. Provide standard 45 degree lateral wye takeoffs unless otherwise gaskets and quick fastening locking devices. For insulated ducts, 4. Air Outlets: S slip and drive connections. 5. Stop and point insulation around access doors and damper indicated where 90 degree conical tee connections may be used. install minimum 1 inch thick insulation with sheet metal cover. B. Basic Unit: operators to allow operation without disturbing wrapping. F. Where ducts are connected to exterior wall louvers and duct outlet is 1. Less Than 12 inches Square: Secure with sash locks. 1. Configuration: Air volume damper assembly inside unit casing. E. Duct and Plenum Liner Application: smaller than louver frame, provide blank-out panels sealing louver 2. Up to 18 inches Square: Provide two hinges and two sash locks. Locate control components inside protective metal shroud. 1. Adhere insulation with adhesive for 90 percent coverage. area around duct. Use some material as duct, painted black on D. Access doors with sheet metal screw fasteners are not acceptable. 2. Volume Damper. Construct of galvanized steel with peripheral H 2. Secure insulation with mechanical liner fasteners. Refer to exterior side; seal to louver frame and duct. 2.05 FIRE DAMPERS gasket and self lubricating bearings; maximum damper leakage: 2 SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible for 2.03 DUCT MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Louvers & Dampers, Inc.; Noilor Industries Inc.; percent of design airflow at 1 inches rated inlet static spacing. A. Metal-Fab, Inc.; SEMCO Incorporated; United McGill Corporation. Ruskin Company, Prefco Inc. pressure. 3. Seal and smooth joints. Seal and coat transverse joints. 2.04 MANUFACTURED METAL DUCTWORK AND FITTINGS B. Fabricate in accordance with NFPA 90A and UL 555, and as indicated. 3. Mount damper operator to position damper normally open. Vol 4. Seal liner surface penetrations with adhesive. A. Manufacture in accordance with SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards C. Ceiling Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame and 16 gage flap, C. Attenuator Section: Line attenuator sections with 2 inch thick 5. Duct dimensions indicated are net inside dimensions required for - Metal and Flexible, and as indicated. Provide duct material, gages, two layers 0.125 inch ceramic fiber on top side with locking clip. insulation. air flow. Increase duct size to allow for insulation thickness. reinforcing, and sealing for operating pressures indicated. D. Horizontal Dampers: Galvanized steel, 22 gage frame, stainless steel D. Multi Outlet Attenuator Section: With 6 inch diameter collars, each 3.02 SCHEDULES B. Round Spiral Ducts: Machine made from round spiral lockseam duct with closure spring, and lightweight, heat retardant non-asbestos fabric with butterfly balancing damper with lock. A. The Contractor may use any of the following insulating materials, at light reinforcing corrugations; fittings manufactured of at least two blanket. E Electric Heating Coil: his option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of gages heavier metal than duct. E. Curtain Type Dampers: Galvanized steel with interlocking blades. 1. Construction: UL listed, slip-in type, open coil design, all State, local authorities and utility company requirements. C. Double Wall Insulated Round Ducts: Round spiral lockseam duct with Provide stainless steel closure springs and latches for horizontal integral control box factory wired and installed, with: Verification of compliance of the selected insulating material and galvanized steel outer wall, 1 inch thick fiberglass insulation, Installations or closure under air flow conditions. Configure with a. Primary and secondary aver-temperature protection. thickness with all State and local codes and utility company perforated galvanized steel inner wall; fitting with solid inner wall. blades out of air stream except for 1.0 inch pressure class ducts up b. Minimum airflow switch. requirements is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. D. Transverse Duct Connection System: SMACNA 'E" rated rigidly class to 12 inches in height. C. Magnetic contactor for each step of control. B. Supply air ducts in ceiling spaces: connection, interlocking angle and duct edge connection system with F. Multiple Blade Dampers: 16 gage galvanized steel frame and blades, F. Automatic Damper Operator: ISSUE INFORMATION 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 2 inches thick. sealant, gasket, cleats, and corner clips. oil-impregnated bronze or stainless steel sleeve bearings and plated 1. Electric Actuator. 24 volt with high limit. - G 2. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1-1/2 inches thick. steel axles, 1/8 x 1/2 inch plated steel concealed linkage, stainless G. Provide unit complete with manufacturers standard DDC controller with 05/08/15 C. Supply, return or exhaust air ducts in crawl spaces, attics or other PART 3 EXECUTION steel closure spring, blade stops, and lock. wall mounted electronic thermostat unconditioned areas: G. Fusible Links: UL 33, separate at 160 degrees F with adjustable link 1. DDC controller shall sequence supply air damper for pressure 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Insulation: 3 inches thick. 3.01 EXAMINATION straps for combination fire/balancing dampers. independent control to compensate for varying inlet static REVISIONS D. Supply air ducts exposed in finished areas: A. Examine drawings for the Architectural, Structural, Electrical and all pressures. 1. Flexible Glass Fiber Duct Liner Insulation: 1-1/2 inches thick. other trades prior to preparation of ductwork shop drawings and prior PART 3 EXECUTION 2. Provide adjustable minimum and maximum airflow limits set at 0 1 E. Return or exhaust air ducts exposed in finished areas: None. to the fabrication of any ductwork. control device. Adjust to the values indicated on the Drawings. B. Resolve any conflicts encountered with the Engineer prior to 3.01 INSTALLATION 3. Maintain airflow to within-5 percent of set point with inlet 2 END OF SECTION fabrication. A. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, static pressure variations up to 2 inches (0.5 kPA). C. Identify on ductwork shop drawings any deviations in sizes or shapes NFPA 90A, and follow SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal 4. Modulate heating coil control valve in response to a call for 3 made necessary by the obstructions of other trades. and Flexible. Duct cc istruction and pressure class. heating after the supply air damper has reached the minimum SECTION 233100 - HVAC DUCTS AND CASINGS 3.02 INSTALLATION B. Provide duct access doors for inspection and cleaning before and after position. Provide dual maximum airflow on units equipped with 4 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. filters, coils, fans, automatic dampers, at fire dampers, combination heating coils. Adjust to the values indicated on the Drawings. - PART 1 GENERAL B. Duct sizes indicated ore inside clear dimensions. For lined ducts, fire and smoke dampers, and elsewhere as indicated. Provide minimum 8 5. Stage electric heating coil, in response to a call for heating 5 maintain sizes inside lining. x 8 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, after supply air damper has reached the minimum position. Provide 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES C. Install and seal metal and flexible ducts in accordance with SMACNA and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for balancing dampers only. dual maximum airflow on units equipped with heating coils. A. Metal ductwork. HVAC Duct Construction Standards - Metal and Flexible. Review locations prior to fabrication. H. Thermostat: Electronic type with appropriate mounting hardware. a F B. Nonmetal ductwork. D. Provide openings in ductwork where required to accommodate C. Locate all dampers and control elements in accessible areas wherever d C. Round spiral ductwork thermometers and controllers. Provide pilot tube openings where possible to avoid access doors. Provide ceiling access doors for PART 3 EXECUTION - D. Medium and high velocity ductwork. required for testing of systems, complete with metal can with spring access to all dampers and control elements located above inaccessible is E. Duct cleaning. device or screw to ensure against air leakage. Where openings ore ceiling areas. Provide minimum 12 x 12 inch size for hand access, 18 3.01 INSTALLATION 1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS provided in insulated ductwork, install insulation material inside a x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as indicated. Provide 4 x 4 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Support units A. No variation of duct configuration or sizes permitted except by metal ring. inch for balancing dampers only. Review locations prior to individually from structure. Do:not support from adjacent ductwork. - fi written permission. Size round ducts installed in place of E. Locate ducts with sufficient space around equipment to allow normal fabrication. B. Provide ceiling access doors or locate units above easily removable • rectangular ducts in accordance with ASHRAE table of equivalent operating and maintenance activities. D. Provide balancing dampers at points on supply, return, and exhaust ceiling components. - rectangular and round ducts, only after approval of the Engineer. F. Use crimp joints with or without bead for joining round duct sizes 8 systems where branches are taken from larger ducts as required for air 3.02 ADJUSTING LL Sizes shown on design drawings are air dimensions. Contractor may inch and smaller with crimp in direction of air flow. balancing. Install minimum 2 duct widths from duct toke-off. A. Reset volume with damper operator attached to assembly allowing flow - 0 increase duct size without engineer approval, provided all ceiling and G. Use double nuts and lock washers on threaded rod supports. E. Provide balancing dampers on duct take-off to diffusers, grilles, and range modulation from 100 percent of design flow to 0 percent full a shaft clearances can be maintained. Additional charges for increased H. Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bonds. registers, regardless of whether dampers are specified as part of the flow or to minimum circulation efm as scheduled on the Drawings. a duct size will not be accepted by the owner. 1. Support flexible duct runs every five feet in the horizontal direction diffuser, grille, or register assembly. Do not locate dampers closer 3 - B. Report all conflicts with structure or other obstructions, prior to to avoid dips and sags. than 5 feet or 10 duct diameters from the air terminal device, END OF SECTION fabrication of any ductwork. Suitable adjustments in the sizes of J. Connect terminal units to supply ducts with one foot maximum length of whichever is greater. E ducts shall be accommodated without any additional expense to the flexible duct. Do not use flexible duct to change direction. F. At fans and motorized equipment associated with ducts, provide - o Owner. K. Connect diffusers to low pressure ducts directly or with 5 feet flexible duct connections immediately adjacent to the equipment. SECTION 233700 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS = 1.03 SUBMITTALS maximum length of flexible duct held in place with strap or clamp. G. At equipment supported by vibration isolators, provide flexible duct - A. Shop Drawings: Indicate duct fittings, particulars such as gages, Longer duct lengths are acceptable if depicted on the design drawings connections immediately adjacent to the equipment PART 1 GENERAL sizes, welds, and configuration prior to start of work for all and allowed per local code. A maximum of one 90 degree bend, or H. Provide fire dampers, at locations indicated, where ducts and outlets o systems. No ductwork shall be fabricated until engineer approved shop equivalent, will be allowed in flexible duct runs. pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES N drawings have been received by the Contractor. Identify on ductwork L During construction provide temporary closures of metal or taped having jurisdiction. Install with required perimeter mounting angles, A. Rectangular ceiling diffusers. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. shop drawings any deviations in sizes or shapes made necessary by the polyethylene on open ductwork to prevent construction dust from sleeves, breakowcy duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, B. Grid core exhaust and return grilles. $ obstructions of other trades. entering ductwork system. bearings, bushings and hinges. 1.02 SUBMITTALS - 0 B. Test Reports: Indicate pressure tests performed. Include date, M. All exposed ducts in finished areas must be completely free from all 1. Install smoke dampers and combination smoke and fire dampers in A. Product Data: Provide data for equipment required for this project. CEO PROF£ section tested, test pressure, and leakage rate, following SMACNA dents or imperfections in the galvanized coating and shall be sealed accordance with NFPA 92A. Review outlets and inlets as tq size, flnish, and type of mounting �F. Ss+ s (LEAK) - HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual. CAREFULLY AND NEATLY with duct sealer completely contained within the J. Demonstrate re-setting of fire dampers to Owner's representative. prior to submission. Submit schedule of outlets and inlets showing �S G I N F 1.04 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS joint. Duct wrap will not be permitted in exposed locations. type, size, location, application, accessories, and noise level. A. Construct ductwork to NFPA 90A, NFPA 90B, and NFPA 96 standards. N. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the END OF SECTION 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE 4 16947PE ` CL B. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting roofing manufacturers authorized roofing contractor at this A. Test and rate air outlet and inlet performance in accordance with requirements of this Section. Contractors expense. This Contractor shall contract with the factory ASHRAE Std 70. D 1.05 FIELD CONDITIONS authorized roofing contractor for the specific roofing system SECTION 233423 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS B. Test and rate louver performance in accordance with AMCA 500-L $ A. Do not install duct sealants when temperatures are less than those applicable to this Project. The use of an unauthorized roofing C. Code requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements of this recommended by sealant manufacturers. contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration PART 1 GENERAL Section. B. Maintain temperatures within acceptable range during and after systems at this Contractors expense. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS WW installation of duct sealants. 3.03 CLEANING 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing A. Clean duct system and force air at high velocity through duct to A. Cabinet and ceiling fans. the type of products specified in this Section, with minimum five PART 2 PRODUCTS remove accumulated dust or clean with high power vacuum machines. To years of documented experience. .8 obtain sufficient air, clean half the system at a time. Protect PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS equipment which may be harmed by excessive dirt with temporary PART 2 PRODUCTS EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 A. Galvanized Steel Ducts: Hot-dipped galvanized steel sheet, ASTM A filters, or bypass during cleaning. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS Date: 05/08/09 653/A 653M FS Type B. with G90/Z275 coating. 3.04 SCHEDULES A. Greenheck; Loren Cook Company, PennBarry, CaptiveAire. 2.01 MANUFACTURERS B. Steel Ducts: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, Designation CS, cold-rolled A. Ductwork Material: 2.02 POWER VENTILATORS - GENERAL A. Titus; Krueger; Price Industries; Comes Company HVAC; Hart & Cooley, e commercial steel. B. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, at his A. Performance Ratings: Determined in accordance with AMCA 210 and Ruskin. 0 C. Aluminum Ducts: ASTM B 209 (ASTM B 209M); aluminum sheet, alloy 3003- option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all bearing the AMCA Certified Rating Seal. 2.02 RECTANGULAR CEILING DIFFUSERS '- PROJECT INFORMATION H14. Aluminum Connectors and Bar Stock: Alloy 6061-17651 or of State, local authorities and utility company requirements. B. Sound Ratings: AMCA 301, tested to AMCA 300, and bearing AMCA A. Type: Square, adjustable pattern, stamped, multi-core, or equivalent strength. Verification of compliance of the selected piping material is the sole Certified Sound Rating Seal. architectural plaque diffuser to discharge air in 360 degree pattern RR-//�-BEAR a D. Insulated Flexible Ducts: responsibility of the installing Contractor. C. Fabrication: Conform to AMCA 99. with sectorizing baffles where indicated. �+► C 1. The Contractor may use any of the following ductwork materials, 1. Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Galvanized Steel, D. UL Compliance: UL listed and labeled, designed, manufactured, and B. Frame: Inverted T-bar type. in plaster ceilings, provide plaster TU B at his option, provided the selected material meets with the Aluminum. tested as suitable for the purpose specified and indicated. frame and ceiling frame. (To allow lift-out removal of the diffuser approval of all State, local authorities and utility company 2. Low Velocity Supply (System with Cooling Coils): Galvanized 2.03 CABINET AND CEILING FANS without removal of the ploster�frame.) WASHINGTON SQ. � requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected Steel, Aluminum. A. Centrifugal Fan Unit: V-belt or direct driven with galvanized steel C. Fabrication: Steel with baked enamel off-white finish. ductwork material is the sole responsibility of the installing 3. Return and Relief: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. housing lined with acoustic insulation, resilient mounted motor, D. Accessories: Opposed blade damper and multi-louvered equalizing grid 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. Contractor. 4. General Exhaust: Galvanized Steel, Aluminum. gravity backdraft damper in discharge. with damper adjustable from diffuser face. _ 2. Two I vin film supported b helically wound spring steel 5. Outside Air Intake: Galvanized Steel. B. Disconnect Switch: Cord and fu in housing for thermal overload 2.03 GRID CORE EXHAUST AND RETURN GRILLES PORTLAND,OR 97223 0 ply Yl PP Y Y P � 9 plug 9 rz o wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. 6. Medium and High Velocity Supply. Galvanized Steel. protected motor. A. Type. Fixed grilles of 1/2 x 1/2 x 1 inch louvers. U. g a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG C. Ductwork Pressure Class: C. Grille: Aluminum with baked white enamel finish or molded white B. Fabrication: Aluminum with factory off-white enamel finish. negative. 1. Low Velocity Supply (Heating Systems): Scheduled System plastic as specified on the Drawings. C. Frame: 1-1/4 inch margin with countersunk screw mounting. PROJECT#: b. Maximum Velocity.. 4000 fpm. ESP+0.25", round up to next higher pressure class. D. Backdraft Damper: Gravity actuated, aluminum blade construction, felt D. Frame: Channel loy-in frame for suspended grid ceilings where face 29349,000 a C. Temperature Range: -10 degrees F to 160 degrees F. 2. Low Velocity Supply (Systems with Cooling): Scheduled System ESP edged with offset hinge pin, nylon bearings, blades linked. size exceeds 18 x 18 inch.CL d. Minimum R-Volue: 4.2 or greater as required by the +0.5", round up to next higher pressure class. E. Sheaves: Cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit E. Damper (if specified on drawings): Integral, gang-operated, opposed applicable energy codes. 3. Return and Relief. 1 inch. shafts and keyed; variable and adjustable pitch motor sheaves selected blade type with removable key operator, operable from face. ±r 3. Black polymer film supported by helically wound spring steel 4. General Exhaust: Scheduled System ESP +1.0", round up to next so required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position; fan " o wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. higher pressure class. shaft with self-aligning pre-lubricated ball bearings. PART 3 EXECUTION SHEET INFORMATION s B a. Pressure Rating: 4 inches WG positive and 0.5 inches WG 5. Outside Air Intake: 1 inch. negative. 6. Medium and High Velocity Supply. Scheduled System ESP +1.0% PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION `' �+ LL b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. round up to next higher pressure class. A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. �•Y•�•y• C. Temperature Range- -20 degrees F to 175 degrees F. 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Check location of outlets and inlets and make necessary adjustments in P g g g y Specifications Is d. Minimum R-Volue: 4.2 or greater as required by the END OF SECTION A. Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. position to conform with architectural features, symmetry, and E CL applicable energy codes. = B. Provide sheaves required for final air balance at no additional fighting arrangement. $ is 4. Multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound expense to the project. C. Install diffusers to ductwork with air tight connection. spring steel wire; fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor SECTION 233300 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES C. Hung Cabinet Fans: D. Provide balancing dampers on duct toke-off to diffusers, and grilles 0 barrier film. 1. Install fans with resilient mountings and flexible electrical and registers, despite whether.dampers are specified as part of the 3,'- a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches PART 1 GENERAL leads. diffuser, or grille and register assembly DRAWN BY: 8 • negative. 2. Install flexible connections specified between fan and ductwork. E. Paint ductwork visible behind air outlets and inlets matte black. ARM b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Ensure metal bands of connectors are parallel with minimum one s C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. A. Air turning devices/extractors. inch flex between ductwork and fan while running. END OF SECTION - REVIEWED BY: d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the B. Volume control dampers. D. Provide gravity backdraft dampers on outlet from cabinet and ceiling GRS _ applicable energy codes. C. Flexible duct connections. fans and as indicated. �� �� O�11��T�L( Y Q 5. UL 181, Class 1, aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex D. Duct access doors. SCALE: o � A adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire; E. Fire dampers. END OF SECTIONNOT APPROVED STH THIS PERMIT KNEW o fiberglass insulation; aluminized vapor barrier film. W a. Pressure Rating: 10 inches WG positive and 1.0 inches WG PART 2 PRODUCTS AUTHORIZED FOR: a o negative. LUPermit c, CL b. Maximum Velocity. 4000 fpm. 2.01 AIR TURNING DEVICES/EXTRACTORS C. Temperature Range: -20 degrees F to 210 degrees F. A. Manufacturers: Krueger, Ruskin Company, Titus. d. Minimum R-Value: 4.2 or greater as required by the B. Multi-blade device with blades aligned in short dimension; steel or W M4 Z Z Z Z Z I - 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 FRICH mmm vvavvnmL 311 Elm Strad Sums 600 Cincinnati OH 45202 513 2413000 www.frch.00m K NOTE 5 NO IP-1 7F 6 — »— 1 co I NOTE 6 •. w I > I >p H Q NOTE 7)jl Up Qp `S J Up o J 3z o w� ,. 2 N w to - 1�2HWH-1 NOTE 2 1-112 LT-1 LT-1 WCO-1 — — — — 0 2 3 • HPLAN PLAN P1 P1 r_ NORTH NORTHwit Li Lj L� GED WATER PLAN GED SANITARY PLANI =n 2 SCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" ESCALE: 1/4" = 1'-0" [ ... �. i .J a - ---- ISSUE INFORMATION f 05/08/15 J3L-- \` . .. u, REVISIONS _ _ _ _ _ - - — — — — — hs — ., f f =NOTE/1 _ _ •%` 1�2j 2 1 1/4„ 1 N NOTE 9 .:' I � 2 if 1/2" r^ -1 1/2" I , 3 __ ..� _ 112 I F ET-1 TP-1 HWH-1 I 1 I I I 1/2 I — U a _ yUy 4 WCO-1 WCO _t 2 LL WC-1 2„ WC-1 LT-13"FD-1 3»FD-1405� LT-1 LAV-1 LAV-1 m y N E 0 fo — LL r FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. PLAN S��R�O PROFESS/ z a NORTH � G 1 PLUMBING PLAN 4 WATER RISER5 SANITARY RISER 169 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" SCALE: NTS SCALE: NTS D OREGON 0 CL GENERAL 11107£,5:• PLLWING NOTES.• G'o N A. THE EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE BASED ON "AS—BUIL T" J. INSTALL SANITARY PIPING 2" OR SMALLER AT A SLOPE OF 1. THIS SPACE IS RESERVED FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. NO 9. WA TER HAMMER ARRESTORS TO BE SIZED AND INSTALLED PER Y S DRAWINGS AND/OR L IMI TED FIELD VERIFICA TIONS. THE 1/4" PER FOOT AND SANITARY PIPING LARGER THAN 2- AT A PIPING SHALL PASS BELOW, ABOVE, OR AROUND ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE FOR CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST TO ACTUAL FIELD CONDITIONS AT SLOPE OF 1/8" PER FOOT. EQUIPMENT. PROVIDE CODE REQUIRED MINIMUM CLEARANCE REFERENCE PURPOSES ONL Y. EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. NO ADDITIONAL K. THE AREA OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A COMPLETE ABOVE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ACCESS SPACE. Dore: 05/08/09 COMPENSA TION WILL BE PROVIDED FOR ANY EXTRAS DUE TO THE FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN ALL RESPECTS. COORDINATE THE 2. FURNISH AND INSTALL WATER HEATER AND EXPANSION TANK ON 3 CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO VISIT THE PROJECT SITE- AND/OR FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING AND SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS WITH WATER HEATER SHELF IN CEILING SPACE AS INDICATED ON THE PREDETERMINA TION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ALL TRADES PRIOR TO FABRICA TION OR INSTALLATION. IF PLANS. REFER TO ARCHI TEC TURA L PLANS FOR WA TER HEA TER = SUBMITTING THE BID. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE CONFLICTS OCCUR BETWEEN THE FIRE SPRINKLER PIPING/HEADS SHELF REQUIREMENTS AND EXACT LOCATION. PIPE WATER PROJECT INFORMATION IMMEDIA TEL Y REPORTED TO THE ARCHI TECT/ENGINEER FOR AND LIGHTS, DIFFUSERS, DUCTWORK, ETC. , THE FIRE HEA TER REL IEF AND SECONDARY DRAIN PAN DISCHARGE TO THE a C RESOLUTION. SPRINKLER PIPING/HEADS SHALL BE RELOCATED OR REROUTED NEAREST MOP SINK OR FLOOR DRAIN BELOW THE WA TER HEA TER. BUILD-A-B EAR B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FA MIL IARIZE HIMSELF WI TH THE A T NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT. AN ADEQUA TE PROVIDE A CODE APPROVED AIR GAP ON THE DISCHARGE OF THE INCIDENTAL DEMOL I TION WORK PRIOR TO BIDDING AND SUPPL Y OF EXTRA PIPING AND FI TTINGS SHALL BE MA IN TA INED WA TER HEA TER RELIEF AND SECONDARY DRA IN. REFER TO WASHINGTON SQ. COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ON SITE TO ALLOW FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS. PERFORM DETAILS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. DEMOLITION OF ALL EXISTING EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED FOR HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS AS REQUIRED BY NFPA, LOCAL, J. CONNECT THE NEW DOMESTIC COLD WATER LINE TO AN EXISTING 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. a r)ORTLAND, OR 97223 0 THE INSTALLA TION/CONSTRUCTION OF NEW WORK. STATE CODES, AND THE OWNER'S INSURANCE AGENCY. APPROVED COLD WA TER LINE OF EQUAL OR GREATER SIZE, FIELD VERIFY fY 0C. ALL WORK SHALL BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL SHOP DRAWINGS DO NOT PRECLUDE REROUTING IF SO REQUIRED THE EXACT LOCATION AND SIZE OF THE EXISTING WATER LINE g APPLICABLE GOVERNMENTAL AND LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW WATER LAYOUT AS PROJECT#: 3 D. ALL SANITARY LINES AND PLUMBING FIXTURES ON THE PROJECT REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING WA TER 29349.000 SHALL HAVE AN APPROVED MEANS OF SEWAGE BACKFLOW SYSTEM. o PREVENTION. FIXTURE SPECIFIC BACKFLOW PREVENTION ?:4. 1/2" FLEXIBLE CONTINUOUS TYPE "K" COPPER TUBING BELOW INCLUDING AIR GAPS AND VACUUM BREAKERS ARE AN GRADE FROM TRAP PRIMER TO FLOOR DRAIN. NO FITTINGS OR o ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF BACKFLOW PREVENTION. SPLICES ARE ALLOWED BELOW GRADE. SHEET INFORMATION ° B E. PIPE SIZES INDICATED ON THE PLANS ARE MINIMUM. THE 5. INSTALL TRAP PRIMER HIGH IN THE CEILING SPACE. FURNISH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PIPE SIZES EQUAL TO OR GREATER AND INSTALL AN ACCESS PANEL AS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN PLUMBING PLAN THAN THE SPECIFIED SIZES. THE CONTRACTOR MAY INCREASE EQUIPMENT. PIPE SIZES AS REQUIRED A T NO ADDITIONAL TIDNAL EXPENSE TO THE 6. CONNECT THE NEW VENT TO THE EXISTING VENT SYSTEM o co PROJECT. TERMINA TING THROUGH THE ROOF. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT ca F. REFER TO THE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR INDIVIDUAL SIZE AND LOCATION OF THE EXISTING VENT THROUGH ROOF PLUMBING FIXTURE CONNECTION SIZE REQUIREMENTS. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING BID AND COMMENCING CONSTRUCTION. REFERENCE ONLY. CL G. PROVIDE TEMPORARY COVERS, CAPS, OR PLUGS ON SANI TAP.Y 7. CONNECT THE NEW SANITARY SEWER TO THE EXISTING SANITARY NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT DRAWN BY: SEWER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. SEWER OF EQUAL OR GREA TER SIZE. FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT ATB RAG WADS, DUCT TAPE, OR OTHER SIMILAR METHODS OF LOCATION, SIZE, AND INVERT ELEVATION OF THE EXISTING REVIEWED BY: TEMPORARY COVERS SHALL NOT BE UTILIZED. UPON COMPLETION SANITARY SEWER PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION. ADJUST THE NEW GRS OF CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETEL Y REMOVE ANY AND ALL SANITARY SEWER AS REQUIRED TO ALLOW FOR CONNECTION TO SCALE: Zl OBSTRUCTIONS INSIDE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM BY SNAKING, THE EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM. MAINTAIN CODE a 21 A RODING, OR JETTING THE SYSTEM IMMEDIA TEL Y PRIOR TO MINIMUM PIPE SLOPES. LEGEND As Noted Uj PROJECT TURNOVER TO THE OWNER. 8. PROVIDE NEW PLUMBING FIXTURE AS SCHEDULED AND RECONNECT AUTHORIZED FOR: o H. ALL BELOW GRADE SANITARY LINES SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 2" TO EXISTING UTILITY ROUGH-INS. ADJUST EXISTING ROUGH- EXISTING LUPermit OR IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS. INS AS NECESSARY TO CONNECT TO NEW FIXTURE. NEW WORK I. SANITARY TEE FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED IN DRAIN, ® NEW TO EX/ST/NG CONNECTION LU WASTE, AND VENT (DWV) SYSTEMS. p i V� F LU 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE TRCH P L U M B I N G DECK FINAL CONNECTIONS MANUFACTURER OEM vxytpm L SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TOP BEAM ALL-rhREAD ROD. MARK DESCRIPTION HW CW V W MODEL NUMBER C-CL�A UP LENGTH AS REQUIRED WATER CLOSETS 1.6 GALLONS PER FLUSH, FLOOR MOUNTED, 3/8- 1 1/2- 3- AMERICAN STANDARD: 311 Elm fted&ift6M SANITARY DRAIN ABOVEGROUND --C-0 --COO CLEAN OUT WC WATER CLOSET (TANK TYPE) L CADET 3 DO IF STEEL FOR PIPE SLOPE BOTTOM OUTLET, 12" ROUGH-IN, LEFT HAND OWIMd CH 45= do SANITARY DRAIN BELOWGROUND ---G—Ca 0 GRADE CLEAN OUT 1,5TIM VENT LINE N.I.T.C. NOT IN THIS CONTRACT �0 WC WATER CL13SET (FLUSH VALVE) BAR JOIST TRIP LEVER, 3/8- 3305.000 CHROME PLATED BRASS 513 2413M AW— ACID WASTE VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF UR URINAL PROVIDE COPPER TUBING, GRAVITY TANK, 25 PSI MINIMUM wM.".cm - - — 0 OR NON-METALLIC WORKING PRESSURE, COLOR: MITE —AV— — — ACID VENT VACUUM BREAKER WAGD LAV LAVATORY COA 77NG WHERE WASTE ANESTHESIA GAS DISPOSAL ---->*— BALL VALVE ADJUSTABLE HANGERS CONTACT CLEWS HANGER FOR S— STORM DRAIN ABOVEGROUND GLOBE VALVE BAN PIPE OVER FOUR INCH WATER CLOSET COMMERCIAL DUTY, EXTRA HEAVY WEIGHT, CHURCH: I KS KITCHEN SINK D HANGER BARE COPPER PIPE SEAT INJECTION MOLDED SOLID PLASTIC, LARGE 950OSSCT =xw=S==� STORM DRAIN BEL13WGROUND CHECK VALVE FOR PIPING WC-1 MOLDED BUMPERS, STAINLESS STEEL POSTS, 0 E HANGERS C HANGER B, G A ELP L COLD WATER (CW) PRESSURE REGULATING VALVE SS SERVICE SINK FOUR INCH 0 SELF-SUSTAINING, CONCEALED STAINLESS —DS— DISTILLED WATER (P V) n CSS CLINIC SERVICE SINK OR LESS STEEL CHECK HINGE HOLDING SEAT IN ANY —Dw U�jj K . DRINKING WATER PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE CS CLASSROOM SINK RAISED POSITION UP TO 11 DEG. BEYOND —DV-----I DRINKING WATER CIRCULATING STOP AND WASTE VALVE [3 VERTICAL, OPEN FRONT, LESS COVER, HOT WATER (HV) STOP AND WASTE VALVE (IN RISE) DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN COLOR: WHITE HOT WATER CIRCULATING (HWC) MIXING VALVE p (n —1800 HOT WATER 1800 GAS COCK EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER DO NOT HANG PIPE PROVIDE GALVANIZED STEEL SADDLE FOR ALL SUPPLIES CHROME PLATED LEVER TYPE 1/4 TURN BALL —18D 0---- HOT WATER CIRCULATING 180 W SH SHOWER AD LARGER THAN 3" FROM INSULATED PIPE LARGER THAN 3/4-. VERIFY ANGLE STOP VALVE —T— TEMPERED WATER FIRE ALARM VALVE (SPRINKLER) BOTTOM OF JOISTS. INSULATION THICKNESS WHEN SIZING HANGERS. LAVATORIES WALL HUNG, VITREOUS CHINA, D-SHAPED 3/8- 3/8- 1 1/4- 1 1/4- AMERICAN STANDARD: —T----- TEMPERED WATER_CIRCULATING COLD WEATHER VALVE (SPRINKLER) BT BATH TUB BOWL, FRONT OVERFLOW, SELF-DRAINING LUCERNE 0 —F— FIRE LINE --7;97— WATER MOTOR ALARM (SPRINKLER) DECK AREA WITH CONTOURED BACK AND SIDE 0355.012 PROVIDE UPPER ATTACHMENT AS REQUIRED FOR CASES NOT SHOWN HERE. SPLASH SHIELDS, CONCEALED WALL HANGAR,• Z —SM— SPRINKLER MAIN BRANCH fF\HB HOSE BIBB DO NOT INSTALL HANGER INSIDE INSULATION OR OTHERWISE PENETRATE RECTANGULAR SHAPED LAVATORY, SIZE: SPRINKLER BRANCH HEADS HWH WALL HYDRANT PH FIRE HOSE CABINET VAPOR BARRIER. DO NOT HANG ONE PIPE FROM ANOTHER EXCEPT IN VITREOUS CHINA, FRONT OVERFLOW, 3 —G— GAS LINE 7J FH FIRE HYDRANT FF-1 I SPECIAL FIXTURE NUMBER CHASES. TRAPEZE HANGERS MAY BE USED FOR MULTIPLE PARALLEL PIPES. "FAUCET HOLES CENTERED ON 4CENTERS, —A— COMPRESSED AIR LINE 0 MH MANHOLE i COLUMN NUMBER HANGER SPACING FOR PIPE SIZE: COPPER: 4"=12' 3"=11' 2-1/2"=10' LESS SOAP DISPENSER HOIE, ADA COMPLANT, _V- VACUUM LINE SSV STREET WASHER 2"=9' 1-1/2"=8' 1-1/4"=7' 1"=6' 3/4"=6' 1/2"=5'. CAST IRON: 10' 34" TOP OF LAVATORY TO FINISHED FLOOR —OX— OXYGEN LINE VALVE IN RISE PLUMBING RISER NUMBER AND ONE NEAR ALL JOINTS. STEEL: 4"=14' 3"=12' 2-1/2"=11' 2"=10, COLOR: WHITE -- -PN— PNEUMATIC TUBE EXPANSION JOINT 1-1/2"=9' 1*=7' 3/4'=6' 1/2*=5'. LOCATE HANGERS AS CLOSE AS _cs___ COLD SOFT WATER POSSIBLE TO TURNS AND TEES OF PIPE. PROVIDE SUPPLEMENTARY STEEL LAVATORY DUAL HANDLE WITH WRIST BLADES, ADA AMERICAN STANDARD: te —HS---- HOT SOFT WATER 13D-1 BRAIN AND MARK STRUTS BETWEEN JOISTS IF REQUIRED.LOCATE HANGERS TO TAKE LOAD FAUCET COMPLIANT, DECK MOUNTED, SOLID BRASS HERITAGE —14S----- HOT SOFT WATER CIRCULATING ORD ROOF DRAIN OFF OF EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS. ANCHOR WATER PIPE AGAINST SWAYING BODY, CHROME PLATED, HANDLE RETURNS TO 7402,000-172H-VO5 UNION ODS DOWN SPOUT DUE TO CHANGES IN WATER VELOCITY. PROVIDE SEISMIC BRACING IF/AS NEUTRAL POSITION WHEN TURNED OFF, METAL STRAINER V.C.P. VITRIFIED CLAY PIPE REQUIRED BY LOCAL AUTHORITIES. CHAINS OR PERFORATED STRAP IRON GRID STRAINER, 0.5 GPM AERATOR, 1/2" LAV-1 AUTOMATIC BALANCING VALVE C.I. CAST IRON OR STEEL IS NOT ACCEPTABLE. REFER TO CODES FOR FURTHER THREADED MALE INLET SHANKS, 95 RUNNING TRAP I.E. INVERT ELEVATION INFORMATION. LAVATORY CHROME PLATED ANGLE STOPS WITH LOOSE KEY SUPPLIES HANDLE, CHROME PLATED FLEXIBLE BRASS RISER, INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WATER LINES H PIPE INSULATION /HANGER DETAIL AND VALVES LAVATORY GRID DRAIN STRAINER, 1 1/4" OFFSET NOT TO SCALE WASTE TAILPIECE, 1 1/4- 17 GAUGE CHROME PLATED ADJUSTABLE BRASS P-TRAP WITH CLEANOUT PLUG, 1 1/4- CHROME PLATED BRASS WASTE TO WALL S:r LAVATORY ADA COMPLIANT, CHINA WHITE, TRUEBRO: PROTECTIVE ANTI-BACTERIA/FUNGAL, MOLDED VINYL, 103 E-Z PIPE COVERS P-TRAP COVER, TWO ANGLE VALVE AND PLUMBEREX: 112- COLD WATER METAL CABINET SUPPLY COVERS, 5", OFFSET TAILPIECE WHEEL X4444 ISSUE INFORMATION SUPPL Y CONNSC 77ON CHAIR STRAINER COVER G 77?AP PRIMER LAUNDRY TUB FLOOR MOUNTED WITH FOUR LEGS, SIZE: 1/2- 1/2- 1 1/47 1 1/2- FLORESTONE: 05/08/15 20-X24-X 34 7/8% SINGLE COMPARTMENT 20FM FIXED AIR GAP SHEET METAL STRAP MOLDED STONE, HARDWARE TO ATTACH LEGS TO SECURE TO WALL FOR HW SUPPL Y SINK, AND DRAIN PLUGS INCLUDED, REVISIONS SEISMIC RES7PAINT CW SUPPLY COLOR:WHITE I A 1 LAUNDRY TUB CHROME PLATED DECK TYPE FAUCET WITH 4- DELTA: 2 CHECK VALVE TRIM CENTERS AND 6 3/4- THREADED SPOUT 2121 -,—,ul-,)IRIBt 77ON 3 UNIT BALL OR GATE VALVE (TYP) LT-1 WASTE DRAIN WITH STOPPER FURNISHED AS STANDARD 4 EQUIPMENT, 1 1/2" 17 GAUGE CHROME PLATED ADJUSTABLE BRASS P-TRAP WITH CLEANOUT 112- THREADED ROD SECURED PLUG, FITS 3 1/2- OPENING, 1 1/2- NICKEL F TO S7RUC7URE ABOVE PLATED BRASS TAILPIECE, RUN PARALLEL AND AS TIGHT TO WALL AS POSSIBLE, INSULATE ALL EXPOSED WASTE_LINES 12N MINIMUM TO HORIZONTAL RUN WALL CLEANOUT ACID RESISTING COATED CAST IRON CLEANOUT SEE J.R. SMITH: IN PIPE TEE, COUNTERSUNK BRONZE PLUG, ROUND PLANS 4710 ....... SET THERMOSTAT STAINLESS STEEL SECURED ACCESS COVER, WADE: AT 110 F ACID RESISTING COATED CAST IRON CLEANOUT 8480R CONNECT TO FLOOR WCO-11 TEE, COUNTERSUNK 'BRONZE PLUG, ROUND ZURN: DRAIN (TYPICAL) 112- THREADED ROD SECURED STAINLESS STEEL SECURED ACCESS COVER, Z1446 2 1/2" DEEP GAL SAN/ZED TO S7RUC7URE ABOVE STANDARD FASTENERS. S7FEL (22 GAUGE AflIV) E UNION (TYP.) DRIP PAN WTH ALL SLAMS SOLDERED WA 7ER77GHT WA TER HEA 7FR 0 "K" COPPER (TYR) ELECTRICAL WATER HEATERS K-COPPER BELOW 1/2" FLEXIBLE FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. ASME PRESSURE & GRADE NO f7T77NGS ELECTRICAL TEMPERA TURF RELIEF OR SPLICES BELOW MARK LOCATION KW GAL/HR 0 90 STORAGE CAP MANUFACTURER REMARKS e PROp GRADE FL DOR DRAIN VAL VE DEGREE RISE PHASE .3, 0 SHELF AND BRACKETS G I N FF goy SHALL BE OF WELDED SHELF 3.0 13.7 208 1 10 GAL. A.O. SMITH MODEL: DEL-10 4V SMEL C0N.57RUC770NCL DRAIN VALVE 16 47PE —\ 1. SET WATER HEATER STORAGE TEMPERATURE TO 1207. 0 D IBM TRAP WA 7FR LEVEL EXPANSION TANKS MINIMUM r A SIZE (APPROX) EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 MARK LOCATION SERVES ACCEPTANCE WORKING MANUFACTURER REMARKS (GAL) PRESS (PSI) Date. 05106109 -Oxl 2 1/2- SECURE SHELF 7*0 HWH-1 DOM. HW 0.9 150 8 AMTROL MODEL ST-5 (1) 4 WALL S7RUC7URE IN -CHARGE OF EXPANSION TANK TO EQUAL INCOMING WATER PRESSURE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. PROJECT INFORMATION 9 A MANNER EQUAL TO 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL ADJUST PRE y, 4 a, PLUMBING FIX7ZIRES c BUILD-A-BEAR �A -A WASHINGTON SQ. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. N x PORTLAND,OR 97223 'A- /\\��\/�\/\\\/\�\\ /\\�-r\i\� ° e, - e ~ : ° °` /\%��\r\i\ GZ%ERAL A07ES APPLIC41XE 70 THIS DETAIL* LL A. SET MOUNTING HEIGHT AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. X� - \% \'i\\\ IW PROJECT#: B. SHELF SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO StPPORT THE WATER HEATER 4 CD29349.000 V, CAPACITY INDICATED. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR LOCATION. N I'N ca -OK 9M SHEET INFORMATION u- B Cl PLUMBING FIXTURE FLOOR DRAIN TRAP SCHEDULE AND DETAILS co cc a) PRIMER I MER DETAIL. WATER HEATER HOOK — UP r DRAWN BY: 8 NOT TOSCALE NOT TO SCALE REFERENCE ONLY Ars NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERNUT REVIEWED BY: GRS CD SCALE: C4 A As Noted C3 Lu AUTHORIZED FOR: tz LUPeffnit & P2 cn 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 SECTIQV 22000 - PLLM3IAGG GDY9 AL C=1TrCW b. Plumbing materials and accessories. locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing C. Product Data., Provide manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate and coordination of installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the PART 1 GENERAL valve data and ratings. work, including (but not necessarily limited to) the following: FRCH 2. Submittals are reviewedonly for general compliance with the Contract 1. Indicate the proposed locations of conduits, equipment, and materia/s. 1.01 SUMMARY Documents. Dimensions, quantities and details are not checked during Include the following.• DERGNV ORLVhU 4 E A. This section supplements all sections of the Specifications for Division 22 and submittal review. Review of the submittals does not relieve the Contractor a. Clearances required for maintaining Code required working space. shall apply to a// phases of work hereinafter specified, shown on the Contract of the responsibility for providing al/ materials, equipment and accessories b. Equipment connections and support details. 311 Elm SbW Suft 600 Documents, or required to provide a complete installation of approved plumbing necessary for a complete and operational system meeting the requirements of C. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations. - systems. the project and the intent of the Contract Documents. The responsibility for d. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations. Cinei t OH 45202 B. The Drawings, Genera/ Conditions and General Provisions of the Contract apply to coordination of substituted materials and equipment lies solely with the e. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases. 513 24130 this Section and the other Sections of Division 22 of the specifications. Where substituting Contractor. f. Indicate scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large wwyytch CcIm _ conflicts arise between these documents, the more stringent provision will be J. Approval shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibility for errors on equipment into the building during construction. applicable, subject to the interpretation of the Engineer. the shop drawings. r.g, Prepare floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations C. Furnish all labor, material, services, and skilled supervision necessary for the 4. If the shop drawings deviate from the contract documents, the Contractor in floors, walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other construction, erection, installation, connections, testing, and adjustment of a// shall advise the Engineer of the deviations in writing accompanying the shop penetrations and installations. materials and plumbing equipment specified herein, or shown or noted on the drawings, including the reasons for the deviations. 3.03 EXAMINATION Drawings, and its delivery to the Owner, complete in a// respects and ready for B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tog numbering. A. Ver Ity field measurements are as indicated on the Drawings. 56 use. C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include installation instructions and spare ports B. Verify a// pipe locations and sizes in field prior to fabrication or installation. AM K D. Products furnished but not installed under this section: lists. C. Verify a// equipment locations in fieldprior to insta/lotion. Coordinate final 1. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by this D. Maintenance Data: Include assembly drawings, bearing data including replacement /ocat.ions with all trades. Contractor for installation by other Contractors, this Contractor shall sizes, and lubrication instructions. 3.04 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS r furnish al/ such equipment, complete in all respects and ready for 1.08 QUALITYASSURANCE A. Instal/ al/ pipe, equipment, and accessories to preserve fire resistance rating of V! _ installation. A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified. 2. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment furnished under specified in this section with minimum five years experience. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Division 22, but installed under other Divisions shall be carefully preserved S. Installer Qua/ificotions. Company specializing in performing the work of this A. Provide tests as necessary to establish the adequacy, quality, safety, completed and turned over to the installing Contractor. section with minimum five years experience. approved by manufacturer. status, and suitable operation of each system. Tests shall be conducted under the E. Products installed but not furnished under this section. C. Products: supervision of the Architect. 1. Where plans indicate fixtures or equipment will be furnished by others, this 1. Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. as suitable for the B. Install all equipment, devices, pipe, and materials securely and in a neat and Contractor shall provide all rough-in and supplies and shall connect such purpose specified and indicated. workmonlike manner in accordance with a// applicable standards and codes. equipment to the plumbing systems. 2. Listed and classified by the local Department of Bui/dings and furnished with C. Install al/ equipment, pipe, and materials plumb and /eve/ and align and adjust for 2. Drawings, instructions, and manuals supplied with equipment furnished under on acceptance number, where applicable. satisfactory operation. J separate Divisions but installed under Division 22 shall be carefully preserved and J. Listed and classified by the Landlords and/or Owner 's insurance carrier, D. Instal/ a// equipment, pipe, and materials in accordance with the manufacturer 's turned over to the Architect. where applicable. instructions and recommendations. -* 1.02 DEFINITIONS D. All equipment and components shall be free of al/ rust/corrosion or any visible E. Inspect all equipment, pipe, and materials for defects. A. "Work" is hereby defined as, "The construction and services required by the damage. All items not complying with this requirement shall be replaced without 3.06 ERECTION Contract Documents whether completed or partially completed and includes all labor, any change in the Contract amount. A. Rigging: materia/s, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to E. Equipment performance and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and 1. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange for al/ labor and equipment required fulfil/ the Contractor 's obligations. The work may constitute the whole or a part specified herein. Inclusion in both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion for the proper installation of the plumbing equipment in the locations of the project. " in the Contract. Equipment and accessories specified in either location shall be -- indicated on the Drawings. Where crone rental or other erection is required, 8. "Furnish" is hereby defined as, "To supply and deliver, unload, and inspect for included in the Contract. Provide a// necessary accessories and connections as such costs shall be included in the Plumbing Contract, unless specific damage. " required for a complete, functional system, including oll required components : arrangements are made with the General Contractor to cover these costs. _ C. "Install" is hereby defined as, "To unpack, assemble, erect, app/y, place, finish, reasonably inferred to as necessary although such components may or may not be B. Supplemental Framing. _ cure, protect, clean, connect, and place into operation into the work. " specifically indicated in the Contract Documents. 1. Provide the design, fabrication, and erection of supplementary structural D. "Providem is hereby defined as, "To furnish and install. " F. Code or utility company requirements shall supersede any conflicting requirements framing required for attachment of hangers or other devices supporting H E. Connect is hereby defined as, To bring service to the equipment and make final of this section. -plumbing equipment. Provide framing members of standard rolled steel shapes, attachment including necessary switches, outlets, boxes, terminations, etc. " G. Fill Composition Test Reports. Results of laboratory tests on actual materials A-36 steel. Provide members welded to structural members equal to the F. "Concea/ed" is hereby defined as, "Hidden from sight in chases, furred spaces, used,- Compaction Density Test Reports. specification for the main structural member. Provide "simple beam" type shafts, hung ceilings, embedded in construction, in craw/ spaces, or buried. " 1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING framing with end connections welded or bo/ted for shear loads. Use G. "Exposed" is hereby defined as, "Not installed underground nor concealed as defined A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. cantilevers when detailed or specifically approved by the Architect/Engineer. bl the Specifications. " 8. Provide temporary protective coating on cast iron and steel valves. The Architect/Engineer 's approval is required for location of supplementary 5 H. Drawings" is hereby defined as, "A// plans, details, equipment schedules, C. Provide temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place framing. Use only certified welders. Design framing members for their diagrams, sketches, etc. issued for the construction of the work. " until installation. . actual loads, with allowable stresses specified by AISC, without excessive I. Subgrade Elevations: 4 inches below finish grade elevations indicated on drawings, D. Protect motors stored on site from weather and moisture by maintaining factory -deflection and with consideration for rigidity under vibration, in accordance unless otherwise indicated. covers and suitable weather-proof covering. For extended outdoor storage, remove with standard structural practices. Show on shop drawing supplementary J. Finish Grade Elevations: 4 inches above subgrade elevations indicated on drawings, motors from equipment and store separately, framing, including design loads, member size and location. unless otherwise indicated. E. Equipment: Protect equipment from physical damage by storing off site until the 3.07 CUTTING, PATCHING, AND PIERCING ISSUE INFORMATION 1.03 CODES AAD STANDARDS project is ready for immediate installaf ion. Provide temporary caps on oll pipes A. Cutting of openings and installation of sleeves or frames through walls and G A. Perform work in accordance with the applicable Building Code, Electrical Code, Fire to prevent debris from entering the pipe. surfaces shall be done in a neat workmanlike manner. Openings shall be cut only as 05/08/15 Code, Mechanical Code, Plumbing Code, Energy Code, and all other applicable codes, 1. 10 WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE large as required for the instal/ation, sleeves and/or frames installed flush with amendments, and ordinances. Also perform all work in accordance with the Americans A. Additional warranty and guarantee terms in excess of this requirement are specified finished surfaces and grouted in place. Surfaces around openings shall be left REVISIONS with Disabilities Act (ADA) and the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) including within the individual sections of Division 22. smooth and finished to match surrounding surface. Fire Marshal(s). B. Provide five year manufacturer warranty for domestic water heaters and packaged B. Obtain written permission of the Architect/Engineer before cutting or piercing B. Perform work in accordance with Landlord requirements, including any Tenant water heating systems. structural members. Use craftsmen skilled in their respective trades for cutting, 2 Criteria Manuals and Lease Exhibits, where applicable. fitting, repairing, patching of plaster, and finishing of materials including - C. Perform work in accordance with the applicable utility companies serving the PART 2 PRODUCTS carpentry work, meta/ work or concrete work required for this work. 3 project. Make a// arrangements with the utility companies for proper coordination C. Do not weaken walls, partitions, or floors with cutting. Ho/es required to be cut 4 of the work. 2.01 SIBSTITUTIONS in floors must be drilled without breaking out around the holes. The - D. Recognized Standards: Design, manufacture, testing and method of installation of A. The manufacturers /isted ore listed to set minimum standards for quality, design, Architect/Engineer will determine suitability of patching and/or refinishing 5 a// apparatus and materials furnished under the requirements of these and functionality. The products of other manufacturers may be submitted, at the requirements. Specifications shall conform to the latest publications or standard rules of Contractor 's option, during shop drawing review unless indicated otherwise. The D. The Plumbing Contractor is responsible for patching of all openings resulting from _ ci F thderwriters Laboratories, Inc. (U.L.), American Society for Testing and Moteria/s products of other manufacturers shall meet or exceed a// requirements of the the into/lotion or removal of plumbing equipment or materials. a (ASTM), American National Standards Institute (ANSI), and National Electrical Code Contract Documents. The Contractor accepts all responsibility for costs and E. Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to prevent the - (NEC). coordination issues arising out of the substitution of materials or equipment, and spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas. _ . E. The Contract Documents shall take precedence where the Contract Documents exceed the coordination of such substitutions with all other contractors and F. Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new materials code, Landlord, utility, or recognized standards requirements. subcontractors. matching existing materials and experienced Subcontractors. 1.04 PERMITS AAD FEES G. Fire and Smoke Partition Penetrations: The Contractor shall familiarize = A. Permits, licenses, fees, inspections and arrangements required for the work under PART 3 EXECUTION : himself with all fire rated construction and install his work so as to - this Contract shall be obtained by the Contractor at his expense, unless otherwise !maintain the integrity of the fire code rating. Maintain rating of fire _ o indicated. 3.01 COORDINA TION OF WORK rated and smoke rated construction. Sea/ annular space around conduits. For 8. All fees and scheduling associated with obtaining an accurate water flow fest shall A. Examine the Contract Documents as a whole for the work of other trades. Coordinate fire and smoke rated floors, walls and partitions, use L2 listed material - be at the Contractor 's expense. al/ work accordingly. that maintains fire rated wall and floor integrity. _ 0 1.05 CONTRACT DRAWINGS 8. Work lines and established heights shall be in strict accordance with architectural 3.08 CLEANING AND REPAIR E A. The Contractor is responsible to obtain, fully understand, and coordinate the work drawings and specifications insofar as these drawings and specifications extend. A. Clean plumbing parts to remove harmful materials. - with the complete set of Contract Documents. Any required corrections, including Verify a// dimensions shown and establish all elevations and detailed dimensions B. Clean exposed surfaces of a// pipe, equipment, and accessories of al/ dirt, debris, _ all associated costs, arising from issues caused by the Contractor 's failure to not shown. splatter, and other deleterious materia/s. Follow the manufacturer 's - understand and/or coordinate the work with the complete set of Contract Documents C. Promptly report to the Architect any delay or difficulties encountered in the recommendations for cleaning as applicable. are the Contractor 's sole responsibility. installation of the work, which might prevent prompt and proper installation, or C. Repair or replace damaged pipe, equipment, and accessories, as directed by and to B. Work under these sections is diagrammatic unless indicated otherwise and is make it unsuitable to connect with or receive the work of others. Failure to so the satisfaction of the Architect, where marring or disfigurement has occurred. FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. intended to convey the scope of work and indicate the genera/ arrangement of report shall constitute an acceptance of the work of other trades as being fit and All pipe, equipment, and accessories shall be new. Ii piping, equipment, and accessories. Follow these drawings in laying out the work proper for the execution of this work. 3.09 TESTING AND-INSPECTION Ep PROp and verify spaces for the installation of these materials and equipment. Wherever D. Plan, lay out, and coordinate the work with all trades well enough in advance so A. Upon completion, the entire system shall be tested under operating conditions. ��� £SS - a question exists as to the exact intended location of pipe, sprinklers, or that it proceeds with a minimum of interference to work that has not been completed 1. ; A// equipment shall be tested under service conditions and proven to operate GI N E �O equipment, obtain instructions from the Architect before proceeding with the work. and work that is in progress. Inform all trades of openings required for the work =properly and noiselessly. ��' F �y C. Notify the Architect/Engineer for resolution if a discrepancy is discovered within and provide a// special frames, sleeves, and anchor bolts required. The fire 2. - A// additional tests as required throughout this Specification shall be 16947PE f g the Contract Documents. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect/Engineer suppression system layout may be altered to suit the conditions, prior to the completed with results reported back to the Architect/Engineer for review. o D of discrepancies shall result in the resolution becoming the Contractor 's installation of any work and without additional cost to the Owner. Conflicts B. Operate a// equipment, after installation and connection. Inspect for improper 8 responsibility and subject to the Architect/Engineer 's review and possible arising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor 's responsibility. connections and operation and correct deficiencies as required. EGON e rejection. Should the Architect/Engineer reject a discrepancy resolution of which E. Wherever pipe runs in or above ceilings or walls, the Contractor shall arrange the C. Inspection: c� y �, LD they were not notified, the Contractor is fully responsible to correct the run of pipe in such a manner that it does not interfere with grilles, diffusers, 1. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall obtain certificates of G installation, including a// associated costs, until approval of the installation is out/et boxes, luminaires, or other ceiling mounted items. inspection and approval from all City and State Authorities Having Jurisdiction. Y S given by the Architect/Engineer. F. Instal/ systems, materials and equipment to provide for maximum headroom, where no 3. 10 PROJECT CLOSEOUT Z 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS ceiling height is established or indicated on the Drawings. Maintain access to A. Project Record Documents: At project closeout, provide one printed copy and one EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 A. Verify al/ existing conditions prior to beginning work. equipment requiring service when selecting mounting elevations. electronic copy of project record drawings to the Owner. Information contained on E B. Any existing conditions indicated in the Contract Documents are based on G. Install systems, materials and equipment level and plumb, poral/el and project record drawings shall include, as a minimum,: Date: 05108109 information drawings provided by others and possibly limited field verification. perpendicular to building lines where exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Actual locations of al/ pipe, equipment, accessories, etc. m The Contractor shall adjust for actual field conditions at no additional expense to H. Conflicts orising from lack of coordination shall be this Contractor s 2. Actual pipe sizes and elevations. F the Owner. responsibility. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for all extra cutting and J. Actual routing of all underfloor or below grade piping. PROJECT INFORMATION C. The Contractor shall visit the project site, review existing conditions against the patching made necessary by his failure to properly direct such work at the correct B. Operation and Maintenance Data: At project closeout, submit to the Architect two a C Contract Documents, and familiarize himself with the work prior to bidding and time. copies of descriptive literature, maintenance and operation data for all piping, BUILD'A'BEAR start of the work. By signing the Contract, the Contractor acknowledges the site 1. Perform al/ work in conformity with the Contract Documents and afford other trades equipment, accessories, and materials used. Include maintenance procedures, visit has been completed and the existing conditions are accepted. reasonable opportunity for the execution of their work. Properly connect and interva/s, and parts list of each item installed under this contract. Include all WASHiNGTON SQ. D. The Contractor shall notify the Architect of major discrepancies in writing so the coordinate this work with the work of other trades at such time and in such a manufacturer 's guarantees and warronties. appropriate modifications to the design can be made without delay to the project. manner as not to delay or interfere with their work. 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of adjusting for discrepancies of which J. Manufacturer 's instruction sheets shall be fol/owed explicitly in the installation Elm OF SECTION PORTLAND,OR 97223 o the Architect is not informed. of al/ equipment. Where manufacturer 's instruction sheets conflict with LL 5 F. The Owner shall have first salvage right on all demolished equipment and materials. requirements of these specifications or the Drawings, such conflicts shall be The Contractor shall dispose of a// demolished equipment and materials the Owner brought .to the attention of the Architect/Engineer for clarification. PROJECT#: ' rejects. K. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing SECTION 220516 - EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING 29349.000 G. The Contractor shall notify the Architect/Engineer of field discrepancies in manufacturer 's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor 's expense. This 0 writing so the appropriate modifications to the design con be made without delay to Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the PART 1 GENERAL the project. The Contractor assumes full responsibility of adjusting for specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of on unauthorized = SHEET INFORMATION ° B discrepancies of which the ArchitectjEngineer is not informed. roofing contractor +may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES u C3 H. Where connections are made between new work and existing work, the connections at this Contractor s expense. A. Flexible pipe connectors; Pipe loops, offsets, and swing joints. PLUMBING �` E shall be made by using materia/s and methods to suit the actual conditions. L. A/though a// such work is not specifically indicated, furnish and install a// I. Where existing conditions are shown to be removed, by means of a hatched pattern, supplementary or miscellaneous items, appurtenances and devices incidental to or PART 2 PRODUCTSCL __ REFERENCE ONLY SPECIFICATIONS on the Drawings, this Contractor shall perform a// work required for removal. necessary for a sound, secure and complete installation. '' NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT Existing pipe run-outs shall be removed a// the woy back to mains and capped using M. Verify and coordinate all requirements and installation details of all materials 2.01 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONNECTORS - COPPER PIPING m appropriate methods. and equipment that are to be furnished under other Divisions and installed or A. Manufacturer: Mercer Rubber Company, Metraflex Company. J. Where existing work is to be modified, it shall be done in conformance with these connected under Division 22 prior to rough-in. Conflicts arising from lack of 8. Inner'Hose: Bronze; Exterior Sleeve: Braided bronze; Pressure Rating: 125 psi DRAWN BY: CL specifications. Moterio/s used shall be some as existing except where specified coordination shall be this Contractor 's responsibility. As such, the Contractor is and 450 degrees F Joint: As specified for pipe joints; Size: Use pipe sized ATB m otherwise. responsible to: units; Maximum offset: 1 inch on each side of installed center line; Application: 1.07 SUBMITTALS 1. Obtain and review shop drawings, product data, manufacturer 's wiring Copper piping. REVIEWED BY: 7 A. Shop Drawings- diagrams, and manufacturer 's instructions for equipment furnished under other 2.02 FLEXIBLE PIPE CONAECTORS - STEEL PIPING GRS CD 1. Furnish the Architect/Engineer shop drawing portfolios containing names of sections. A. Manufacturer. Mercer Rubber Company, Metroflex Company. SCALE: a Amanufacturer and cut sheets of equipment to be used on the project. Use 2. Determine connection locations and requirements. B. Inner Hose. Pressure Rating.• 125 psi and 450 degrees F,• Joint: As specified for As Noted n W manufacturer 's specification sheets identified by number indicated on J. Sequence rough-in of plumbing connections to coordinate with installation of pr`pe joints; Size. Use pipe sized units; Maximum offset: 1 inch on each side of drawings or schedules. Indicate catalog number on the cut sheets. As = equipment. installed center line; Application: Steel piping. AUTHORIZED FOR: LL/Permit applicable, provide construction data, weight and dimensional data, J.02 COORDINATION DRAWINGS performance doto and listing data as port of the shop drawing submittal. A. Prepare coordination drawings to a scale of 114`_-1 '-0" or larger; detailing major PART 3 EXECUTION 9 Provide shop drawings for: elements, components, and systems of plumbing equipment and materials in P3 a. Plumbing fixtures and equipment. relationship with other systems, installations, and building components. Indicate 3.01 INSTALLATION _ WCn M 0 1 2 3 4 5 I 6 7 8 9 110 11 12 13 14 15 --------------- 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 A. Install in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions. springs. 1. locket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white B. Install in accordance with E,&A (Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association) C. Neoprene Pod Isolators: Rubber or neoprene waffle pods; Hardness: JO durometer; color; Minimum Service Temperature: -40 degrees F; Maximum Service Standards. Thickness: Minimum 112 inch; Maximum Loading. 50 psi; Rib Height: Maximum 0.7 Temperature of 180 degrees F; Moisture Vapor Permeability.• 0.012 Perm inch, C. Install flexible pipe connectors on pipes connected to vibration isolated times width; Configuration. Single layer. when tested in accordance with ASTM E 961E 964 Thickness. JO mil.; FRCH equipment. Provide line size flexible connectors. D. Rubber Mount or Hanger: Molded rubber designed for 0.4 inch deflection with Connections. Brush on welding adhesive. DESMV10ORLUMIDE L D. Install flexible connectors at right angles to displacement. Install one end threaded insert. C. Aluminum Jacket: ASTM 8 209 (ASTM B 209M) formed aluminum sheet; Thickness. 0.016 immediately adjacent to isolated equipment and anchor other end. Install in E. Glass Fiber Pods: Neoprene jacketed pre-compressed molded gloss fiber. inch'sheet; Finish. Embossed; Joining.• Longitudinal slip joints and 2 inch lops; 311 Elm Sftd Sute 6M horizontal plane unless indicated otherwise. Fittings: 0.016 inch thick die shaped fitting covers with factory attached OWMIC CH 4= E. Anchor pipe to building structure where indicated and as required to control PART J fXECUTION protective liner; ketal locket Bonds: 318 inch wide, 0.015 Inch thick aluminum,- detrimental movement of piping. Provide pipe guides so movement is directed along Meta'/ Jacket Sands: 318 inch wide, 0.010 inch thick stainless steel. 513 241300© axis of pipe only. Erect piping such that strain and weight is not on connections J.01 INSTALLA TION D. Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTV A 666, Type J04 stainless steel; Thickness: 0.010 WWW-11rch-com or apparatus. A. Install in accordance with manufacturers instructions. inch, Finish: Smooth; Meta! Jacket Bonds: 3/8 inch wide; 0.010 inch thick F. Provide support and equipment required to control expansion and contraction of - B. Prior to making piping connections to equipment with operating weights stainless steel. piping. Provide loops, pipe offsets, and swing joints, or approved expansion substantially different from installed weights, block up equipment with temporary i joints where required. shims to final height. When full load is applied, adjust isolators to load to PART 3 EXECUTION G. Contractor may substitute grooved piping for vibration isolated equipment instead allow shim removal. of flexible connectors. Grooved piping need not be anchored. C. Support piping connections to equipment mounted on isolators using isolators or 3.01 EXAMINA TION resilient hangers to nearest flexible pipe connector. A. Verify that piping has been tested before applying insulation materials. -K 00 OF SECTION D. Provide flexible connections on a// piping connections to equipment. B. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry, with foreign material removed. E. Selection of type, thickness and deflection of vibration isolation shall be by the 3.02 INSTALLA TION SECTION 220529 - NON-PENETRATING ROOFTOP HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING vibration control manufacturer based on the specific equipment type and size, as A. Instal/ in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions. to scheduled on the Drawings and indicated below. B. Install in accordance with NAIUA National Insulation Standards. PART I GENERAL C. Exposed Piping.• Locate insulation and cover seams in least visible locations. END OF SECTION D. Insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature: Insulate entire system 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES UDES including fittings, valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and A. Pipe supports; Fixed anchor supports; Accessories. SECTION 220595 - FIRE STOPPING FOR FLtMBIA(C SYSTEMS expansion joints. E. Class fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids below ambient temperature. Provide PART 2 PRODUCTS PART 1 CEAERAL vapor barrier jackets, factory-applied or field-applied. Secure with self-sealing longitudinal lops and butt strips with pressure sensitive adhesive. Secure with 2.01 MANUFACTURERS 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES outward clinch expanding staples and vopor barrier mastic, Insulate fittings, A. Acceptable Manufacturer: Miro Industries Inc. A. Firestopping materials, Firestopping of a// penetrations and interruptions to fire joints, and valves with molded insulation of like material and thickness as to1 J 2.02 SUPPORTS AND HANGERS rated assemblies, whether indicated on Drawings or not, and other openings adjacent pipe. Finish with gloss cloth and vapor barrier adhesive or PVC fitting o , A. Supports and Hangers - General: Provide with bases that rest on the roof membrane indicated, covers. and that have. Gently rounded edges to prevent damage to roof membrane; 1 inch F. For hot piping conveying fluids 140 degrees F or less, do not insulate flanges and high raised edges; Drainage ports to prevent ponding; Carbon block additive in PART 2 PRODUCTS unions at equipment, but bevel and seal ends of insulation. polycarbonate, when used, for UI/ stabilization; Provide loose fit aluminum pipe C. For hot piping conveying fluids over 140 degrees F, insulate flanges and unions at . strop on a// supports, specifically designed for the support models below. Strops 2.01 FIRES TOPPING A SSEkBL LES equipment. shall be loose fitting to prevent pipe from being displaced from the support stand A. Firestopping,• Any material meeting -equirements; Fire Rotings: Use any system H. Glass fiber insulated pipes conveying fluids above ambient temperature: Provide but without restricting movement for expansion and contraction. listed by UL or FM or tested in accordance with ASTV E 814 or ASTV E 119 tho t has F standard jackets, with or without vapor barrier, factory-opplied or field-applied. B. Fixed Height Pipe Stands: Polycarbonate resin bases, 1-112-Inch Nominal Pipe. Rating equal to fire rating of penetrated assembly and minimum TRating Equal to F Secure with self-sealing longitudinal lops and butt strips with pressure sensitive "U"shaped cradle; 1-112 inch ID maximum pipe capacity, 1-9110 inch OP maximum pipe Rating and that meets a// other specified requirements. adhesive. Secure with outward clinch expanding staples; Insulate fittings, joints, capacity; 1-112 inch additional height per spacer, maximum J spacers, total load up 2.02 MATERIALS and valves with insulation of like material and thickness as adjoining pipe. to 80 1b; 6 by 6 inch base (Model 1.5); 3-Inch Nominal Pipe: Self-lubricating A. Manufacturers: AID Fire Protection Systems Inc, JM Fire Protection Products, Finish with gloss cloth and adhesive or PVC fitting covers. polycarbonate roller supported by gloss filled nylon roller rod in "U"-shoped Specified Technologies, Inc. 1. Inserts and Shields: Application: Piping 2 inches diameter or larger; Shields: 0 H cradle; J inch ID maximum pipe capacity, 3-718 inch 60 maximum pipe copocity; 2 B. Elostomeric Silicone Firestopping: Single or multiple component silicone Galvanized steel between pipe hangers or pipe hanger rolls and inserts, Insert inch additional pipe clearance per spacer, maximum J spacers, total load up to 100 elostomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the following: location. Between support shield and piping and under the finish jacket; Insert 1b; 7-112 by 7-112 inch base (Model 3R2 or 3-R-4); 4-Inch Nominal Pipe: Durability and Longevity.• Permanent; Color. Manufacturer 's standard color. ' configuration.- Minimum 6 inches long, of some thickness and contour as adjoining Self-lubricating polycarbonate roller supported by glass filled nylon rod; 4 inch C. Foam Firestoppping: Single or multiple component foam compound,• conforming to the insulation; moy be factory fabricated; Insert material: Dow. y Hydrous calcium silicate y maximum pipe capacity, 5 inch 00 maximum pipe capacity; total load up to 125 lb; following.• Durability and Longevity.• Permanent; Color: Manufacturer 's standard insulation or other heavy density insulating material suitable for the planned 5 7-112 by 7-112 inch base (Model 4-R); 5-Inch Nominal Pipe. Self-lubricating color. temperature range. polycarbonate roller supported by glass filled nylon rod,- 5 inch maximum pipe D. Fibered Compound Firestopping.- Formulated compound mixed with incombustible J. Continue insulation through walls, sleeves, pipe hangers, and other pipe capacity, 6 inch 00 maximum pipe capacity; total load up to 150 lb, 9 by 15-112 non-asbestos fibers; conforming to the following.- Durability and Longevity- penetrations. Finish at supports, protrusions, and interruptions. At fire inch base (Model 5-R). Permanent; Color. Manufacturers standard color. separations, fire stop penetrations to meet local code requirements. C. Strut-Type Supports. Single base with two threaded rods supporting hot dipped E. Fiber Packing Material: Mineral or ceramic fiber packing insulation; conforming to K. Pipe Exposed in Finished Spaces (less than 10 feet above finished floor).• Finish galvanized horizontal channel strut, Size: 12 inch strut 1-518 by 13116 inch, pipe the following: Durability ondLongevity.- Permanent. with Aluminum, Stainless Steel, ABS or PVC jacket and fitting covers. clearance variable up to 7 inch (Model 12 Base Strut); Size: 16 inch strut 1-518 F. Firestop Devices. Mechanical device with incombustible or silicone elastomer ISSUE INFORMATION by 13I16 inch, pipe clearance variable up to 7 inch (Model 16 Bose Strut); Bose. filler and sheet stainless steel jacket, collar, and flanged stops, conforming to 3.03 SCHEDULES G Polycarbonate resin; total load up to 125 1b; 7-112 by 10 inch or 9 by 15-118 inch the following: Durability and Longevity.- Permanent; suitable for pedestrian A. The Contractor moy use any of the following Insulating materials, at his option, 05/08/15 base. traffic or vehicular traffic where necessary. provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local 2.03 ACCESSORIES G. Firestop Pillows. Formed mineral fiber pillows, conforming to the following. authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the REVISIONS A. Support Pods: 15-314 by 19-3I4 inch square, 118 inch thick, flexible PVC with Durability and Longevity.• Permanent. selected Insulating material and thickness with all State and local codes and carbon block additive for UV stabilization. H. Primers, Sleeves, Forms, and Accessories: Type required for tested assembly utility company requirements is the sole responsibility of the installing A .1 S. Deck Plates: Square metal deck plate with curved up edges, to spread load and design. Contractor. 2 protect roof membrane; Thickness: 18 gouge, Material: Hot dip galvanized; Size: B. Plumbing Systems: 12 x 12 inch square; total load d to 200 lb (Mode/ DP-12); Size: 18 x 18 inch PART EXECUTION 1. Domestic Hot and Tempered Water Supply and Recirculation: 3 u square; total load up to 400 lb Model LF-18); Size. 24 x 24 inch square, total 0. Gloss Fiber Insulation: All Pipe. Thickness: 1 inch. 4 load up to 800 lb (Model LP-24). 3.01 EXAMINATION b. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: Pipe Size Range: First C. Rollers: Roller 3- J inch sturdy polycarbonate roller, shaft 518 inches, end A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section. 8 feet of pipe from fixture, up to 1 114 inch. Thickness. 112 inch.; 5 diameter 1-718 inches. Roller surface has a J inch radius arch. Maximum load 3.02 PREPARATION All Other Pipe: Thickness: I inch. capacity may not exceed 150 lbs, Roller 5- 5 inch sturdy polycarbonote roller, A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other 2. Domestic Cold Water: F shaft 518 inches, end diameter 2-7116 inches. Roller surface has a 5 inch radius matter which may affect bond of firestopping material. a. Glass Fiber Insulation. Pipe Size Range. All Sizes, Thickness: 112 arch. Maximum load capacity may not exceed 150 lbs. B. Install backing materials to arrest liquid material leakage. inch. 3.03 INSTALLATION b. Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Foam Insulation: Pipe Size Range. All PART J EXECUTION A. Install materials in manner described in fire test report and in accordance with Sizes; Thickness: 112 inch. manufacturer 's instructions, completely closing openings. C. Heating Systems: 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Do not cover installed firestooping until inspected by authority having 1. Heating Water Supply and Return: A. Determine that roof structure, roof insulation, and roof membrane ore structurally jurisdiction. 0. Gloss Fiber Insulation: Pipe Size Range: to to 1 112 inch: adequate to support weight of pipe, duct, conduit, and supports and hangers. C. Install labeling required by code. Thickness: 1 112 inch.; Pipe Size Range. 2 inch and larger. fl B. Install supports and hangers in accordance with manufacturer 's recommendations. 3.04 CLEANING AID PROTECTION Thickness: 2 inch. :2 C. Install supports at maximum spacing of 10 feet unless closer spacing is required A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestooping materials. END OF SECTION due to weight of pipe or conduit contents or greater spacing is specifically 0 allowed by manufacturer, space and adjust to support an equal amount of weight, do EAD OF SECTION SECTION 220720 PIPING SAFETY COVERS not exceed manufacturer 's recommended load limits. E D. Remove roofing aggregate from area 2 inches larger than support base, comply with SECTION 220719 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL roofing manufacturer 's requirements to maintain roofing warranty. U. E. Install an additional sheet of roofing material, support pod, or deck plate beneath PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES each support base. A. Piping Safety Covers. '0 0 F. Support Pods: Remove rock, aggregate, dirt and excess dust from area to be covered 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES FRCH ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. by pod, Apply support pod on cleaned area; Center bases on top of support pods. A. Plumbing piping insulation; Domestic hot and tempered water piping; Domestic cold PART 2 PRODUCTS G. Deck Plates: Required for loads greater than 100 pounds per support; Locate water piping. centered under bases of pipe supports and hangers; Remove rock, aggregate, dirt and 2.01 MANUFACTURERS PROFESS excess dust from on area 2 inches larger than deck plate; Install with curved edges PART PRODUCTS A. Acceptable Manufacturer. Truebro, Inc. G I NE- /0 UP- 2.02 PIPING INSULA 7*101V ACCESSORIES CL H. Pipe Supports: Center beneath pipe so that pipe is located squarely over and 2.01 REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION A. Provide products that comply with the fol lowing. Americans With Disabilities Act 947PE * through cradle or hanger. Set pipe in support without dropping or causing undue A. Surface Burning Characteristics: Flame spread/Smoke developed index of 25150, (ADA), Ar t I c I e 4. 19.4, ANS1110C A117. 1, Amer I c on Notionol Standard for Accessible D impact. maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84, AFTA 255, or a 723. Buildings and Facilities; Requirements of applicable building code. I. All roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing B. The Contractor moy use any of the followin insulating/jacketing ccketing materials, at his B. Piping Safety Covers: Truebro Lav-Guard,• Characteristics: Three-piece molded WEGIQ�N '0 9 9/i 2 CL manufacturer 's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor 's expense. This option, provided the selected material meets with the approval of all State, local assembly, minimum 118 inch wall thickness, with internal ribs to provide air space 01 Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the authorities and utility company requirements. Verification of compliance of the between piping and piping insulation jacket, molded to receive manufacturer 's specific roofing system applicable to this project. The use of an unauthorized selectedinsulating1jacketing material is the sole responsibility of the installing snap clip fasteners; Vinyl Material: Impact-resistant and stoin-resistant molded roofing contractor may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems Contractor. closed-cell anti-microbicl vinyl compound, UV-stable, non-fading, non yellowing; at this Contractor s expense. 2.02 GLASS FIBER having the following performance characteristics. Burning Characteristics: 0 EXPIRES: JUN. 30, 2016 0 y J.02 FIELD OUAL I TY CONTROL A. Manufacturers: Ahauf Insulation; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens Corning Corp; seconds Average Time of Burning (ATB), 0 mm Area of Burning (AE), when tested in Date. 051WI09 E A. After system startup, correct on deficiencies that arise, including but not CertainTeed Corporation, accordance with ASTY D 6J5; Thermal Conductivity.• K-value 1. 17, when tested in t limited to, improper location or position, improper seating or level on the roof, B. Insulation: ASTM C 547 and ASTM C 795; rigid molded, noncombustible; 'K' value. accordance with ASTM C 177; Indentation Hardness: 60, minimum, when tested in lack of roof pods or deck Plates, inadequate operation, and as directed by ASTM C 177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F;-• Maximum service temperature: 850 degrees F,-• accordance with ASTM D 2240, using Type A durometer; Trop Assembly Cover. Engineer. Maximum moisture absorption.* 0.2 percent by volume. Three-piece assembly, with removable clean-out nut enclosure; Angle Stop Covers: PROJECT INFORMATION C. Insulation: ASTM C 547 and ASTM C 795; semi-rigid, noncombustible, end groin Formed with hinged cop for access to valve without requiring cover removal, 00 OF SEC TION adhered to jacket, `K' value., ASTM C 177, 0.24 at 75 degrees F,• Maximum service Configurations:1gurot ions: In accordance with manufacturer 's product data for project piping C BUILD-A-BEAR temperature. 650 degrees F,• Maximum moisture absorption: 0.2 percent by volume. configurations indicated on Drawings; Color. Chino White, gloss finish; pointable; SECTION 220548 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AAD EQUIPMENT D. Vapor Barrier Jacket: White kraft paper with glass fiber yarn, bonded to Fasteners: Manufacturer 's standard re-usable snap-clip fasteners,- wire-tie WASHINGTON SQ. aluminized film,- moisture vopor transmission when tested in accordance with ASTM E fasteners not permitted PART 1 GENERAL 961E 96M of 0.02 perm-inches 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. E. Vapor Barrier Lop Adhesive: Compatible with insulation. PART 3 EXECUTION PORTLAND,OR 97223 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES F. Insulating Cement/Mastic: ASTM C 195,- hydraulic setting on mineral wool. r A. Concrete housekeeping pods; Vibration isolators; Seismic restraints. G. Fibrous Gloss Fabric: Cloth: Untreated; 9 oz/sq yd weight; Blanket: 1.0 lb/cu ft 3.01 EXAMINATION PROJECTM density; Weave: 5x5. A. Verify that piping configurations are correct type for piping cover component PART 2 PRODUCTS29349.000 H. Indoor Vopor Sorrier Finish. Vinyl emulsion type acrylic, compatible with configurations specified. insulation, white color; Outdoor Vapor Sorrier Mastic.- Vinyl emulsion type acrylic 3.02 INSTALLATION 9 C Q) 2.01 MANUFACTURERS or mastic, compatible with insulation, block color; Outdoor Breather Mastic: Vinyl A. Install products of this section in accordance with manufacturer 's printed A. Isolation Technology, Inc.; Kinetics Noise Control, Inc.; Mason Industries. emulsion type acrylic or mastic, compatible with insulation, block color. Installation instructions. SHEET INFORMATION B 2.02 BASES K. Insulating Cement: ASTM C 4491C 449M. 3.03 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED PRODUCTS C3 A. Concrete Housekeeping Pod. Construction: Concrete as specified for flooring; 2.03 FLEXIBLE LLASTOAERIC CELLULAR INSULA TION A. Do not allow damage to installed products by subsequent construction activities; E Design: 4 0 high above the surrounding f in ished f loor Ing and 4" greater in dimension A. Manufacturer: Armocell International; protect products until Substantial Completion. Replace any damaged products prior PLUMBING that the equipment supported, or greater if detailed on the Drawings or when B. Insulation. Preformed flexible elostomeric cellular rubber insulation complying to occupancy. SPECIFICATIONS indicated. with ASTM C53 Grade 1; use molded tubular material wherever possible, Minimum 2 2.03 VIBRATION ISOLATORS Service Temperature.- -40 degrees F,• Maximum Service Temperature: 220 degrees F,• END OF SECTION A. Restrained Open Spring Isolators: Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to Connection: Waterproof vapor barrier adhesive. 75 percent vertical stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of C. Elostomeric Foam Adhesive.- Air dried, contact adhesive, compatible with SECTION221005 - PLUMBING ONLY ING PIPING CL DRAWN BY: 0 maximum deflection. Color code springs for load carrying capacity; Spring Mounts: insulation. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT AIB Provide with leveling devices, minimum 0.25 inch thick neoprene sound pods, and 2.04 JACKETS PART 1 GENERAL zinc chromate plated hardware; Sound Pods: Size for minimum deflection of 0.05 A. PVC Plastic. REVIEWED BY: inch; meet requirements for neoprene pod isolators, Restraint: Provide heavy 1. Manufacturers: Anouf Fiber Glass; Johns Manville Corporation; Owens Corning 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES GRS mounting frome and limit stops, For Exterior and Humid Areas: Hot dipped Corp; Certain Teed Corporation. A. Pipe; pipe fittings, valves, and connections for piping systems: Sanitary sewer, SCALE: '6 A galvanized housings and neoprene cooted springs. 2. locket: One piece molded type fitting covers and sheet material, off-white interior; Domestic water, interior. ASI MED b '0 gr B. Spring Hanger. Springs: Minimum horizontal stiffness equal to 75 percent vertical color; Minimum Service Temperature: 0 degrees F; Maximum Service PART 2 PRODUCTS LU stiffness, with working deflection between 0.3 and 0.6 of maximum deflection. Temperature: 150 degrees F; Moisture Vapor Permeab I 11 ty.• 0.002 Perm inch, AUTHORIZED FOR: 9 Color code springs for load carrying capacity, Housings: Incorporate neoprene maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 961E 960, -Thickness: 10 mil; 2.01 The Contractor may use any of the following piping materials, at his option, provided the LL/Permit isolation pod meeting requirements for neoprene pod isolators or rubber hanger with Connections: Brush on welding adhesive; Covering Adhesive Mastic: selected material meets with the approval of o// State and local authorities and utility 11 threaded insert; Misalignment: C000ble of 20 degree hanger rod misalignment; For Compatible with insulation. company requirements. Verification of compliance of the selected piping material with Exterior and hUmid Areas: Hot dipped galvanized housings and neoprene coated B. ABS Plastic.- local requirements is the sole responsibility of the installing Contractor. Verify the P4 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 - 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 use of plastic piping systems with the local jurisdiction. Non-metallic piping systems where installed in fire rated construction. Review locations prior to Industries, Inc. may not be used in any return air plenum ceiling spaces. No exceptions. fabrication. B. Water Hammer Arrestors: Stainless steel or copper construction, bellows type sized 2.04 SANITARY SEWER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE I. Establish elevations of buried piping outside the building to ensure not less than in accordance with PDI-WH 201, precharged suitable for operation in temperature FRICH A. Cast Iron Pipe: ASTM A 74, service weight; Fittings: Cast iron; Joint Seals: the maximum local frost depth cover. Install tracer wire on all plastic piping range 34 to 250 degrees F and maximum 150 psi working pressure. ASTM C 564 neoprene gaskets, or lead and oakum. outside the building. PART 3 EXECUTION DEM VyONIXI 1E L B. Cast Iron Pipe. CISPI 301, hubless, service weight; Fittings: Cast iron, Joints: J. Install vent piping penetrating roofed areas to maintain integrity of roof CISPI 310, neoprene gaskets and stainless steel clamp-and-shield assemblies. assembly. 3.01 INSTALLATION 311 ElrriStree�Stsi�e604 2.08 WATER PIPING, ABOVE GRADE K. A// roofing penetrations shall be flashed and weather sealed by the roofing A. Install in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions. A. Copper Tube. ASTM B 88 (ASTM B 88M), Type L (B), Drawn (H); Fittings: ASME manufacturer 's authorized roofing contractor at this Contractor 's expense. ThisCincinrat OH 46= B. Extend c/eanouts to finished floor or wall surface. Lubricate threaded cleanout 816. 18, cost copper alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought copper and bronze; Fittings. Contractor shall contract with the factory authorized roofing contractor for the plugs with mixture of graphite and linseed oil. Ensure clearance at cleanout for 513 2413= Cast iron, coated; Joints. ASTM B 32, alloy Sn95 solder; Joints: Grooved specific roofing system applicable to this Project. The use of on unauthorized rodding of drainage system. natch-c= mechanical couplings. roofing contractor 'may result in removal and replacement of the penetration systems C. Encase exterior cleanouts in concrete flush with grade. 2. 18 FLANGES, UNIONS, AND COUPLINGS at this Contractors expense. D. Install floor-cleonouts at elevation to accommodate finished floor for a completely A. Unions for Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Under: Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron L. Al/ sanitary vent system terminations shall be a minimum of ten feet from any fresh flush installation. threaded unions; Copper tube and pipe: Class 150 bronze unions with soldered air intake and twenty-five feet on medical facilities (hospitals, clinics, etc.) E. Install approved potable water protection devices on plumbing lines where joints. M. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush contamination of domestic water may occur; on boiler feed water lines, janitor B. Flanges for Pipe Size Over 1 Inch: Ferrous pipe: Class 150 malleable iron clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding. rooms, fire sprinkler systems, premise isolation, irrigation systems, flush valves, �. threaded or forged steel slip-on flanges, preformed neoprene gaskets, Copper tube N. Provide support for utility meters in accordance with requirements of utility drink mixing stations, interior and exterior hose bibbs and all other locations K and pipe: Class 150 sl ip-on bronze flanges; preformed neoprene gaskets. companies. required by Codes. C. Grooved and Shouldered Pipe End Couplings: Housing.- Malleable iron clamps to 0. Prepare exposed, unfinished pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories ready for F. Pipe relief from backflow preventer to nearest drain. Z engage and lock, designed to permit some angular deflection, contraction, and finish painting. G. Install water hammer arrestors complete with accessible isolation valve on hot and expansion; steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe; Sealing P. Paint all exterior above grade piping with a minimum of two coats of point, co/or gasket: "C" shape composition sealing gasket. to match roof or wall surface to which it is attached,- Copper i e A l vinyl etch ca/d water supply piping to all fixtures and equipment. 9 P P 99 PP PP PP )' y D. Dielectric Connections: Union with galvanized or plated steel threaded end, copper primer immediately following cleaning. EXT 5.5A Alkyd• Vinyl Wash Primer MPI 00, END OF SECTION so/der end, water impervious isolation barrier. Alkyd MPI #8, 9 or 94, Semi-gloss; Steel pipe: Apply alkyd metal primer immediately 2. 19 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS following cleaning. EXT 5. 1D Alkyd.- Alkyd Metal Primer MPI #79, Alkyd MPI # 94, SECTION 223000 - PLUMBING EQUIPMENT A. Plumbing Piping - Drain, Waste, and Vent: Conform to MSS SP-58; Hangers for Pipe semi-gloss; Plastic pipe: Apply alkyd bonding primer immediately following Sizes 112 Inch to 1-1/2 Inches. Malleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring, cleaning. EXT 6.88 Alkyd- Bonding Primer MPI #17 or 69, Alkyd MPI 48, 9 or 94. PART 1 GENERAL Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over. Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis; Q. Excavate, bedding and backfill shall be in accordance with applicable sections of Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods; this Specification. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches. Cost iron hook, Na/l Support for Pipe R. Pipe vents from gas pressure reducing valves to outdoors and terminate in weather A. Water Heaters,Commercial electric water heaters, Electric Instantaneous water Sizes 4 Inches and Over. Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp; Vertical proof hood, unless of the vent/ess design and approved by the local jurisdiction '"I �' J Support: Steel riser clamp, Floor Support: Cost iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock and the local utility company regulates. heaters; . nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support; Copper Pipe Support: S. The use of sanitary tee fittings will not be permitted. Utilize wye fittings in PART 2 PRODUCTS Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. lieu of tee fittings for al/ intersections of drainage piping. - - B. Plumbing Piping - Water and Gas. Conform to MSS SP-58; Hangers for Pipe Sizes 112 T. Provide sleeves when penetrating footings, masonry walls and floors. Seal and fire 2,01 WATER HEATER MANUFACTURERS Inch to 1-112 Inches: Molleable iron, adjustable swivel, split ring; Hangers for stop pipe and sleeve penetrations to achieve fire resistance equivalent to fire A. A.O. Smith Water Products Co.; Bock Water Heaters, Inc.; Rheem Manufacturing <Cold Pipe Sizes 2 Inches and Over. Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis; Hangers for separation required. All penetrations through footings and floors shall be sealed Company.; PVI. Hot Pipe Sizes 2 Inches to 4 Inches: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis; Hangers for water tight. 2.02 COMMERCIAL ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS W Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable steel yoke, cast iron pipe roll, U. Whereever piping is located within 1.5 inches of the nearest edge of studs, joists, A. Type: Factory-assembled and wired, electric, vertical or horizontal storage as double hanger, Multiple or Trapeze Hangers. Steel channels with welded supports or rafters or similar members, provide minimum 0.062 inch thick steel protective spacers and hanger rods; Multiple or Trapeze Hangers for Hof Pipe Sizes 6 Inches shield plates extending 2" above and below the pipe being protected. Shield plates specified. B. Performance: � Maximum working pressure: 150 psig; Equipment performance and and Over. Steel channels with welded supports or spacers and hanger rods, cast may be omitted on cost iron piping only. accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and specified herein. Inclusion iron roll; Wal/ Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 Inches: Cast iron hook; Na!l Support V. Inserts: Provide inserts for placement in concrete formwork; Provide inserts for in both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. Equipment H for Pipe Sizes 4 Inches and Over. Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp; suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete and accessories specified in either location shall be included in the Contract. Wall Support for Hot Pipe Sizes 6 Inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and beams, Provide hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required for a complete, wrought steel clamp with adjustable steel yoke and cost iron pipe roll; Vertical pipe over 4 inches; Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts functional system. lot Support: Steel riser clamp; Floor Support for Cold Pipe. Cost iron adjustable flush with slab surface; Where inserts are omitted, dri/l through concrete slab C. Electrical Characteristics. As indicated on the Drawings, Verify that proper power lo'` pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support; from below and provide through bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut supply is available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, phase and Floor Support for Hot Pipe Sizes to 4 Inches. Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, recessed into and grouted flush with slab. current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any deviations prior fa lockout, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support; Floor Support W. Pipe Hangers and Supports: Instal! in accordance with ASME 831.9, ASTM F 708, and order, connection of equipment or start-up. Responsibility for verification of for Hot Pipe Sizes- 6 Inches and Over: Adjustable cast iron pipe roll and stand, MSS SP-89; Support horizontal piping as scheduled; Install hangers to provide proper power-supply voltage and any product returns or damage resulting from steel screws, and concrete pier or steel support; Copper Pipe Support: Carbon minimum 112 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work; Place hangers incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow; Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum D. Tank: Glass lined or copper lined welded steel; ASME labeled pressure vessel when 2.20 GA TE VALVES (Exterior Utility Service Only) vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of required by code, 4 inch diameter inspection port, thermally insulated with minimum A. Manufacturers: Conbroco Industries, Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. supported pipe, Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping 2 inches polyurethane encased in.corrosion-resistant steel jacket; baked-on enamel ISSUE INFORMATION B. 1*) To and Including 3 Inches: MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body, bronze trim, independently of connected horizontal piping, Where several pipes can be installed finish. G rising stem, handwheel, inside screw, solid wedge disc, solder or threaded ends, in parallel and at some elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers; Provide E. Controls: Automatic immersion water thermostat; externally adjustable temperature 05/08/15 Provide extension to grade and valve box per local jurisdiction and utility company copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping, Prime coat exposed steel range from 60 to 180 degrees F, flanged or screw-in nichrome elements, high standards. Post-indicotor type were used for fire protection service or when hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, temperature limit thermostat. REVISIONS indicated on the Drawings. and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed,- Provide hangers adjacent F. Accessories: Brass water connections and dip tube, drain valve, magnesium anode, C. 2 Inches and Larger. MSS SP-70, Class 125, iron body, bronze trim, outside screw to motor driven equipment with vibration isolation; Support cost iron drainage and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve and heat trap fittings for hot 1 and yoke, handwheel, solid wedge disc, flanged ends. Provide extension to grade piping at every joint. and cold water connections; Wafer connections: Brass; Dip tube: Crosslinked 2 and valve box per local jurisdiction and utility company standards. Post-indicator 3.04 APPLICATION polyethylene (PEX) or brass; Drain Valve; Anode. Magnesium; Temperature and type were used for fire protection service or when indicated on the Drawings. A. Install unions downstream of valves and at equipment or apparatus connections. Pressure Relief Volve. ASME labeled. 3 2.22 BALL VAL VES B. Instal/ bol/ or butterfly valves for shut-off and to isolate equipment, port of G. Controls: Ventilated control cabinet, factory-wired with solid state progressive 4 A. Manufacturers: Conbroco Industries, Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. systems, or vertical risers. sequencing step controller, fuses, magnetic contactors, control transformer, pilot B. Construction, 4 Inches and Smaller: MSS SP-110, Class 150, 400 psi CWP, bronze, C. Instal/ globe, boll, or butterfly valves for throttling, bypass, or manual flow lights indicating ma/n power and heating steps, control circuit toggle switch, 5 two piece body, chrome plated brass boll, regular port, teflon seats and stuffing control services. electronic /ow-water (probe-type) cut-off, high temperature limit thermostat, - box ring, blow-out proof stem, lever handle, solder or threaded ends. D. Provide lug end butterfly valves adjacent to equipment when provided to isolate - 0 F 2.24 BUTTERFLY VALVES equipment. flush mounted temperature and pressure gages. d H. Heating Elements: Flange-mounted immersion elements; individual elements sheathed _ A. Manufacturers. Hammond Valve; Crane Co, Milwaukee Valve Company. E. Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water pumps. with Incoloy corrosion-resistant metal alloy, rated less than 75 Watts per square B. Construction 1-112 Inches and Larger: MSS SP-67, 200 psi CWP, cast or ductile iron F. Provide plug or gas service rated ball valves in natural gas systems for shut-off inch. - body, nickel plated ductile iron disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, service. ELECTRIC INSTANTANEOUS WATER HEATERS E ` or grooved ends, extended neck, 10 position lever handle. G. Provide plug or gas service rated ball valves in propane gas systems for shut-off 2.03 A.EType: Factory-assembled and wired, electric, automatic, tankless. - C. Provide gear operators for valves 8 inches and larger, and chain-wheel operators service, S. Performance: Maximum working pressure: 150 psig (1000 kPa); Equipment performance for valves mounted over 8 feet above floor. H. Provide automatic flow controls valves in water recirculating systems where and accessories shall be as scheduled on the Drawings and specified herein. 2.25 FLOW CONTROLS indicated. Inclusion In both locations is not a prerequisite to inclusion in the Contract. - a A. Manufacturers. ITTBell & Gossett; Griswold Controls; Toco, Inc, 1. Provide spring loaded check valves when located on the discharge of pumps. Equipment and accessories specified in either location shall be included in the _ B. Construction: Class 125, Brass or bronze body with union on inlet, temperature and 3.05 TOLERANCES Contract. Provide all necessary accessories and connections as required for a pressure test plug on in/et and out/et. A. Interior Drainage Piping: Establish invert elevations within 1/2 inch vertically complete, functional system. - C. Calibration. Automatically control flow within 5 percent of selected rating, over of location indicated and slope to drain at minimum of 114 inch per foot slope, C. Electrics/ Characteristics: As indicated on the Drawings; Verify that proper power operating pressure range of 10 times minimum pressure required for control, maximum unless noted otherwise on the Drawings. supplyis available prior to ordering equipment. Verify proper voltage, phase and _ o E minimum pressure 3.5 psi. B. Water Piping: Slope at minimum of 1/32 inch per foot and arrange to drain at lowi current rating of power supply and inform Engineer of any deviations prior to _ U 2.26 SWING CHECK VALVES points. order, connection of equipment or start-up. Responsibility for verification of LL A. Manufacturers. Hammond Valve; Nibco, Inc; Milwaukee Valve Company. 3.06 DISINFECTION OF DOASTIC WATER PIPING SYSTEM proper power supply voltage and any product returns or damage resulting from o B. 10 to 3 Inches. MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze body and cap, bronze swing disc with A. Prior to starting work, verify system is complete, flushed and clean. incorrect connections shall rest with this Contractor. rubber seat, solder or threaded ends. B. Ensure Ph of water to be treated is between 7.4 and 7.6 by adding alkali (caustic D. Controls: Automatic water thermostat; externally adjustable temperature range from FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC.,P.C. € C. Over 2 Inches: MSS SP-71, Class 125, iron body, bronze swing disc, renewab/e disc soda or soda ash) or acid i d (hydrochloric).1 or i c). Q 6D to 180 degrees F (16 to 82 degrees C), flanged, compression, or screw-in nickel seal and seat, flanged or grooved ends. C. Inject disinfectant, free chlorine in liquid, powder, tablet or gas form, high temperature limit thermostat. PROF chrome elements, 2.28 WA TER PRESSURE REDUCING VAL VES throughout system to obtain 50 to 80 mg/L residua/. E. Accessories: Bross or bronze water connections and waterways, integral flow t���� 6ssv A. Manufacturers: Amtrol Inc; Cla-Val Co; Notts Regulator Company. D. Bleed water from outlets to ensure distribution and test for disinfectant residual I N B. to 2 Inches: MSS SP-80, g p y restricfor, and ASME rated temperature and pressure relief valve and heat trap U1, G E off, Up bronze body, stainless steel and thermoplastic interna! at minimum 15 percent of outlets. fittings for 'hot and cold water connections; Wafer Connections: Brass. 4`� !vim F-A 9- arts, fabric reinforced diaphragm, strainer, threaded single union ends. E. Maintain disinfectant in s stem for 24 hours, 16947PE Pg y F. Controls. Factory-wired with solid state controller, fuses, magnetic contactors, $ C. Over 2 Inches. MSS SP-85, cast iron body, bronze fitted, elastomeric diaphragm and F. If final disinfectant residual tests less than 25 mg1L, repeat treatment. control transformer, pilaf lights indicating main power and heatr'ng steps, control D seat disc, flanged. G. Flush disinfectant from system until residual equal to that of incoming water or circuit toggle switch, and high temperature limit thermostat. 2.29 RELIE7r VALVES 1.0 mg/L. G. Heating Elements: Replaceable cartridge inserts, corrosion-resistant meta! alloy. A. Pressure Relief.- Manufacturers: Clo-Val Co; Henry Technologies; Watts Regulator H. Take samples no sooner than 24 hours after flushing, from 10 percent of outlets and PART 3 EXECUTION WEXPIRES- N. LD Company, AGA 221.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, steel stem and springs, from water entry, and analyze in accordance with ANNA C651. automatic, direct pressure actuated. 3.07 SERVICE CONNECTIONS 3.01 INSTALLATION B. Temperature and Pressure Relief. Manufacturers.. Cla-Val Co, Henry Technologies; A. Provide new sonitory and storm sewer services as indicated on the Drawings. Before ,q. Install plumbing equipment in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions, as Notts Regulator Company, AGA Z21.22 certified, bronze body, teflon seat, stainless commencing work check invert elevations required for sewer connections, confirm required by code, and complying with conditions of certification, if any. - steel stem and springs, automatic, direct pressure actuated, temperature relief inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with slope for drainage and B. Provide concrete equipment bases for a/1 floor mounted plumbing equipment. vote; 05/08/0,9 maximum 210 degrees F, capacity ASME (BPV IV) certified and labeled. cover to avoid freezing. Removal, rework or corrections to sewer services as a C. Coordinate with plumbing piping and related fuel piping, gas venting, and 2.30 STRAINERS result of the Contractor 's failure to confirm invert elevations prior to the start electrics/ work as app/icab/e to achieve operating system. A. Manufacturers: Armstrong International, Inc; Green Country Filtration; WEAMCO. of construction, regardless of the information contained on the Drawings, shall be B. Size 2 inch and Under. Threaded brass body for 175 psi CWP, Y pattern with 1/32 the sole responsibility of the Contractor. Report any discrepancies difficulties °; END OF SECTION PROJECT INFORMATION inch stainless steel perforated screen. to the Engineer prior to the start of construction. CL G 2. Class 150, threaded bronze body 300 psi CWP, Y pat t ern with 1/32 inch 3.08 SCtE-DULES SECTION 224000 - PLUMBING FIXT1a4ES BUIL-A-BEAR stainless steel perforated screen. A. Pipe Hanger Spacing.• C. Size 1-112 inch to 4 inch. Class 125, flanged iron body, Y pattern with 1116 inch 1. Metal Piping.• PART 1 GENERAL WASHINGTON SQ. stainless steel perforated screen. a. Pipe size: 112 inches to 1-1/4 inches: Maximum hanger spacing.• 6.5 D. Size 5 inch and Larger: Class 125, flanged iron body, basket pattern with 118 inch ft; Hanger rod diameter: 318 inches. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. stainless steel perforated screen. b. Pipe size. 1-112 inches to 2 inches: Maximum hanger spacing: 10 ft; A. All plumbing ,.fixtures as scheduled on the Drawings. REFERENCE ONLY PORTLAND,OR 97223 S Hanger rod diameter: 318 inch. NOT APPROVED WITH THIS PERMIT 0d 3 EXECUTION C. Pipe size. 2-112 inches to 3 inches. Maximum hanger spacing. 10 ft; PART 3 EXECUTION Q Hanger rod diameter. 112 inch. PROJECT M $ ' 3.01 EXAMINATION d. Pipe size. 4 inches to 6 inches: Maximum hanger spacing.• 10 ft; 3.01 EXAMINATION 29349.000 z A. Verify that excavations are to required grade, dry, and not over-excavated. Hanger rod diameter. 5/8 inch. A. Verify that walls and floor finishes are prepared and ready for instal lot ion of � 3.02 PREPARATION 2. Plastic Piping-, fixtures. A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. Bevel plain end ferrous pipe. a. Pipe size: 112 inches to 6 inches: Maximum hanger spacing.• 6 ft; B. Verify that a/ectric power is oval lab/e and of the correct characteristics. SHEET INFORMATION o B B. Remove scale and dirt, on inside and outside, before assembly. Hanger rod diameter: 318 inch. 3.02 PREPARA TION o C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. A. Rough-in fixture piping connections in accordance with minimum sizes indicated in PLUMBING LL 3.03 INSTALLATION END OF SECTION fixture rough-in schedule for particular fixtures. A. Install in accordance with manufacturer 's instructions. 3.03 INSTALLATION SPECIFICATIONS B. Provide non-conducting dielectric connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. SECTION 221006 - PLUMBING PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Install each fixture with trap, easily removable for servicing and cleaning. e C. Route piping in orderly manner and maintain gradient. Route parallel and B. Install each fixture using brass angle boll stop valves for hot and cold water perpendicular to walls. PART 1 GENERAL connections as opplicab/e. Non metallic valves or non-ball valve type stops will F D. Install piping to maintain headroom, conserve space, and not interfere with use of not be accepted. a space. 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES C. Provide chrome plated rigid or flexib/e supplies to fixtures with specified stops, DRAWN BY: g a E. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. A. Drains, Cleanouts; Backflow preventers; Water homer orrestorS; Thermostatic mixing reducers, and escutcheons. ATB ! F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, valves. D. Install components level and plumb. REVIEWED BY: In _- 7 joints, or connected equipment. E. Install and secure fixtures in place with wall carriers, wall supports and bolts. GRS V G. Provide clearance in hangers and from structure and other equipment for PART 2 PRODUCTS F. Seal fixtures to wall and floor surfaces with sea/ant, color to match fixture. ALE A installation of insulation and access to valves and fittings. G. Solidly attach floor mounted water closets to floor with lag screws. Lead AsNate�d o H. Locate all valves and control elements in accessible areas wherever possible to A. Plastic Back Water Valves: ABS or PVC body and valve, extension sleeve, and access flashing is not intended hold fixture in place. w avoid access doors. Provide access where valves and fittings are not exposed or cover. H. Instal/ fixtures and fittings /n accordance with the manufacturer 's instructions AUTHORIZED FOR: r olocated in accessible areas. Provide ceiling access doors for access to a// valves 2.02 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS and in accordance with the ICC (IPC) or UPC. LL/Permit a and control elements located above inaccessible ceiling areas. Provide minimum 12 A. Manufacturers: Conbroco Industries; Watts Regulator Company; Zurn Industries, Inc. 1. When fixtures require both hot water and cold water supplies, provide the hot water L x 12 inch size for hand access, 18 x 18 inch size for shoulder access, and as 2.03 WA TER HAMAER ARRESTORS supply to the left of the cold water supply. indicated. Provide 4 x 4 inch for shut off valves only. Provide rated access doors A. Manufacturers: Jay R. Smith Manufacturing Company, Notts Regulator Company, Zurn END OF SECTIONP5 W C0 /!1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 t PROJECT DATA APPLICABLE CODES: ^. BUILDING 2014 OREGON BUILDING SPECIALTY CODE • ' C-1095 BLUE STRUCTURAL 2014 OREGON STRUCTURAL SPECIALTY CODE TEMPERED C-1095 BLUE 3, MECHANICAL 2014 OREGON MECHANICAL SPECIALTY CODE o SPRING STEEL TEMPERED PLUMBING 2014 OREGON PLUMBING SPECIALTY CODE SPRING STEEL ELECTRICAL 2014 OREGON ELECTRICAL SPECIALTY CODE 2C i " FIRE PROTECTION 2014 OREGON FIRE SPECIALTY CODE 7/ 6" 3 8" �— 3/8" ACCESSIBILITY 2014 OREGON BUILDING CODE 6061-T6 U ENERGY 2014 OREGON ENERGY EFFICIENCY SPECIALTY CODE ALUMINUM 6061-T6 ALUMINUM ' B Ch ,O 62015 IS1 A. 26 0 '2131 ANTI-TIP TRACK DETAIL 2C STANDARD TRACK DETAIL 3 STANDARD ANCHOR CORNERS ARE p 14GA.w/A 1 1/2"LIP ABOVE THE CARRIAGE SURFACE O 000 O THE CARRIAGE FRAME IS MADE ALL OF •� ° 14 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL. 48" �•+ LOCK NUT 'Z rTi ~ WHEEL IS A PERMANENTLY SEALED,SINGLE ROW, 237/811 - RADIAL BALL BEARING. 2B 4 _ SPACER 3 ANTI-TIP BASE Nlz 12"ON CENTER MAX. r� ANTI-TIP HOOK 23 7/VQ " HEX BOLT 1 CARRIAGE 4 ANTI TIP ASSEMBLY {2 PER) 4A CUT VIEW "A" ATTACH W/ (2) 3/16 RIVETS (2) EACH SIDE. (4)PER SPREADER S0 1 0 p 8 0.750 GA 18 GA. 24 22 GA. 5 16 GA. 48 211 2.000 O.C. ^\ � 4 ATTACH UPRIGHT TO 96" • 5 Q p ATTACHMENT PLATE W/#10 x 3/4"HEX BOTTOM SHELF IS SOLID. 411211 HEAD S.M.S. THE REST OF THE SHELVES 18 GA ARE 51%OPEN PERF.SHELVES 0 ATTACH W/(2)3/16 RIVETS (1) EACH SIDE. �51 UPRIGHT POST 6 UPRIGHT W/ SPREADER 7 UPRIGHT W/ ANCHOR BRACKET 8 SHELF 4711/16 If • • ---36" or 48" NOTES: _ 8 1. SLAB THICKNESS = 4" MINIMUM 2. SLAB CONCRETE STRENGTH = 3000 PSI MINIMUM 24" 0 0 3. STEEL STORAGE RACKS DESIGNED IN ACCORDANCE O WITH 2014 OSSC I 10 4. ANCHORS INDICATED ON DETAIL AND SHALL BE: POWERS FASTENER WEDGE BOLT (ICC-ES ESR 2526) 6 5 HILTI KWIK BOLT TZ (ICC-ES ESR 1917) ATTACH W/#10 x 3/4" OR IMES APPROVED EQUAL O (MIN.) S.M.S. (3) EACH 1%% 100, WALL 5. MINIMUM DISTANCE BETWEEN ANCHOR BOLT CENTER CTUR, 4 SHELVING PROFILE TO ANY CONSTRUCTION JOINTS, CONTROL/EXPANSION PER BACK TO BACK 11 1� POST LOCATION 48" 0 --3/4 X 14 GA. STRAP JOINTS OR SLAB CRACKS IS 4 ATTACH W/ 10 x 3/4 v w�' ® ` HEX HEAD SCREW 6. PROVIDE PARTIAL INSPECTION FOR EXPANSION 7 5PE (4) REQD PER 5 2C ANCHORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH OSSC 1705.11.7 ENG.BY: DRAWNBY 6%2!DAT �/ p/��r �+ MEG ►,® Q X-BRACE SET pC'. yvV, �.2a�� �� THIS DRAWING AND THE IDEAS PORTRAYED IN R,ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE Merchandising Equipment Group, LLC. RIVET AT CENTER a r . C TG� cALcvuTIONs BY: MERCHANDISING EQUIPMENT GROUP,LLQ THIS DRAWING SHOULD NOT BE COPIED OR 502 South Green Street,Camhrid a Gi Indiana 47327-0240 2B S v DISTRIBUTED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF AN AUTHORIZED MEG EMPLOYEE ® LOAD CAPACITY LOAD CAPACITY EXPIRES ADDRESS:b(� TITLE: ® PER SHELF PER SECTION Build — A - Bear MEG MOBILE DETAILS 6 213 0 - 0 0 75 LBS 375 LBSWorkshop- I.l EERNC. SHEET 1 OF 1 5 2C BSE EN WASHINGTON SQAURE SEE ELEVATIONS FOR X-BRACING CONFIGURATION N:15 Comg=o CML Suite 100 Cciaubu?- %1 $301= 9455 S W WASHINGTON SQUARE DRAWING NUMBER: 377'760! FXX 2f�3'3� 48(S PORTLAND, OR. 97223 n 9 BACK TO BACK UPRIGHTS 10 BACK TO BACK UPRIGHTS 11 SHELVING SECTION =L a� CALC484 A s:Ibadcroorn shop drawngs�seismic drawirgslcakA84.dwg 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 . 12 13 14 15 GENERAL NOTES FIXTURE SCHEDULE _ } Shopper Trak Data 1. ALL MERCHANDISE FIXTURES,SEATING AND CASHWRAP TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE OWNER AND FRCH INSTALLED BY G.C. MARK QTY. DESCRIPTION ITEM Dimension 2• G.C.TO VERIFY IN-WALL BLOCKING REQUIREMENTS FOR WALL FIXTURE INSTALLATION w/ DESIGN WORLDWIDE L FIXTURE VENDOR. RETAIL FIXTURES Ceiling Type 3. G.C.TO UNCRATE,ASSEMBLE AND PLACE ALL FLOOR FIXTURES. CW-1 1 CASH WRAP 311 Elm Street Suite 600 9 YP 2'X'2 A.C.T. 4. G.C.TO MAINTAIN A MINIMUM CLEAR 36"AISLEWAY BETWEEN ALL FIXTURES AND/OR OTHER Cincinnati OH 45202 NOTE: OBSTRUCTIONS. CW-2 1 BACK WRAP 513 2413000 FURNISHED BY OWNER, 5. ALL FINISHES SHALL COMPLY w/CLASS'C'FLAME SPREAD REQUIREMENTS PER IFC SECTION LF-1 0 PARTY TABLE Ceiling Height 11'-0" 803,TABLE 803.5 www.frch.com EMPLOYEE SIDE INSTALLED BY G.C. 6. MAINTAIN 44"MIN.EGRESS PATH LF-2A 0 WORKHORSE FIXTURE 12'-0" 7. QUANTITIES SHOWN IN THE FIXTURE PLAN ARE PROVIDED FOR OWNER'S USE.FIXTURE VENDOR LF-2B 2 WORKHORSE WITH NAME ME TABLE On remodels has the entry changed TO VERIFY QUANTITIES PRIOR TO SHIPPING. i V-3y4" 2-8Y4* 4'-0" 7-8%" 1'-3' or cashwra ,been relocated? LF-3 2 FEATURED BEAR MERCHANDISE • - N/A O KEY NOTES LF-4 0 NOT USED • SHOPPER TRAK INFORMATION LF-5 2 IMPULSE K 1. ACCESSIBLE CASHWRAP PROVIDED BY OWNER-REFER TO DETAIL Al2 ON SHEET A-131.REFER LF-6 1 FEATURED BEAR AND LOVE ME BINS cv • ENTRY OPENING IS 9-10"IN WIDTH TO FIXTURE VENDOR PACKAGE. gn " • DISTANCE FROM ENTRANCE TO SHOPPER TRAK BOX AT 2. SHELVING UNITS-G.C.TO INSTALL PER MFG,RECOMMENDATIONS. LF-7 1 WINDOW PLATFORM `-' MANAGERS DESK IS 4T-0" 3. MANAGER'S DESK. LF-8 1 STUFF ME _ LF-9 1 HEAR ME STATION I I PW-1.0 1 INSPIRE ME WALL _ 1 30"X 48" ( ELEV. I 30"X 4$" I PW-2.0 1 CHOOSE ME WALL - CLEAR FLOOR 1 I CLEAR FLOOR I �..-- PW-2.1 12 CHOOSE ME PULL OUT BIN I SPACE I CUSTOMER SIDE I SPACE { J I ( I I REFER TO INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR INSTALLATION LOCATIONS FOR ALL PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES PW-3.0 3 BACKPACK STORAGE . L - - - - - - - - - - -� � - - - - - - - - - - � PW4.0 0 DRESS ME PUCK WALL I PLAN PW-5.0 1 BONDING MOMENT ...--�--- PW-0.0 0 NOT USED q PW-7.0 16 DRESS ME 4FT MODULE PW-7.1 2 DRESS ME 2FT MODULE PW-7.2 3 DRESS ME FRAME HEADER PW-7.3 6 DRESS ME FRAME SIDE PANEL +! N PW-7.4 0 DRESS ME 2FT GIFTING AND POS.MODULE H N CV M ELEVATION FRONT ELEVATION MEG • �:a� � ISSUE INFORMATION � • �' 4'i G I ]L = MEG tru�l ~ 05/08/15 REVISIONS Access G1 ible Transaction Counter DetailI&A UNE WE REFEERENAN, O'k HE L11"T IN� �'`* ,`�� 1 LANDLORD/OWNER CHANGES 05129/15 1 - 31 SCALE:1/2'=1'-0" iMII IF { ( I I ADJACENT I I - Pwaz TENANT - I LL 77T R PW 5.0 9 PW-3.0 CW_1 / PW-3.0BONDING NAME ME I PW-1.0 a.a PW-7.0 Pw a.o MOMENT I { - r'` I DRESy�ME BACK WRAP TBD $ r 1� � \ \ I\ I INSPIRE ME I E I I I ST04 ST04 ST ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 4 I 1 I U ........... I 1.:.`. . 1 I I t I i -/- la \ \ 6" \ \ 6" \ \ 3'-6" \ . I... . 1. 1 { CASH a - 1 - � I I � -• - 103 \ 1 \, 2 \ l \ 1 LF-2a cw-2 FRCH/ARCHITECTURE, INC., P.C. CL ST04 f,.� ST04TY i •. \ \ I\ \ \ \ \ 1 3 $ i -- -- ---I 1 I 1 i ST04 ST04 ST ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 7.0 1. . . . I _ _ _ ROLE PLAY I F- ; I- . . . MALL . . . . . . I L . . . I I I I VIGNETTE I 1 I. . .. '.'.I 3 \ \ \ 1. . . . ...: I I TOTAL DISTANCE.83=1".-. . . -. .-.- �� { `�✓ LFA _ a i I /Q LFA �� `o . . . .1 3 I i \ \ \ \ \ \ 1. ... . . . . . 7 { { STUFF LOVE ME CED . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 8 I I ST04 ST04 ST ST04 ST04 ST04 ST04 7.0 Q........1 . . ..'. . IMPULSE r - - - 4 .' '.,. . ,. . . 1 1 C=� L. :. _ ._. -. .'-. . ..- _ _._ . - - - - - - - - - - - - - . ._ _.-_.._._ .._ . _ _. I BACK-OF I.:. ._. ..__....t I tF-28 HEAR ME 1. .:.. . . . . .. . . ...� I :. . . . ..'.'. I . . . .. . . .'. . . . o .. .. . . L .. . ... . . . . . j 1 a. I �. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. .'.'. I � :. .I HODS 1. . 1. . ---- ---1 LF-5 LF 5 ('.'.'.'.'.'. .. . . 3 ST03 .- _ _ 102 1.-. . 1 { ROLE PLAY 5'-101" O . . . .. - =ST05- Sf02- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ � _ �_. ( 1.. . .. . .... .... 1 L.. . . .. .. . .. .I I + -7.a ' VIGNETTE + 1. . .. ' .1. .HAL WALL ST08 1.. . I 1 : - ----- ----- --� ---------- -------- - ----------- .. . ------- 0 - --- I I I 0LF 3 u - - - - 1 --- -- -- - - - ---I---l---------------- --�- -- - --- - ---------------- 1 t TEL.PNL 1 1 1 - - - - - - -1 1 ; PROJECT INFORMATION 1. . . ..:1 . .:.:. . . ...1 1 1 1 1 .1 I va g . . .l --1: . I I SALES AREA I 1. 1. j I s - - - �-� - 1t - : ; BUILD-A-BEAR oC , ► I . . ..'.�D. . .I -. . . . 'L. + ' 101 + L . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1 , g ST01 ST13 Z . . i/. . . . . . . . . . 1 t .. . I Q- - - - J M ts L .. im . . I ,�.'. .'.'. .' ' TOT ,IIaiTalucl�.sr-�o_ . .- {- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I - - - - - - - - - - -�.- - .-..-. .-.-.-._.-.- - .-. .- -.-. . . . ....... .�. . . . : II WASHINGTON SQ. . . . .. . . . 1. . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . �. . tom. . .- .-. -. -.�. . . i. . . .. . . .". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . I - I . . . . . . ' w.. .. _ . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . :.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. _._.1.�. ._._ 1;.. 1. .I. . . . . . I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . .. . . . .. . . .. .._. .. . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1. . . . . 9585 SW WASHINGTON SQUARE RD. . . . . . _ . . L �., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .I �. .. .. . .-�. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. .. . .. . . . . .. . . . . I . _. . . . . . . 00 . . - - - -- i. . . .. ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . .:. . .. . . . . . . . . . - r -. - . . . . . . ..... -. . . . . . . . . .. . . , PORTLAND,OR 97223 . . . . . .. J. (pf.. - _--. . . .. . . . . . . .. . . ..... . . .. .. . . _. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. -. -.-.- - -.- -.-.-.- -. -.- .- -. . -. -.- -.-. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. r - - - LL J:' `� • - -�. . .� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . v I.'. . . - y :'. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . { . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I ;- _ �: - - _�. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . : . . . .. ... .' I: . . . . . . : . . . .. . . 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A. . .. . . . . �. . . .. . . .. . ...-.-.-.-CHOOSE SIE :.. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . I PROJECT#: GIFtING. . . _. . . . . . • I - - .� L" - - DRESS_ME- - _ _ - _ n - J PW-7.1 PW-7.0 PW-T.0 PW-l.a PW-7.0 PW- .0 PW-T.1 PW-l.o PW-3.0 ;'� PW-3.0 C S��uCTc�,�Q SHEET INFORMATION _ I I I ���0 PROfff LL 06 - 1 � �i Fixture & Egress Plan o fflml MALL Icla I � �,,, 4N�E °may 9 { I CORRIDiOR I I I CD Fixture Schedule & a a DRAWN BY: 8 ST EG B.Goodwin/A Davis EXPIRES 1 REVIEWED BY: N l J.Rolke 1 + I I I L SCALE: 16 Uj A As Noted •- o AUTHORIZED FOR: CL a NORTH LLIPermit 3 - 3 Al FixturelE ress Plan 0 0 SCALE:114"=1'-0" m Aml 31 LU0 c ---- - - - ---- ---- - AL v ---- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15